• Author / Uploaded
• Attila Gerlei-Horvath

Citation preview

PLEASE READ BEFORE PLACING YOUR ORDER FERREE’S TOOLS, INC. 1477 E. MICHIGAN AVE. BATTLE CREEK, MI 49014 Toll Free: 800-253-2261 Ph: 269-965-0511 Fax: 269-965-7719 Email: [email protected] Tech Help: [email protected] www.ferreestoolsinc.com

Dear Valued Customer, Thank you for contacting Ferree’s Tools, Inc. We believe in keeping our prices as low as possible, while still maintaining top quality. We buy from markets all over the world and because of the unsettled conditions in those world markets, all of our prices are subject to change without notice. Therefore, we are not able to guarantee the prices in our price lists. All items on the price lists are priced NET and do not include shipping and handling fees. For the most accurate and up-to-date price lists, please see our website https://www.ferreestoolsinc.com. However, upon request, we will be glad to furnish you with a quotation, guaranteed for up to 30 days from the quote date. You can request a guaranteed quote by email, fax or phone. Please provide us with the part numbers, your name and a shipping address. All quotes include estimated freight costs that are subject to change based on the weight, dimensions and destination of the actual package. Our current office hours are Monday-Friday from 7:30AM-3:45PM Eastern Standard Time/Eastern Daylight Time. You can contact us by voicemail, fax, email or webstore 24 hours a day and your request will be promptly processed when we return. If you would like to email an order, please email it to [email protected]. If you have a technical question about one of our items, you can email [email protected] or call to speak with a technician. Technicians are available Monday-Friday from 7:30am-11:55am and 12:30pm–2:45pm EST/EDT. Visiting/shopping hours are Monday-Friday from 7:30am-2:00pm. If you wish to visit our facility for a tour or technical assistance, please contact us ahead of time to schedule an appointment. This is just to ensure that someone will be available to help you with any technical questions that you may have. If it is your first time ordering, please know that you can do so by email, fax, phone or our online web store, https://www.ferreestoolsinc.com. You will be given a customer account number after you place your first order. This number is below your Bill-To address on your Sales Order and Invoice. When placing your order, we will need your name, address, phone number, item numbers, descriptions and a payment method. Visa, Master Card, Discover, AMEX and PayPal are accepted. If paying by Credit Card, card number, expiration date and CVV will be required before an order can ship. Feel free to call or fax your payment details when emailing in your order. If paying by PayPal, we will need the email address associated with your PayPal account to send the invoice. All new accounts are opened under Credit Card, PayPal or C.O.D terms. UPS & FedEx do charge a COD fee that will be added to your freight cost. Please check with our reps for the current COD fee. **International customers can make payment by Credit Card, PayPal or Wire Transfer. All invoices paid by Wire Transfer will include a Wire Transfer fee. We do not process orders without a payment method being established. We do not charge tax to any customer shipping outside of the state of Michigan. If you are shipping to a Michigan address and have a Tax ID number, please provide it when ordering. Otherwise, you will be charged sales tax accordingly. (Continued....)

Open (N30) accounts can be arranged for upon receipt of a completed credit application with three references and our approval. If you are a school and have provided a purchase order number or are a N30 customer, you will pay from your invoice under N30 terms. Payments from N30 customers must be received within 30 days of the invoice date. A service charge of 1-1/2% a month (18% per annum) will be added to all past due balances. Open accounts with past due balances may be subject to “HOLD” status. Orders cannot be processed for accounts on “HOLD” status until the past due amount is paid in full including any fees incurred, unless the order is paid with a Credit Card along with a determined portion of the overdue balance. All checks returned for non-sufficient funds will be charged a $32.00 NSF fee. Open accounts that are continually overdue or have NSF fees may be subject to cancellation of their N30 privileges. Any unpaid balances 90 days past due are subject to further collection efforts at the cost of the customer. Once you receive your package, it will have a Sales Order inside listing all of the items that you ordered. THIS IS NOT YOUR INVOICE. If you are a N30 customer, we will email or mail your invoice to you for remittance, depending on your preference. If you have paid via Credit Card, COD, PayPal or placed your order on the web store, your final invoice will be attached to the outside of your package. Your invoice indicates the total cost of all items that SHIPPED including insurance and S&H charges. It will also indicate if any items were out of stock and whether they were put on backorder for you or if you will need to re-order them at a later date. Please note that freight cost is determined by the weight, dimensions, and destination. Final shipping costs cannot be determined until AFTER an order is packed. Orders are shipped the cheapest possible method UNLESS you specifically request otherwise. We do charge a small handling fee and we require insurance on all packages valued over $25.00 whether shipping domestically or internationally. There is also a small fee for all International orders that require Customs paperwork. All orders are F.O.B. Battle Creek, MI or place of manufacture unless Freight Collect is specified. If you would like to have your shipments sent Freight Collect, please provide us with your choice of carrier (UPS or FedEx) and your account number with that carrier when placing your order. If we do not receive this information prior to your order being processed, freight costs will be determined F.O.B. As required by the DOT, some chemicals (powders and liquids) cannot ship by mail. Orders containing these items will automatically be scheduled to ship ground via UPS or FedEx. UPS and FedEx charge a Hazard Fee for all hazardous shipments that will be included in your freight charges. Please check with our reps for the current Hazard Fee. Your shipment will include an SDS for all items that require one. **Please note: There are some items that CANNOT ship overseas. If you place an order for any of these items, they will automatically be left off your order if shipping overseas. Some of these items must also ship to Hawaii, Alaska and Puerto Rico via Air. These shipments also have an Accessibility Fee charged by UPS and FedEx depending on the type of Hazard. Please contact one of our reps if you need further information regarding Hazardous and Chemical shipments. SATISFACTION GUARANTEED - If you are not satisfied with any merchandise purchased from us, please notify us immediately upon receiving your order. We will either exchange it or issue a credit memo for the returned merchandise on your Ferree’s account if received within 90 days of the invoice. Refunds are only sent upon request. After you contact us and discuss the return, be sure to include a note in the box with your name, contact info, customer number and reason for returning. Returns may be subject to at least a 10% restocking fee. Thank you for contacting us and we look forward to your order, Ferree’s Tools, Inc.

The history of ferree’s tools, inc. Cliff Ferree (1923-2011), founder of Ferree’s Tools, Inc., had an excellent background in the repair field. After graduating from Battle Creek High School in 1942, he married Barbara Ferree in September of that same year. He played in several Army Air Force bands during WWII and after his discharge in 1945, he attended the Conn Repair School in Elkhart, Indiana. After graduation in 1946, he immediately opened his own one room repair shop in Battle Creek, Michigan known as Ferree’s Music Shop which was located on the second floor above a shoe store. Business grew rapidly and he had several locations in downtown Battle Creek before buying a building on Calhoun Street where he began renting instruments on a trial basis. Due to the increase in business, he partnered with Jack Masteller, a former band director, so he could focus on the repair department. The retail portion of the business was later sold due to the expansion of the tool business which was Cliff’s passion. In 1956, Cliff bought the repair tool departments of both Conn and Leblanc. From 1962 thru 1967, Cliff conducted a very successful series of 2 week repair courses. During this time (1965), he moved the business to its current location, 1477 Michigan Ave. East. Two large additions were added to the building in 1967 and a second building was completed in 1976 due to a large increase in business. In 1979, Cliff gave his first foreign repair clinic in W. Germany and a similar one in Norway in 1980. Barbara Ferree helped Ferree’s Tools become one of the largest manufacturers of band instrument repair tools with her knowledge and business intellect in the office. She did all the bookkeeping from the beginning in 1946 and served as Secretary-Treasurer for many years. Starting in 1957, Barbara produced the company’s first catalogs, advertising and layouts. Barbara is still very actively involved in the company as President, consulting via phone and email from Florida when necessary and comes to the factory every summer. Cliff and Barbara had 5 sons, Gary, Jim, Bob, Pete and Tom. All of which have worked in the business at one time or another, especially their eldest Gary (1944-2009). He worked in the shop and took to it just like his dad and served as the Repair Consultant for many years. He also took over for Cliff in attending all of the brass and woodwind clinics in Germany for several years. In the meantime, Gary’s son Curtis, had been working in the shop, was assistant shop foreman and in charge of Research and Development. Curtis is now Vice President and represents the company at both the NAMM Convention in Anaheim, California and the MusikMesse Exhibition in Frankfurt, Germany each spring. The Ferrees’ four sons now actively serve on the Advisory Board. Cliff always attributed the growth of the company to the fact that he had been active in the repair field and realized the needs of other repairmen. He was constantly on the lookout for methods to improve tools and supplies needed by musical instrument repairmen throughout the world. Using these tools can help complete difficult and complicated jobs more simply, in much less time and more accurately. There have been large investments to update company machinery in an effort to keep production costs as low as possible. The name Ferree’s has always stood for efficient manufacturing and pride in our products. The quality and service represented by our logo are always the best we can give.

STAFF PICTURES

STAFF PICTURES

Curtis Ferree President [email protected]

Steve W. Shop Foreman [email protected]

Wendy S. Office Manager, Secretary/Treasurer [email protected]

Dana S. Assistant Office Manager Invoicing/Marketing & Inside Sales Rep [email protected]

Ryan T. Assistant Shop Supervisor

STAFF PICTURES Lyle H. Information Technology/ Web Store [email protected]

Office Staff

RayAnn F. Purchasing Agent & Inside Sales Rep [email protected]

Candy L. Accounts Receivable Clerk & Inside Sales Rep [email protected]

STAFF PICTURES

Ryan Ferree

Steve Y.

Tanner D.

Roger T.

Ken S.

Jill L.

Keith B.

Glen W.

Brian M.

STAFF PICTURES

Linda W.

Patti R.

Suzy E. Head of Stockroom

Patti, Linda and Suzy Pad/Pulling /Stocking Department

Our employees have a combined 388 years of experience! Cindy T.

Table of contents A complete index can be found at the end of the book by description or part number. SECTION

STARTS ON PAGE

Accordion Tools……………………………………………………………………………...137 Brasswind Tools……………………………………………………………...……….……….11 Buffing & Polishing…………………..…………………………………………….………...144

Cork & Felt Products………………………………………………...………….…………..139 Dent Machine, Base & Accessories…………………………………………………………....1 General Items & Small Goods………………………………………………………….…...168 Index

by

Index

by

Item Item

Name...............................................................................................194 Number..............................................................................................205

Lacquering & Cleaning………………...……………………………………………………154 Pads………………………………………………………………………….…………...…...113 Repair Kits………………………………………………………….…………….……59 & 193 Screws………………………………………………………………………………………...133

Soldering………………………………………………………………………….…………..162 Springs, Brass…………………………………………………………………………...…….54 Springs, Woodwind………………………………………………………………………..…130 Suggested Shop Set Ups........................................................................................96,138,152,153 Swabs………………………………………………………………………………………….170 Woodwind

Tools………………………………………………..........................55

&

66

IMPORTANT NOTICE The suggestions Ferree’s Tools makes in this catalog concerning the use of our products are based on experience and/or test believed to be reliable. The buyer’s methods or conditions of use or application of any product Ferree’s Tools manufactured or distributed is completely beyond the company’s control. All implied warranties of fitness for use are expressly disavowed. Buyer assumes all risk of use. Ferree’s Tools suggests the buyer determine the suitability of our products under the buyer’s conditions before use.

The Ferree Z60, now with over 44 years experience and providing both value and that rare commodity permanence. 2

11B 8

1

3B

5A

DENT MACHINE

Dent machine

10

11A 9A

9B

14A

15

14

7

3A

6 12

4

The Z60 dent machine pictured above, which has been in production for over 44 years, now includes a big improvement. While we were working on more ways to use our great power discs Z60-24 thru 27 and the Z60-28 thru 30 rollers, Curtis Ferree designed and built a fitting which allows the quill assembly to be moved up or down more quickly. Current models are being shipped with this quick release included. This makes the Z60 more ambidextrous in operation and takes less space. If you have an older model, you can ship in the old Z60 frame for the Z60-1U update. The Z60 is a very forgiving unit and will allow you to be a little off without causing a major problem. The keys to its longevity are that it was NOT designed to become obsolete and is VERY USER FRIENDLY. The Z60 and its accessories make you more efficient and profitable. Many special use tools have been made for this great machine. It used to pay for itself in a year, just through time saving. Now it only takes about 6 months for it to pay for itself(if you have work to do) thru amortizing your cost faster.

13

The purchase price is actually lower now in REAL dollars AND using all the new speedy tooling that has been developed in the last few years will contribute to a better finish job. The more of the new toys you get, the quicker they will all pay for themselves. The individual Z60 parts, both included (shown above) and optional, are listed on the following 7 pages. Z60 Dent Machine *NEW* QUICK RELEASE IS NOW STANDARD EQUIPMENT Quick release update. Send in your old Z60 frame and we will update it. It will also be realigned as part of the update. Realignment is included in the update cost as well as the drilled holes for Z60-40 strut. Close up picture of Quick Release

Z60-1U Quick Release Update

1

DENT MACHINE

Dent machine accessories Parts below thru Z60-15 come with the Z60. Z60-1

Frame for Z60 w/speed adjust

Z60-14D

Trumpet stem mandrel

Z60-2

Pressure adjustment wheel

Z60-16A

Sax roller

Z60-3A

LG. circular burnishing wheel

Z60-16B

Sax roller wheel

Z60-3B

SM. circular burnishing wheel

Z60-17

Extra wide Sousa bell flair roller

Z60-4

Long round tube

Z60-17A

Forked arm

Z60-5A

Large Ball

Z60-17B

Roller only

Z60-6

Shoe for SM horns-most contour

Z60-17C

Curved tuba roller

Z60-7

Shoe for LG horns-least contour

Z60-18

Small 1” radius Sousa branch roller

Z60-8

Bolt for locking forked arm in place

Z60-19

Med. 1-5/8” Sousa branch roller

Z60-9A

Curved arm 90 degree (arm only)

Z60-20

Guard roller

Z60-21

Sousa bell shoe

Z60-9B

Straight Roller

Z60-10

Forked arm

Z60-11A

Large straight roller

Z60-11B

Curved roller

Z60-12

Tapered trumpet mandrel held in frame

Z60-13

Tapered cornet mandrel

Z60-14

Straight mandrel

Z60-15

Tapered trombone mandrel

Z6 POLYLUBE SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT This lubricant is mandatory when using aluminum balls! It makes all of the power discs work better too. It’s important to use the NEW Z6 synthetic lubricant in all friction producing actions. This stuff, when mixed with YOUR petroleum jelly is GREAT! It makes all your movements much easier; burnishing, rubbing or contouring. It also tends not to allow as much or any scratching of the raw brass or a lacquered surface, and is very good with silver plated surfaces too.

Z6 Z6A Z6B

2

ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR Z60

Early photo of Ferree’s retail store when it was on Calhoun St. in Battle Creek, MI and the delivery vehicle.

4 oz can Pint Quart See next pages for additional parts for Z60.

SLUG & ADAPTORS FOR Z60-14 STRAIGHT MANDREL

Z60-20

GUARD ROLLER SET

Curtis Ferree along with Martin Wilk developed this useful tool designed to remove dents and reshape guards evenly when used. This really extends the capabilities of your Z60 Dent Machine.

DENT MACHINE

Dent machine accessories

Z60-20 Guard Roller Set

Z60-22 DENT ROD

Z60-14A

STANDARD 5/8” SLUG

This is the standard replacement “Ferree Bayonet Mount” Standard 5/8” slug.

Z60-14A Standard 5/8” Slug

Z60-14B

3/8-16 THREADED INSERT

This is the 3/8”-16 threaded adaptor to use your N80C balls.

Z60-14B 3/8-16” Threaded Insert

Z60-14C

1/2-13 THREADED INSERT

3’ long version the of Z60-14 which is standard, gives extra reach for tenor sax and tuba bells. It has a slug on one end and a 1/2-13 thread on the opposite end to use with the N80DS or any other items with the same thread size. Can be used with Z60-22A Arm.

Z60-22 Dent Rod

Z60-22A

EXTENDED CURVED ARM

Z60-22A

This is the 1/2”-13 threaded adaptor to use your N80D and N80E balls on your Zmachine.

Z60-14C 1/2-13 Threaded Insert

Z60-14D

Z60-36A

Longer version of the Z60-9A Arm. Adds approximately 8” more reach or depth to the Z60. Used with the Z60-22 Rod. (shown with Z60-36A Roller)

Z60-22A Curved Arm

TRUMPET STEM MANDREL

This mandrel is for use in the stem or tail of the cornet or trumpet bell. Used with Z60-36A and Z60-36B rollers.

Z60-14D Trumpet Stem Mandrel

Z60-14U

Send in your old Z60-14 to be updated. It will be re -machined and refit with a new Z60-14A bayonet 5/8” slug made from harder, longer lasting steel. This update allows changing the rod end for use with the many other tools developed to use the new open end. See Z60-14B, 14C, 14D, 37, 38 and 39.

Z60-23

BURNISHING RING 4-1/2” This 4-1/2”, medium burnishing wheel was made to fill the gap between the Z60-3A and Z60-3B, supplied standard with the Z60 machine.

Z60-23 Burnishing Ring

3

DENT MACHINE

Dent machine accessories Z60-31

DENT MACHINE VISE This handy vise fits on the end of the Z60-14 rod, saving space.

Z60-31 Dent Machine Vise

Z60-25L

LOW PROFILE 3” POWER DISC

Same size as the Z60-25, but low profile for marching units. Note: These low profile units are NOT meant to replace the regular power discs on a daily basis. They were designed and engineered for a special purpose and are by necessity lighter duty than the regular power discs, due to size considerations. Low profile, 3” Power Disc for marching brass.

Z60-25L Low Profile 3” Power Disc

Z60-26L

LOW PROFILE 4” POWER DISC

Z60-24

1-1/4” POWER DISC This is the 4th Power Disc in the series. It is designed specifically for doing saxophone bell rims of alto, tenor and baritones, usually without removing the bell, saving time.

Z60-24 1-1/4” Power Disc

Z60-25

3” POWER DISC One of the first 3 Power Disc designs; this one is for cornets, trumpets and other bells up to about 6” in diameter.

Z60-25 3” Power Disc

Same size as Z60-26, but low profile for larger marching units. Note: These low profile units are NOT meant to replace the regular power discs on a daily basis. They were engineered for this special purpose and are by necessity lighter duty than the regular power discs, due to size considerations.

Z60-26L Low Profile 4” Power Disc

Z60-25AL 2-1/2” LOW PROFILE POWER DISC Smaller than the Z60-25 this special low profile Power Disc is for old style cornets and piccolo trumpets. Also, orchestral pitches, D, Eb, etc. .

Z60-25AL Low Profile 2-1/2 Power Disc

Z60-26

4” POWER DISC Again, one of the first 3, this size is for bells over 6” in diameter, like trombone, baritone/euphonium, French horn, small tuba and sousaphone.

Z60-26 4” Power Disc

4

Z60-27

5” POWER DISC Last of the first 3, this one is almost exclusively for the outer 4” of an old style wide flared tuba and most sousaphones. Once you are 4” or so from the bead you must switch to the Z60-26 diameter.

Z60-27 5” Power Disc

Z60-28 5” ROLLER This 5 inch “insurance roller” gives full support for rolling larger diameter bells like trombones and larger. It is especially helpful for French horn bells which are thinner and need the support. It helps you avoid putting creases in the bell, if you accidentally relax or drop the work area down.

Z60-32 30 DEGREE ARM AND Z60-33 7” ROLLER

DENT MACHINE

Dent machine accessories

Z60-28 5” Roller

Z60-29

TAPERED SLIM ROLLER This tapered slim roller creates a work area inside the small cornet and trumpet sized bells for the same reasons noted in Z60-28.

Z60-29 Tapered Slim Roller

CONVEX ROLLERS

The convex roller is designed for use with all saxophone bell flares. You will see the work patterns develop in 3 different areas.

Z60-30 Convex Roller Z60-35

Medium Convex Roller

Imagine, if you will, the machine thrown over your shoulder like a set of bagpipes, so that you can better attend to the matters at hand. No more interference of the bell running up against the quill or the arm setting nut. More freedom than you could have ever thought. This combination allows you to go so deep into a bell that you can actually pass the flair and get into the tapered stack to remove kinks and slash dents ( you’ll be tempted to go farther). The Z60-32 deep finishing, 30 Degree Arm moves the support arm and business end of the machine back over your shoulder so that is completely OUT OF THE WAY. The Z60-33, 7” Inch Roller was developed for tubas and provides that extra measure of security that you need when you have the uneven distribution of weight that most large, brass instruments have. The bigger the horn, the bigger the influence of this phenomena. After much testing of the 30 degree arm, it was determined it could benefit from a deeper reaching roller that could also extend back to the arm for support. The Z60-33 will be riding NEXT TO the deep finishing arm and still reach an extra inch into the bell past the point of tangency, so you don’t accidentally crease the bell from inside out if you relax too much. This arm also works well with the Z60-28 on French Horns, baritones and euphoniums.

Z60-32

30” Arm

Z60-33

7” Roller

5

DENT MACHINE

Dent machine accessories Z60-36

1-1/4” CURVED ROLLER This roller is necessary to properly utilize the Z61-11 tuba arm, by allowing you to “go under” the tubing for complete 360 degree coverage of the outside diameter of the tubing being worked on. 1-1/4” curved roller for inside tuba branches. Z60-36 Curved Roller

DOUBLE RADII ROLLERS

Z60-37

TROMBONE SLIDE DENT ROLLER

they still do the same fine job.

These tools work on the same principle as the N87A trombone pliers but are made for repairmen without a lot of hand strength. A little slower to operate than the pliers,

Z60-37 Trombone Slide Dent Roller

Z60-38

FLUTE HEAD MANDREL This is a flute head joint mandrel for the Z60-14, similar to the N75. Use with P1 Precision Flute Roller.

Z60-38 Flute Head Mandrel Z60-36A & B shown with Z60-14D

Z60-36A SMALL TRUMPET STEM ROLLER

This double radii roller is the first step in addressing the cornet and trumpet bell stem tubing. It does both sides of the bow.

Z60-36A Small Trumpet Stem Roller

Z60-36B LARGE TRUMPET STEM ROLLER

This double radii roller is a continuum for cornet and trumpet bells, and also a new world for the trombone work they fit. It does from the tuning slide to the engraving, using the Z60-15 mandrel that comes with the Z60.

Z60-39

FLUTE BODY MANDREL This is a flute body mandrel for the Z60-14, similar to the N76. Use with Z60-50, Tone Hole Body Burnishing Set.

Z60-39 Flute Body Mandrel

Z60-40 ADJUSTABLE STRUT

Z60-36B Large Trumpet Stem Roller

Z60-14D

TRUMPET STEM MANDREL This mandrel is for use in the stem or tail of the cornet or trumpet bell. Used with the Z60-36A and Z60-36B rollers.

6

Z60-14D Trumpet Stem Mandrel

The stability strut is made to stiffen the frame, NOT normally required unless you are using the Z60-22, Z60-50 or working on old hard sousaphones.

Z60-40 Adjustable Strut

Z60-50

TONE HOLE BODY BURNISHING SET Already nicknamed the “finger tool” by our customers, the Z60-50 is a sax (and flute) tone hole and bore tool that utilizes the great “Old School” method for removing dents and distortion from between AND around tone holes. Originally developed for saxophones, these tools can also be used with the Z60-39 flute body mandrel which helps avoid having to file down tone holes to get them level. This preserves the horn by restoring the original diameter of the sax or flute body to bring up the low sides. Look at website for more information.

Z60-51 FLUTE BODY ROLLER

DENT MACHINE

Dent machine accessories

Similar to the P1 Precision Flute Roller, (but without the handle), this flute body roller was developed for the Z60-9A Curved Arm used on the Z60 Dent Machine. Specially machined with all steel construction for precision and strength.

IF YOU ARE IN NEED OF REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR ANY OF OUR TOOLS, PLEASE CALL US AT:

1-800-253-2261 Z6 POLYLUBE SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT

Z60-50 Tone Hole Body Burnishing Se Z60-50FP Flute Pin

This lubricant is mandatory when using aluminum balls! It makes all of the power discs work better too. It’s important to use the Z6 synthetic lubricant in all friction producing actions. This stuff, when mixed with your petroleum jelly is GREAT! It makes all your movements much easier; burnishing, rubbing or contouring. It also tends minimize or eliminte any scratching of the raw brass or a lacquered surface, and is very good with silver plated surfaces too.

Z6 4oz Can Z6A Pint Z6B Quart

7

DENT MACHINE

Dent machine accessories Z60S BENCH MOUNT STAND

Now you can use your Z60 right off your existing heavy bench. This stand is made of heavy duty construction and it’s offset so that you can use the safety recommended Z61-6 counterweight, to eliminate any unintended flop, since the stand allows for full rotation of the Z60. This makes it easier to utilize the new 30 degree deep finishing arm and 5” or 7” roller combo on the Baritone, Euphonium, French horn, Sousa and/or Tuba bells you are doing. Additionally, this makes it less expensive for those who are building a single, instrument specific machine, like we have set up for so many smaller shops over the years: trumpet only, trombone only, French horn only, saxophone only and tuba only, whatever YOU want. This way, you can add on any other tools later, as your experience and opportunity allow, and not limit your potential. NO DEAD ENDS here! NO limited use tools.

Z60S Bench Mount Stand Z61-6 Counterweight

Z61S FLOOR MOUNT STAND Get your Z60 out from under your bench, off the shelf or out of the closet, and put it where it can save you time and make you money. In our travels we have discovered that many of the 800 or so Z60 Dent Machine tops that were purchased with NO Z61 bottom section are STORED under benches or up on shelves until needed. And then, when the need does arise, sometimes it’s just “too much trouble” or “it takes too long” to get it out or down, install it in the usually mal-fitting or otherwise occupied bench vise, set it up and do the job. The Z61S Floor Mount Stand cures all of that! This stand is made of heavy duty construction and it’s offset so that you can use the safety recommended Z61-6 counterweight to eliminate any unintended flop. This makes it easier to utilize the new 30 degree, deep finishing arm and 5” or 7” roller combo on the Baritone, Euphonium, French horn, Sousa and/or Tuba bells you are doing. **SPECIAL NOTE: If you buy this Z61S stand and decide you should have bought a Z61 or Z61E base within one year, we will give you FULL CREDIT for what you paid for the Z61S towards the Z61 or Z61E when you return it undamaged.

Z61S Floor Mount Stand

Ferree’s Tools, Inc. 1477 Michigan Ave. East Battle Creek, MI 49014 Ph: 800-253-2261 Fax: 269-965-7719 8

Z61-6 Counterweight LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

Z61 BASE

Z61E BASE

DENT MACHINE

Dent machine bases

The Z61 base for the Z60 dent machine consists of: (7) Dent machine Base (1) 1” x 40” curved rod (2) 1-1/4” x 40” curved rod (3) 1-1/4” x 36 curved rod (3C) 2-3/8” ball (5B) 1-1/16” ball (5) Mandrel clamp (6) Counterweight (8) Setting nut The Z60 dent machine is the top portion of a complete dent machine. There are two bottoms; one for sousaphone work (Z61) and the other for tuba work (Z61E). These bases are to do specific, low brass work depending on what is generally used in your geographic area or what you prefer working on. If you DO NOT INTEND to do low brass work, other than the bell and straight portions of the branches, we would recommend you using the Z61S Floor mount stand or the Z60S Bench mount stand. These stands hold the main Z60 frame that does most of the work, firmly and at the proper height, for ease of operation.

The Z61E European base for the Z60 dent machine consists of: (7) Dent Machine Base (11) Adjustable Arm (15A) 3” extension (15B) 6” extension (15C) 9” extension

(3C) 2-3/8” ball (5B) 1-1/16” ball (5) Mandrel clamp (6) Counterweight (8) Setting nut

If you call, Ferree’s will make either of these stands to fit the operator. This way the Z60 will be at the perfect height for you to be at your best. As a rule of thumb, when you are standing up your elbow should line up with the main working rod. The Z61 is outfitted with 3 steel rods that are intended to do sousaphone branches. The Z61E is outfitted with the new Z61-11 adjustable rod to do tuba bottom bows. It is necessary, to do a good job, to acquire the optional Z61-13S aluminum ball set. If you are going to do both sousa and tuba work, the most economical way to purchase the machine is to order the Z61E base and add just the Z61-1 and Z61-2 rods from the Z61 setup.

9

DENT MACHINE

Dent machine accessories Z61-8 WINGED SETTING NUT

Much quicker, and a great replacement winged setting nut for the mandrel clamp. It is standard equipment on new models.

Z61-8 Winged Setting Nut

Z61-9 FILL-IN BALLS FOR Z60, Z61 and Z61E

HARD ALUMINUM Z61-13 BALLS

These larger, hard aluminum balls are sized as a continuation of our regular steel N80D & E round ball sets. These balls are exclusively intended for use with the Z61E dent machine and are NOT meant to be hammered on. They provide a better fit for maximum coverage to preserve contour under the dented area while rolling out the dents. Our new Z6 synthetic lubricant mixed with your petroleum jelly is MANDATORY when using these balls.

Z61-13S Set of 4, Hard Aluminum Balls Z61-13A 2-3/4” Ball Z61-13B 3” Ball Z61-13C 3-1/4” Ball Z61-13D 3-1/2” Ball **Balls have 1/2”-13 thread

Z61-16 BASE VISE These balls fill in between the balls that come standard with the Z60 and Z61 setups. Z61-9A, 1-1/4” ball, bayonet mount Z61-9B, 1-1/2” ball, bayonet mount Z61-9C, 2” ball, bayonet mount Z61-9D, 2-7/8” ball, bayonet mount

Z61-11 ARTICULATED TUBA ROD

A good rod vise to mount and use in the Z61’s mandrel clamp.

Z61-16

This adjustable rod has been standard equipment on the Z61E since its first day. It makes the Z61 into a Z61E.

Base Vise

Z61-18 FRENCH HORN DENT ROD KIT

Z61-11 Articulated Tuba Rod

Z61-18

10

French Horn Dent Rod Kit

Z60M MINI Z DENT MACHINE The mini version of our Z60 Dent Machine is more compact for easy storage, maneuverability and transportability. When needed, just pull it off the wall and attach it to your L41 Vise for quick and easy access. It is designed for mostly bell work but can be used with most of the Z60 accessories except the Z60-50 Finger Tool. The Mini Z Dent Machine does not come with predetermined Z60 accessories, allowing you to customize based on your specific repair needs. It is a great addition to all shops, including ones that already have the Z60, as you can use it for quick and easy repairs without disrupting the repairs being done on the regular dent machine. Please contact our repair techs if you have specific questions regarding the Z60M Mini Z.

Z60M

DENT MACHINE

DENT MACHINE ACCESSORIES

Mini Z Dent Machine

**Accessories Sold Separately**

J88 “CORROSION CRACKER” PENETRATING OIL Our Ferree’s Corrosion Cracker Penetrating Oil is unbelievable. We put it on a cornet 1st valve slide that had been stuck for years. After allowing it to set overnight, the slide was REMOVED BY HAND, using no tools whatsoever. A recent scientific discovery reduces surface tension so that this amazing solvent creeps into openings as small as ONE MILLIONTH OF AN INCH. Some parts can be loosened immediately, others may require a little more time for the oil to work its way to the full length. BUT… it will work! You can loosen valve and tuning slides, stuck or slow moving woodwind keys and stack rods, nuts, bolts, studs, screws, pulleys, shafts, bearings, pipe threads, valve guides or any other corroded metal parts. You can lubricate air driven tools, remove rust, gummed oil and grease. **Cannot be shipped by mail.

J88A 2oz (58 ml) Corrosion Cracker Oil with a G23 Bench Oiler J88B Refill of 1 pt (473 ml) Corrosion Cracker oil

11

BRASSWIND TOOLS

BRASSWIND TOOLS N98 VALVE LAPPING MACHINE The N98 Valve Lapping Machine is extremely useful even if your shop doesn’t rebuild valves. After a bent valve has been straightened and is working:

F10 DENT HAMMERS For brass instrument repair, including saxophones and other metal parts on woodwinds. Five different sizes and various shapes for dent work. The hammers are available individually or in a set of 5. The heads are hardened steel. The handles are user friendly.

. ▪ Be sure the valve guide or star is removed ▪Install the valve stem in the chuck, included with a ITEM HEAD SIZE HEAD SIZE chuck key so you can control the tightness. ▪Use about a 1/4” (6.4mm) diameter drop of L58 F10A 7/16” 1” Ultra Smooth Lapping Compound and spread it all F10B 9/16” 1-3/16” over the valve. F10C 1/2” 1/2” ▪As the valve turns in the motor, carefully work the F10D 3/4” 3/4” casing slowly, back and forth over the valve from the F10E 1-1/8” 1-1/8” top and bottom ends of the casing. ▪Continue with this lapping process for about one F10A Dent Hammer minute F10B Dent Hammer ▪Clean the valve thoroughly Now you will find that although you have removed only a minute amount of plating from the valve, the valve has a nice ’broken in” feeling. The machine is also very good to use for sanding neck corks held on an E8 Sax Neck Holder.

N98 Valve Lapping Machine (66rpm) (Available in 120 volts only)

N20 VALVE LAPPING BLOCKS

Used for lapping-in newly replaced or repaired valves.

N20 N21 N22 N23 N24

Cornet/Trumpet, 5/8” (14.9mm) Small Baritone, 11/16” (17.5mm) Large Baritone, 3/4” (19mm) Small Bass, 15/16” (23.8mm) Large Bass, 1-1/16” (27mm)

N20-24 Set of 5 blocks listed above

12

F10C F10D F10E F10S F10H

WIDTH 1-1/2” 1-7/8” 1” 1-1/8” 1-1/4”

Dent Hammer Dent Hammer Dent Hammer Set of 5 Dent Hammers Replacement Handle for Dent Hammers

L58 ULTRA SMOOTH LAPPING COMPOUND This is a lapping compound made with a natural abrasive. It may be safely used on brass without the worry of any abrasive residue being left behind. The extremely fine grit will polish the roughness out of valve casings or tuning slides for smooth action. Especially useful when used with the N58 Valve Mandrels, the N28 Valve sleeves or the N98 Valve Lapping Machine. The Lapping Compound should be cleaned from the surface using Z10 Cold Cleaner. Our L58 leaves nice monel appearing finish.

L58 Lapping Compound, 4 oz (113 g)

H90 PUMICE Fine flour pumice for lapping and polishing. H90 Pumice in 1 LB bags

N57 BARREL TYPE DENT BALL SETS

N57G

101 Dent Balls, ground finish (Includes 5 drivers and case) .250” thru .750” in .005” inc.

N57GDBL

202 Dent Balls in double case (N57G and N57GH) .2475” thru .750” in .0025” inc.

N57AG

Indv. Balls, whole sizes ground finish (State Size)

N57GH

101 Dent Balls, ground finish (Includes 5 drivers and case) .2475” thru .7475” in .005” inc.

N57AGH

Indv. Balls, 1/2 sizes ground finish (State Size)

N57AGL

Indv. Balls .760 thru 1.000

N57C

Case only for Ball sets

N57CD

Double Case for both sets

N57D

Set of 5 Drivers

N57GL

25 Sizes in .010” grads. .760” to 1.000”

N57X

Set of 4 dent balls, ground finish .755, .760, .765, .770

N65 BARREL SHAPED DENT BALL SET

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

A set of 10 barrel shaped dent balls are threaded to fit any Ferree dent rod that will hold the N80D or E round dent balls. These rods include the N31, N32, N34, N67, N74 and N88. Adding the N65 barrel shaped balls to your shop dramatically increases the uses for all of the dent rods listed above. The set consists of 10 balls, ranging in size from 1.125” (28.6mm) thru 2.250” (57.2mm) in .125” (3.2mm) increments (1/2”-13 thread).

N65S Large Barrel Shaped Dent Ball Set of 10 N65A Indv. Balls (Specify Size) N65H Dent Ball Holder

N59 PENCIL MAGNET

Used to locate a dent ball in brass tubing.

N59

Pencil Magnet

G7 MAGNETIC SCRIBER

*The N57X balls are not included in N57G set.

A NOTE ON BALLS IN HALF SIZE GRADUATIONS

These balls help provide a more precise fit because many new instruments are thinner than they used to be. These in between sized balls allow removal of dents without over expanding the tubing. They produce a better finish especially in the new French Horns, trombones and trumpets.

This scriber has a tungsten carbide tip with a permanent magnet on the other end. The point reverses for safety. It can be used to touch up engraving or mark identifying numbers on tools, motors and other property.

G7 Scriber with magnet G7A Replacement Point

13

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools N80 DENT BALL SETS These dent balls are designed spherically, so there is no possibility of making lateral ridges in the tubing. Made of chrome steel with a satin sandblast finish. This finish has minute pores which hold Vaseline (or any other lubricant) longer for easy use in tubing. N80A Individual Dent Balls from Set below. (Specify Size) N80AS Set of 3 balls in the sizes: 5/16” (7.9mm), 3/8” (9.5mm), 7/16” (11.1mm). Use on the N54 Knuckle Tools, the N68 Right Angle Mandrel and the N91B Tapered Mandrel (10-24 thread). N80B Individual Dent Balls from Set below. (Specify Size) N80BS Set of 5 balls in the sizes: 7/16” (11.1mm), 1/2” (12.7mm), 9/16” (14.3mm), 5/8” (14.9mm), 11/16” (17.5mm). Use on N55 Knuckle Tools, the N73 Gooseneck Rod and the N124 French Horn Dent Rods (1/4”-24 thread). N80C Individual Dent Balls from Set below. (Specify Size) N80CS Set of 6 balls in the sizes: 3/4” (19mm), 13/16” (20.6mm), 7/8” (22.2mm), 15/16” (23.8mm), 1” (25.4mm), 1-1/16” (27mm). Use on N31, N32, N33, N70, N71, N74 Dent rods and the N72 Body Bow dent Remover (3/8”-16 thread). N80D Individual Dent Balls from Set below. (Specify Size) N80DS Set of 4 balls in the sizes: 1-1/8” (28.6mm), 1-1/4” (31.8mm), 1-3/8” (34.9mm), 1-1/2” (38.1mm). Use N31, N32, N33, N34, N67, N69, N74 Dent Rods and the N88 Sousa Hand Dent Rod (1/2”-13 thread). N80E Individual Dent Balls from Set below. (Specify Size) N80ES Set of 4 balls in the sizes: 1-3/4” (44.5mm), 2” (50.8mm), 2-1/4” (57.2mm), 2-1/2” (63.5mm). Used on the same dent rods as the N80D set, but has larger sized balls (1/2”-13 thread).

N82 DENT BALL MOUNTNG PLATE

Steel plate with threaded bolts attached to receive all balls listed in the N80A thru N80E sets. A good storage rack that can be hung on the wall or fastened to the bench.

N82

Dent Ball Mounting Plate

N84S WENDELL SCIENTIFIC DENT BALL SET

The design of these unique balls comes from the archives of the old Erick Brand Company. They were called Wendel Scientific Dent Balls. The shape of the balls resembles an old fashioned beehive or dome. The tip is not round or oval. The shape is a combination of curves that makes dents push up easily, but also leaves a flat area at the back of the ball for dent hammer work. These balls have a 1/2”-13 thread so they will screw on your existing N31, N32, N33, N34, N67, N69 and N74 dent rods. There are 6 balls in the set. The diameters are 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”, and 3”. These balls will work on saxophones, French horns, trombones, baritones and basses. They are made from high quality steel with a satin finish.

N84S Dent Ball set of 6 N84H Mounting Plate for N84S

14

N62 LARGER BARREL TYPE DENT BALL SETS

P86 PRITCHARD CABLE SYSTEM

The larger sets listed below greatly increase your work range. The regular sets increase in .025” (.635mm) increments. The half size sets allow for much finer work when used with the regular sets. The combination cuts the size of range between balls to .0125” (.3175mm). They are pre-drilled to accept all of our cable tools.

The P86 Pritchard Cable System is a modification of the P84 Tuba cable System, developed by Bill Pritchard many years ago, to use the cable system with the medium N62, N63 and N64 sized balls for baritone and euphonium sized tubing.

REGULAR SIZE SETS

The threaded steel driver balls are made in four sizes. The process is to use the largest driver ball you can get through the tube as it will be the one that drives the work ball back out. The stroke cables are the cables that go between the driver balls and that hold the work ball. The work ball is moved by pulling the draw cables back and forth. When the draw cable is sharply pulled, the driver ball strikes the work ball to move it under the dent. After the work is done, the other driver ball strikes the work ball on the other side to remove it. The driver balls are controlled by your pulling one of the draw cables in a sharp motion, either way. The length of the stroke cable is determined by the length of the ball and the dent itself. The swivel makes the system easy to use. The swivel helps keep the cables from getting twisted and tangled when screwing the tool together or changing ball sizes.

N62A Indv. balls from set below N62AS 20 balls, .025” (.64mm) steps. .775” (19.7mm) thru 1.250” (31.8mm) N63A Indv. Balls from set below N63AS 20 balls, .025” (.64mm) steps. 1.275-1.750” N64A Indv. balls from set below N64AS 20 balls, .025” (.64mm) steps. 1.775”-2.250”

HALF SIZE SETS

(Half sizes for the sets listed above) N62B Indv. balls from set below N62BS 20 balls, .025” (.64mm) steps. .7625 (19.4mm) thru 1.2375” (31.4mm) N63B Indv. balls from set below N63BS 20 balls, .025” (.64mm) steps. 1.2625” (32.1mm) thru 1.7375” (44.1mm) N64B Indv. balls from set below N64BS 20 balls, .025” (.64mm) steps. 1.7625” (44.8mm) thru 2.2375” (56.8mm)

N89 ROD THREAD ADAPTORS

*2-7 foot long nylon cables with T handles *4-threaded steel driver balls *4- different length of stroke cables

P86

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

Pritchard Cable System

P81 TRADITIONAL BARREL DENT BALL SET

Our threaded adaptors will help you when you have; a ball with a 1/2” hole that you want to fit on a rod with 3/8” threads or screw a 3/8” threaded ball on a rod with 1/2” threads. These adaptors will keep continuity of size.

N89A Converts 3/8” to Hold 1/2” Balls N89B Converts 1/2” to Hold 3/8” Balls

Barrel type dent balls made of solid steel, predrilled to accept our cable tools. These balls bridge between the N64A and the P82 wooden tuba balls. Maintains .025” (.64mm) graduation. #1 - 2.275” #2 - 2.300” #3 - 2.325” #4 - 2.350” #5 - 2.375” #6 - 2.400” #7 - 2.425” #8 - 2.450” #9 - 2.475”

P81S Set of 9 Dent Balls P81

Individual ball - state size

15

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools P82 LIGHTWEIGHT TUBA DENT BALLS

Item # Size

In the universal search to find better methods to do better work, Ferree’s developed this system of lightweight wooden dent balls. These have a center of steel that covers about the middle third of the ball area, providing a nice large work area. In the history of brass repair, many materials have been tried for making good workable dent balls. In every instance, it was determined that only steel was satisfactory for the best results. However, when you are dealing with dent balls of this large a proportion, weight becomes an issue. Steel balls this size would be unusable, hence Cliff’s lightweight woodies.

A Note On Pricing

All of the balls listed under P82A (size 2-1/2” thru 2-7/8”) are priced the same, the price in the price list is for EACH INDIVIDUAL SIZED BALL only. A complete set is available as P82S. P82A NO. 1-13 Tuba Dent Balls 2-1/2” thru 2-7/8” (63.5mm thru 73mm) P82B NO. 14-26 Tuba Dent Balls 2-29/32 thru 3-9/32” (73.8mm thru 83.3mm) P82C NO. 27-39 Tuba Dent Balls 3-5/16” thru 3-11/16” (84.1mm thru 93.7mm) P82D NO. 40-52 Tuba Dent Balls 3-23/32” thru 4-3/32” (94.5mm thru 104mm) P82E NO. 53-65 Tuba Dent Balls 4-1/8” thru 4-1/2” (104.8mm thru 114.3mm) P82F NO. 66-73 Tuba Dent Balls 4-9/16” thru 5” (115.9mm thru 12.7mm) P82S Complete Set of all 73 of the P82 Dent Balls

16

TUBA DENT BALLS NUMBER AND SIZE P82A-1 P82A-2 P82A-3 P82A-4 P82A-5 P82A-6 P82A-7 P82A-8 P82A-9 P82A-10 P82A-11 P82A-12 P82A-13 P82B-14 P82B-15 P82B-16 P82B-17 P82B-18 P82B-19 P82B-20 P82B-21 P82B-22 P82B-23 P82B-24

2-1/2” 2-17/32” 2-9/16” 2-19/32” 2-5/8” 2-21/32” 2-11/16” 2-23/32” 2-3/4” 2-25/32” 2-13/16” 2-27/32” 2-7/8” 2-29/32” 2-15/16 2-31/32” 3” 3-1/32” 3-1/16” 3-3/32” 3-1/8” 3-5/32” 3-3/16” 3-7/32”

P82B-25 P82B-26 P82C-27 P82C-28 P82C-29 P82C-30 P82C-31 P82C-32 P82C-33 P82C-34 P82C-35 P82C-36 P82C-37 P82C-38 P82C-39 P82D-40 P82D-41 P82D-42 P82D-43 P82D-44 P82D-45 P82D-46 P82D-47 P82D-48

3-1/4” 3-9/32” 3-5/16” 3-11/32” 3-3/8” 3-13/32” 3-7/16” 3-15/32” 3-1/2” 3-17/32” 3-9/16” 3-19/32” 3-5/8” 3-21/32” 3-11/16” 3-23/32” 3-3/4” 3-25/32” 3-13/16” 3-27/32” 3-7/8” 3-29/32” 3-15/16” 3-31/32”

P82D-49 P82D-50 P82D-51 P82D-52 P82E-53 P82E-54 P82E-55 P82E-56 P82E-57 P82E-58 P82E-59 P82E-60 P82E-61 P82E-62 P82E-63 P82E-64 P82E-65 P82F-66 P82F-67 P82F-68 P82F-69 P82F-70 P82F-71 P82F-72 P82F-73

4” 4-1/32” 4-1/16” 4-3/32” 4-1/8” 4-5/32” 4-3/16” 4-7/32” 4-1/4” 4-9/32” 4-5/16” 4-11/32” 4-3/8” 4-13/32” 4-7/16” 4-15/32” 4-1/2” 4-9/16” 4-5/8” 4-11/16” 4-3/4” 4-13/16” 4-7/8” 4-15/16” 5”

TUBA DENT BALLS NUMBER AND SIZE CHART IN METRIC Item # Size P82A-1 P82A-2 P82A-3 P82A-4 P82A-5 P82A-6 P82A-7 P82A-8 P82A-9 P82A-10 P82A-11 P82A-12 P82A-13 P82B-14 P82B-15 P82B-16 P82B-17 P82B-18 P82B-19 P82B-20 P82B-21 P82B-22 P82B-23 P82B-24

63.50mm 64.29mm 65.09mm 65.88mm 66.68mm 67.47mm 68.26mm 69.06mm 69.85mm 70.64mm 71.44mm 72.23mm 73.03mm 73.82mm 74.61mm 75.46mm 76.20mm 76.99mm 77.79mm 78.58mm 79.38mm 80.17mm 80.96mm 81.76mm

P82B-25 P82B-26 P82C-27 P82C-28 P82C-29 P82C-30 P82C-31 P82C-32 P82C-33 P82C-34 P82C-35 P82C-36 P82C-37 P82C-38 P82C-39 P82D-40 P82D-41 P82D-42 P82D-43 P82D-44 P82D-45 P82D-46 P82D-47 P82D-48

82.55mm 83.34mm 84.14mm 84.93mm 85.73mm 86.52mm 87.31mm 88.11mm 88.90mm 89.69mm 90.49mm 91.28mm 92.08mm 92.87mm 93.66mm 94.46mm 95.25mm 96.04mm 96.84mm 97.63mm 98.43mm 99.22mm 100.01mm 100.81mm

P82D-49 P82D-50 P82D-51 P82D-52 P82E-53 P82E-54 P82E-55 P82E-56 P82E-57 P82E-58 P82E-59 P82E-60 P82E-61 P82E-62 P82E-63 P82E-64 P82E-65 P82F-66 P82F-67 P82F-68 P82F-69 P82F-70 P82F-71 P82F-72 P82F-73

101.60mm 102.39mm 103.19mm 103.98mm 104.78mm 105.57mm 106.36mm 107.16mm 107.95mm 108.74mm 109.54mm 110.33mm 111.13mm 111.92mm 112.71mm 113.51mm 114.30mm 115.89mm 117.48mm 119.06mm 120.65mm 122.24mm 123.83mm 125.41mm 127.00mm

P84 TUBA DENT REMOVAL CABLE SYSTEM

P83 ROD TAYLOR CABLE SET

Designed to be used with the P82 Lightweight Tuba Dent balls, this system consists of:

*2- 7 foot long nylon covered cables *2- cable gripping aluminum handles *5- threaded steel driver balls *4- different length stroke cables The handles are designed to slide up and down the cable. When squeezed, they grip. They are strongly constructed of aluminum and delrin. They won’t come off the cable, unless you disassemble them. The threaded drivers are made in 5 sizes. Use the heaviest driver ball you can get into the tube, which will be the one that drives the work ball back out. It takes 2 driver balls, 1 to drive it in and 1 to drive it out. The stroke cables are the cables that go between the driver balls and hold the work ball. The length of the stroke cable is determined by the length of the ball and the dent itself. The swivel makes the system easy to use. The swivel helps keep the cables from getting twisted and tangled when screwing together.

P84

Tuba Dent Removal System

H40 LEAD MELTING LADLE

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind TOOLS

Named for Rod Taylor of Taylor’s Band and Orchestra in Akron, OH. Rod pioneered the larger P82 Wood balls, in similar fashion to the way we have all used the smaller steel balls for many years. Several years ago, we made him a special cable so that you could “tunk” the balls in a little further and after the work is done, you can “tunk” the ball back out very easily. If you hang the right weight driver balls onto the cable properly, the natural strength or tension of the cable will keep the balls suspended in the air, so they don't bang on the inside of the bore. There are 4 cables in the P83S set, 6” , 7”, 8” and 9” in length, so that you can use the method over the entire series of large barrel balls, including the steel ones, which are smaller than the wooden P82’s. There are also two threaded brass retainers, one for each end of the cable to keep everything contained and make it faster for assembly and disassembly, when changing ball sizes.

P83S P83-6 P83-7 P83-8 P83-9 P83R

Rod Taylor Cable Set 6” Cable 7” Cable 8” Cable 9” Cable Cable end only

Heavy 3/16” (4.75mm) formed steel ladle with 16” (40.6cm) long handle for melting lead jaws and lead pigs, or re-melting patch forming lead block and holds ample lead for filling any small instrument tubing before bending.

H40

Lead Melting Ladle

www.ferreestoolsinc.com

17

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools N51 MOUTHPIECE ARBORS Polishing mouthpieces was never easier than when using these handy arbors to spin the mouthpiece in your bench motor. Also work as a mandrel to round out and remove dents from the mouthpiece shanks. N51A Mouthpiece Arbor for Cornet or French Horn N51B Mouthpiece Arbor for Trumpet/ Trombone or Baritone N51C Mouthpiece Arbor for Sousaphone N51S Set of N51A, B and C

N15 MOUTHPIECE SHANK ARBOR

G32 TROMBONE SLIDE REMOVER COLLARS

The Trombone Slide Remover Collars are now made with two size openings. The G32A set is .600” (15.2mm) to fit regular trombones and the G32B is .656” (16.7mm) for bass trombones. Both sets consist of two tapered collars and one straight wedge collar. The two tapered collars are inserted in the crack between the threads and the nut on opposite sides of the frozen joint. When pressed toward each other they grow in thickness, forcing the bell section apart from the slide section. If there is too much space in the crack after the two tapered collars are inserted, the straight wedge can be inserted as a shim. Press together by hand, by tapping gently with a rawhide mallet or by gently pressing in a vise. G32A Slide Removal Collars for tenor Trombone G32B Slide Removal Collars for Bass Trombone

The N15 Mouthpiece Shank Arbor is a stepped and tapered steel shaft for rounding out the different mouthpiece shanks. It will fit all brass instrument mouthpiece sizes.

N15

Mouthpiece Shank Arbor

G35 TROMBONE CORK BARREL SPACERS This is a set of 3 brass wedges for aligning the inner slide of a trombone with the cork barrel. Each of the 3 sections has identical scribed reference marks to aid in perfect alignment of the inside tube to the cork barrel.

G35 Trombone Cork Barrel Spacer Tools, Set of 3

18

G41 2 SIZES OF TROMBONE BUMPER REMOVERS Easiest possible method for removing stuck cork and felt bumpers from the cork barrel. Our Trombone Bumper Removers are specifically designed for this job. Slip the tool over the inside slide, and force the tip into the old felt or cork with a twisting motion. Now, you may more easily withdraw the old bumper.

G41A For Tenor Trombone G41B For Bass Trombone

P57 ‘HOOK-BACK’ TOOL A DRIVER/RETRIEVER FOR FRENCH HORN

Another ball centered cable tool. This tool offers more power and flexibility for French horn dents in the hand grip area than ever before. It consists of the P57A Power Handle, the necessary ball segments and a special 5” stroke cable. You use this tool with the N62AS(.775” to 1.250”) and/or N62BS ball sets. Then, to get smaller than .775”(19.7mm) you have to use your N57G set which is .750” (19.0mm) and smaller. You may want to use the N57X four ball set as blenders. All P56 segments may be used with this tool also.

P57 Driver/Retriever for French Horns P57A Handle Assembly

P53 TROMBONE DENTBALL DRIVER/RETRIEVER

This tool is great for removing abrasion dents or ping dents in the bottom bow of a trombone without taking it apart. It also allows for a little “English” on the ball to hold it to the dent even though the ball is .010” or .015” too small due to the connection ring and hand slide ferrule soldering, which shrinks the tubing leading to the bottom bow disallowing a larger, proper ball. Not for “dead end” smashes, which require removing the bow, bowguard or cap and possibly annealing of the tube.

P53 Trombone Dent Ball Driver/Retriever P53A Replacement cable only

P56 FRENCH HORN DENT BALL DRIVER/RETRIEVER MARCHING BRASS INSTRUMENTS

Imagine taking the dents out of the tapered tubing of a French horn, from the bell flare to the valve section, without unsoldering the instrument! The need to realign the braces and reassemble the horn is eliminated. The time needed for dent work in these areas of the horn is a fraction of what it used to be. The P56 can also be used with marching brass instruments. The P56 shares many of the same features, and operates the same way as the P50 for cornets. The big difference is that the P56 comes apart in segments so that the length can be changed. Altering the tool length allows the Repairman to reach any damaged area while still enjoying precision placement of the ball.

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

P56 Complete Kit for French Horn Bells P56A 26-1/2” handle only with two stroke cables, a small and a large w/ brass balls.

P56 Segments may be purchased individually and vary in length from 5” to 7” P56B Ball Segment B P56C Ball Segment C P56D Ball Segment D P56E Ball Segment E P56F Ball Segment F P56G Ball Segment G(has sm and lg ends) P56H Ball Segment H P56J Replacement cable that holds the balls for the P56A handle. P56X Extension handle. With this handle, the P56 can be used with the O28 French Horn jig. P56-SM Small Stroke Cable P56-LG Large Stroke Cable P56U Update for P56—Send in old handle. Segments B-F work with P56-LG large stroke cable which is used with the N62 or N63 balls. Segments G-H work with P56-SM small stroke cable which is used with the N57 balls.

19

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools P51 TUBA MOUTHPIPE DENT BALL DRIVER/RETRIEVER

DENT BALL HAMMERS Trombone/Baritone & Cornet/Trumpet

This tool simplifies tuba mouthpipe dent removal on American style tubas without requiring unsoldering and removal of the mouthpipe tube. To use the tool, remove the driver first. Then insert the whole unit into the mouthpipe through the mouthpiece receiver. The threaded end of the cable will drop through into the valve casing. Next, slide one, two, three, etc… dent balls on the cable and attach the largest driver ball that will fit into the mouthpipe. Lubricate the dent balls with J88, Z6 or similar lubricant. Feed the dent balls and driver into the mouthpipe with your fingers. Do not try to pull them into the mouthpipe with the cable as they may mar the port edge. With a snapping back and forth motion drive the dent balls through the dent. To remove the dent balls use a back and forth motion with the flexible driver, which will push them into the valve casing. Repeat he procedure as often as required to remove the dent or dents. Does not work on short action valves.

Although alike in appearance and principle to the other Dent Ball Driver/Retrievers, the P54 and P55 work slightly differently. The steel dent balls do not attach to the cable as they do on the P50, P52 and P56. The P54 and P55 are used strictly to drive the dent ball in and out of the tuning slide. This takes the place of shaking a driver behind the dent ball and possibly placing a lot of little dents in the slide from the inside. Use with N57G dent balls.

P51

Tuba Mouthpipe Dent Ball Driver Retriever

P54

Trombone and Baritone Dent Ball Hammer P54A Replacement Cable P55

Cornet and Trumpet Dent Ball Hammer P55A Replacement Cable

P58 SAX NECK DRIVER This tool removes dents from between where the rod and ball stop coming in from both ends in a tenor sax neck. You can knock out dents as easily as on any baritone or French horn, and quick.

P58 P58C P58D

20

Sax Neck Driver only Set of 6 dent balls: .760 thru .860 Set of 6 dent balls: .770 thru .870

~REPAIR TIP~ French Horn Stringing...It is important to remember when stringing a rotor valve, that the strings do not touch, as that increases wear and binding up etc. They may work despite this, but try to have them NOT touch. Sometimes you can achieve this by bending the angled, strung arm up or down. On occasion, you have to bend the arm toward or away from the stop arm. We call this. “string over” or “string under” as to where the strings wind up.

P50 DENT BALL HOLDER DRIVER/RETRIEVER

No other dent ball holding dent tool can give you the control and speed that this tool delivers. It is so innovative that it is patented. The tool is designed to be used with the N57G and N57GH, barrel-type dent ball sets. The outstanding features of this tool are its ability to place the ball exactly where you want it and then retrieve it quickly after use. There is no need to unsolder the bell. This is a precision designed and engineered tool. The P50 Dent Ball Driver/Retriever consists of a chromed steel handle connected to several nylon balls on a cable. These balls are held stationary by a round steel driver. Next comes the stroke cable, a short length of cable with a threaded fitting attached to the cable end. The kit includes two brass balls which screw onto the threaded cable fitting attached to the cable end. These brass balls hold the dent ball on the stroke cable. The new longer sleeve is provided to protect the inside bore from scratching. A complete set of instructions comes with this tool. An older set of dent balls may be drilled out easily with a #29 drill bit. Be sure to protect the ball surface when drilling them out.

P52 DENT BALL DRIVER/ RETRIEVER FOR CYLINDRICAL TUBING AND FRENCH HORN TUNING SLIDES This model of the Dent Ball Driver/ Retriever is designed to be used in the irregular shaped French horn tuning slides. However, many repairmen have told us the tool is definitely not limited to tuning slides on French horns. It works very well for any instruments that have cylindrical tubing as well as cornet mouthpipes.

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

P52

Driver/Retriever for French Horn Tuning Slides P52A Replacement Cable

LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

P50 For Cornets and Trumpets P50A Replacement Cable P50B Replacement Sleeve, polyvinyl

www.ferreestoolsinc.com

21

BRASSWIND TOOLS

BRASSwind tools N83 ROLLER BALLS

N29S SPECIAL DENT BALL SET

Friction Free Dent Balls

In normal dent removal, there is a considerable amount of friction between the ball and the surface being worked upon. That is why many repairmen coat the dent balls with Vaseline. The less friction the better. This is especially true as you start working with the larger balls in order to do baritones, some marching brass, tubas, souses, etc. We have taken 4 balls, sized 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 21/2” (25.4, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5mm) and fit them with roller bearings. Two high quality bearings for each ball. Then we adapted them so they would screw onto the end of a standard dent rod. The largest three have 1/2-13 threads and the smallest has 3/8-16 thread. These roller balls will roll rather than slide, as you work the dent out. With little or no friction between the ball and the brass, you will be able to do more delicate work and do it with less effort. The tool works great on back bows, straight and curved tubing.

N83A N83B N83C N83D N83S

Roller Ball-Size 1” (25.4mm) Roller Ball-Size 1-1/2” (38.1mm) Roller Ball-Size 2” (50.8mm) Roller Ball-Size 2-1/2” (63.5mm) Set of all 4 Roller Balls

C

E

F

B

A

D

These specially produced balls are not a typical spherical or barrel type ball. These are for odd places you are sometimes faced with. Some are egg shaped and some are semi-elliptical but all are very usable.

N29S Set of 6 Special Shaped Balls N29A-F Individual Ball **Balls have 1/2”-13 thread

N48 TROMBONE VENTURI RODS These two rods make removing the trombone venturi much easier. Slide the rod down inside the slide tube on the mouthpiece side. The rod is tapered to fit the venturi. Put the end of the rod in a vise and heat the venturi solder joint. Use a twisting motion to pull the venturi tube.

N48A Tenor Trombone Venturi Rod N48B Bass Trombone Venturi Rod

P1A DOUBLE HANDLE ROLLER FOR CORNET/TRUMPETS

~REPAIR TIP~

22

Better Dent Work Using Your Dent Hammer… Normally, you would use round balls (N80D’s or E’s) screwed on 5/8” or 3/4” rods like N31’s or an N74, mounted in a vise with a V-Block to form the tubing around. With this setup you would use a F10A or B dent hammer to burnish and push the metal back to a nice cylindrical form. You are not supposed to hammer directly ON a ball. You use the ball as a form or mandrel and then hammer right next to the ball radius; essentially making the ball a hammer or form, from the inside out.

This tool is great for rolling out dents in the bell stem area. You can get into areas you could not with a roller. It comes with three different size radius rollers to cover most bell stem sections from front to back. It is possible to get closer and work around the valves and braces. The hoop handle is designed to clear the valve section.

P1A Double Handle Roller

L12 HEAVY DUTY POST PUSHER/DENT PULLER

This dual use tool can “tunk” a post back into adjustment to save cutting and/or swedging. You can also use it for raising basic rounded dents, by soldering it into the dent and then using the built in hammer for pulling the dent up to the same plain or level (on the order of the L13 slide hammer. This tool has one removable brass end and the other end is concaved. The length is approximately 14” long. The shaft is 1/4” diameter steel and the heavy brass sliding weight is a full 1” diameter.

P2-10 DOUBLE HANDLE AND CONE SHAPED ROLLERS Unlike burnishers, these double handled rollers and cone shaped rollers roll as you use them. With little or no friction between the roller and the brass, you will be able to do more delicate work and do it with less effort. It reduces the possibility of scratching the lacquer or even damaging the material itself.

P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

3/8” Radius Double-Handle Roller 1/2” Radius Double-Handle Roller 3-1/2” Flat Double-Handle Roller 1-5/8” Radius Double-Handle Roller 6-1/2” Radius Double-Handle Roller 11-1/2” Radius Double-Handle Roller 7/8” Dia. Cone Shaped Roller(24” hndl) 1” Dia. Cone Shaped Roller(24” handle) 1-1/8” Dia. Cone Shaped Roller(24” hndl)

L12 Heavy Duty Post Pusher/Dent Puller

P14-16 CONTOURED BELL ROLLERS P11 & P12 DENT ROLLERS

These Contour Series bell rollers are designed for removing bell dents and re-contouring the profile for specific types of instruments.

P14 Roller for cornet and trumpet, alto sax P15 Roller for trombone, flugelhorn, baritone and euphonium P16 Roller for French horn and tuba (newer style with smaller diameter bell)

Our P12 Extra Long Dent Roller has a 1-1/4” (31.8mm) outside diameter with roller length of 12” (305mm). The extra length makes it excellent for larger belled instruments. The total length is 22” (559mm).

P11 P12

7” Roller 12” Extra Long Dent Roller

23

BRASSWIND TOOLS

BRASSWIND TOOLS N86 TRUMPET MOUTHPIPE DENT ROLLER

The N86 Trumpet Mouthpipe Dent Roller Kit consists of two parts: (1) The two-headed dent roller and (2) the tapered mandrel with a stop sleeve. The two headed mandrel accomplishes several things. The curvature of the working surfaces of the roller works harmoniously with the curvature of the specially designed, floating, tapered mandrel. The other end of this mandrel works terrifically to take a dent out of a straight tuning slide for cornet, French horn, trumpet and mellophone. Since you will be applying equal pressure almost all the way around the mouthpipe, there is very little chance of producing egg shaped tubing if properly done. Also, the long mandrel inside the tubing gives you the leverage to work easier and retain more control. It has been said that this tool not only takes out dents, it actually remanufactures the mouthpipe. Here’s how to use it: * Place the two headed dent roller in a strong vise * Remove the mouthpipe from the trumpet * Clean off solder and any other debris. * Slip the mandrel into the trumpet mouthpipe * Position the sliding sleeve so that the mouthpipe is against the sleeve and slightly loose on the mandrel. * Using the knurled screw, lock it in place so the mouthpipe cannot move up and wedge itself tightly on the mandrel. The end of the trumpet mouthpipe will push against the edge of the sleeve while you are using the tool. The mouthpipe must float at least by 1/4” laterally. * With the mandrel inside, place the mouthpipe between the rollers and apply side pressure to push the mouthpipe against the rollers. * Push the mouthpipe and mandrel back and forth between the rollers while applying steady pressure. Rotate this mouthpipe/mandrel constantly and the dent will be removed. For best results use both hands, one at each end of the rod.

N86 Trumpet Mouthpipe Dent Roller Kit

24

N56 TAPERED MOUTHPIPE CABLE KIT This is a system which greatly simplifies the removal of dents from tapered mouthpipes. It allows the repairmen to drive and retrieve a dent ball from areas that were previously very difficult to reach, if not impossible. The kit is made from high quality, galvanized, industrial cable covered with tough nylon tubing. The cable has a threaded connection in the middle of its length. This connection allows the cable to be split into two pieces so the repairmen can put a different dent ball on the cable without removing the cable from the horn. The N56 Tapered Mouthpiece Cable Kit is a must for all brass repair shops. The N56, when fully assembled is 90” long. Use with N57G and/or N57GH dent balls.

N56 Tapered Mouthpipe Cable Kit N56A Cable Extension, 12” (305mm) N56B Cable Extension, 18” (457mm)

N49 TRUMPET MOUTHPIPE DENT ROD Now, the dent balls can be inserted and removed into the trumpet mouthpipe in a quick and precise way, without having to the shake the dent ball into place using a driver and then try to shake it back out with another driver. Since the bell flare usually blocks the entrance to the horn from the large end of the tapered mouthpipe, it is necessary to go into the small end. You can do this to some extent with a N91B rod and the smallest a N80A ball, but you are limited because of the venturi. With this tool, you pull the ball into place, do your work and then push it back out. Use with N57 balls on page 13.

N49

Trumpet Mouthpipe Dent Rod

G88 FERREE’S MOUTHPICE PULLER

Pulls out any stuck or frozen cornet, trumpet, mellophone, alto horn, flugelhorn, French horn, trombone, tuba or sousaphone mouthpiece in seconds. On the improved G88 Mouthpiece Puller, Ferree’s has replaced the adjustment knob that held the arms against the mouthpiece with an automatic locking lug, which actually forces the arms tight against the mouthpiece as pressure is applied by turning the T handle. So now the T handle is the only thing to turn.

N40 EXPANDABLE SOUSAPHONE SLIDE DENT TOOLS

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

5/8” (15.9mm) for Eb and small BBb sousaphones and tubas. Also for trombone tuning slides. N40 Small Expandable Sousa Dent Tool 11/16” (17.5mm) for standard model BBb sousaphones and tubas. N42 Medium Expandable Sousa Dent Tool 3/4” (19mm) for extra large sousaphones and large tubas. N44 Large Expandable Sousa Dent Tool

G88 G88C G89

Ferree’s Mouthpiece Puller Cradle Replacement Auto Locking Lug

*See website for instructions: www.ferreestoolsinc.com

L42 DENT ROD HOLDING VISE This re-designed, 2nd generation, heavyduty, adjustable, rod holder vise works with all your tapered mandrels and your various threaded rods and balls. Also great for using the re-bounding method. It has new thru bolt tightening handle and 3 angle adjustment. The addition of the 3 preset angle differences, make this a most effective way to use your mandrels, flex rods and any special sax rods you may have. Cheaper than a good, heavy duty vise and does a better job for holding rods because it is specifically designed for doing both brass and woodwind instrument dent work using that method. The L42 does not require a V-block.

L42 Dent Rod Holding Vise

13/16” (20.6mm) for extra large tubas. N46 Extra Large Expandable Sousa Dent Tool

G30 TROMBONE SLIDE SPACING TOOL We have a simple method to get correct alignment of trombone slides during reassembly. Faster and far more accurate than makeshift methods, the G30 Slide Spacing Tool works well for aligning both inside and outside slides. It is accurately machined from steel and brass and has a fine screw adjustment. After straightening the slide rails or tubes, use the G30 spacing tools to maintain this size at both ends, using either the end bow or the handslide brace to establish the spacing. After re-checking the parallel, solder the slide together using low heat. High heat will change your alignment. We suggest using the E45A solder clips to secure the brace/tube alignment when soldering. Also, you will find using the P90 stone will enhance your accuracy.

G30 Slide Spacing Tool (Set of Two)

25

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools N35 RIGHT ANGLE EXPANDERS

N5-N7 EXTRA LONG RIGHT ANGLE EXPANDER

SMALL RIGHT ANGLE TOOL N5 shown with N35 underneath.

For use on cornets, trumpets, French horns and some mellophones. Makes 3rd valve slides operational on cornets and trumpets, for easy use of the finger ring.

N35 Small Angle Expandable Dent Tool 7/16” (11.1mm) N35A 3” Right Angle Expander, .468” 15/32 (11.9mm)

N36 MEDIUM RIGHT ANGLE TOOL For use on mellophones, small bore valve trombones, large bore cornets, and flugelhorns. 1/2” (12.7mm)

This tool is manufactured as an answer to requests from repairmen. It has several advantages over the standard length expander 1. Gives access to tuning slide areas that are difficult to reach. 2. Helps prevent scratching of other tubing next to tuning slides. 3. These tools are 12” long compared to our standard right angle expander which is 3” long.

N5 Extra Long Right Angle Expander 7/16” (11.1mm) N5A 12” Right Angle Exp., .468”, 15/32 (11.9mm) N6 Extra Long Right Angle Expander 1/2” (12.7mm) N7 Extra Long Right Angle Expander 9/16” (14.3mm) N5RP-N7RP Replate for above expanders

O8 FRENCH HORN POLISHING JIG

N36 Medium Right Angle Expandable Tool

N37 LARGE RIGHT ANGLE TOOL For use on baritones and valve trombones. 9/16” (14.3mm)

26

N37 Large Right Angle Expandable Dent Tool

Designed to hold a French horn during hand ing, polishing or soldering.

O8 French Horn Polishing Jig

sand-

DENT RODS N71

N32 N67 N70 N69 N31

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

N31A N31B

N88

N33 N74 N30

N34

N30

Sousa Bell Jack. Adjustable to straighten sousaphone bell tenons, especially on fiberglass sousaphones which bend even easier.

N31

3ft (.91mm) straight, 5/8” (15.9mm) diameter rod for use on baritones, sousaphones and with the N81 sax dent balls. Also use with N80CS, N80DS and N80ES balls.

N31A 3 ft (.91mm) straight, 5/8” (15.9mm) diameter rod, bent on C ball end for use in Alto sax bows.

N80ES balls. It has a plate on one end to help prevent slipping under heavy pressure.

N67

3 ft. (.91m) “S” curve, 5/8” (15.9mm) diameter rod for baritones and basses. Used with N80DS and N80ES balls.

N69

5 ft. (1.52m) “S” curve, 3/4” (19.0mm) diameter rod for baritones, sousaphones and recording basses. Used with N80DS and N80ES balls.

N74

4 ft (1.22m) straight, 3/4” (19mm) diameter rod, threaded on one end for N80D and N80E balls for sax bells, bari tones and sousaphones; tapered and threaded on the other end for use with N80CS balls for sax body.

N31B 3 ft (.91mm) straight, 5/8” (15.9mm) diameter rod, bent on D/E rod end for use on Tenor sax bows. N32

N33

N34

2 ft (61cm) “S” curve, 5/8” (15.9mm) diameter rod for use on saxophones, baritones and sousaphones. Uses N80CS, N80DS and N80ES balls. 4 ft (1.22m) small ends curved, 3/4” (19mm) diameter rod for saxophones, baritones and sousaphones. Used with N80CS, N80D and N80E balls. 3-1/2 FT (1.07m) “S” curve, 3/4”(19mm) diameter rod.reaches extra far into sousephones. It is threaded for N80DS and

(continued)

N74A 4 ft (1.22m) straight, 1-1/4” (31.75mm)

diameter heavy duty rod, threaded on both ends with 1/2-13 threads. Tapered on one end for N80D/N80E balls for sax bells, baritones and sousas.

N88

Sousaphone Short Dent Rod, finely knurled, hand held dent rod. 6” (152mm) long. For working inside sousaphones with your arm when the instruments not disassembled. Used with N80DS and N80ES balls.

27

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools N70 FRENCH HORN DENT ROD

N124 FRENCH HORN DENT RODS

Guido Fraipont from Belgium shown using N70.

1/2” (12.7mm), 3 ft (.91mm) diameter rod for French horns. Threaded on both ends for N80CS balls. Curved on one end and made from stress proof steel.

This special set of four French Horn dent rods are designed to remove dents from French Horn bells, and 1st branch tubing after the bell has been separatN70 French Horn Dent Rod ed at the connection ring from the first branch. These threaded rods are used with the N80BS set of dent balls. N71 FRENCH HORN DENT ROD These rods are designed so the tool can be put in the vise and the horn held by hand, with plenty of room for the bell rim to pass the vise. These rods may be purchased separately or as a comGuido Fraipont from plete set of four. Belgium shown using N71.

1/2” (12.7mm), 3ft (.91mm) diameter “S” curve rod made from stress proof steel for French horns and mellophones. This rod is threaded on both ends to use with the N80CS balls.

N71

Individual Rods

Right—Small radius (European horns) Left—Small radius (European horns) Right—Larger radius (American horns) Left—Larger radius (American horns)

N124S Set of 4 French Horn Rods. Use with N80BS balls.

French Horn Dent Rod

D40 FRENCH HORN CORD Braided green and white nylon cord, with a fiberglass core. It is very flexible and strong, and will not stretch. Ideal for French horn and Trombone valves. (.026”-.034” thick) D40A French Horn Cord, 10ft length D40B 100ft (30.5mm) Spool

Braided green and white nylon cord. Same as above, but heavier for tuba valves. .036”-.043” thick.

28

N124A N124B N124C N124D

D40AH French Horn Cord, 10ft length

F65 HAND TUBING SHRINKER For shrinking the end of tubing or crooks when they do not fit exactly into slides or ferrules. This tool has a very slight taper. It will not over-shrink tubing, but is designed to give the minor shrinkage necessary for precise fit of tubing, crooks and slides.

F65 Hand Tubing Shrinker F65A LG. Hand Tubing Shrinker 1” to 9/16”. 10 degree taper.

N54 KNUCKLE DENT RODS

N55 KNUCKLE DENT RODS

A

A

B

B

C

C D

D

E

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

E

Many dents on brass instruments can be removed easily using these knuckle tools. These tools are designed to get into many hard to reach areas. Then dents can be pushed out without unnecessary hammering or over working the brass. This cuts down on the possibility of cracking or stretching the metal. With these tools, you reverse the action of the impact which caused the dent. In other words, you push the metal out instead of in. This set is used on all valve ports and other small diameter crooks. It consists of five 1/4” (6.4mm) rods, running in varying degrees from a straight rod to a 90° (right angle). This set is used with the N80A Dent Rod Ball Set. Each rod has a threaded end which will receive a 5/16” (7.9mm), 3/8” (9.5mm) or a 7/16” (11.1mm) ball. By interchanging the ball, you multiply the various configurations of the rods and balls to make a total of 15 different tools at your disposal. We suggest getting 5 extra N54A’s for custom bending.

N54S N54A N54B N54C N54D N54E

Knuckle Dent Rods, Set of 5 Indv. Knuckle Dent Rod Indv. Knuckle Dent Rod Indv. Knuckle Dent Rod Indv. Knuckle Dent Rod Indv. Knuckle Dent Rod

EMAIL ORDERS : [email protected]

This set of rods consists of five knuckle tools designed along the same principle as the N54 rods. They are 3/8” (9.5mm) in diameter, with angles varying from straight to 90°, for use with the larger instruments: trombone, baritone, euphonium, tuba and sousaphone crooks and bows. Also used for blending in the cornet and trumpet bells in the area between where the N57 dent balls stop and the tapered mandrel quits. These rods use the N80BS set of 5 dent balls giving the user a possibility of 25 different combinations. Get 3 N55E’s for custom bending.

N55S N55A N55B N55C N55D N55E

Knuckle Dent Rods, Set of 5 Individual Knuckle Dent Rod Individual Knuckle Dent Rod Individual Knuckle Dent Rod Individual Knuckle Dent Rod Individual Knuckle Dent Rod

L14 V-BLOCK Holds the round dent rod at 3 points, two by the v-block and one by the other jaw of the vise. Plus, this keeps the rod from slipping down or sliding out of the vise jaws as you use it.

L14 V-Block L14A V-Block with locking screws.

29

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools N105-107 HOOK BURNISHER

Hook burnishers for curved and straight tubing.

N105 Hook size of 5/8” (15.9mm) for flutes and trombone slides. N106 Hook size of 1-3/4” (44.5mm) N107 Hook size of 2-1/2” (63.5mm) N2A Wood Burnisher Handle for burnishers listed above.

N1-N3 STRAIGHT BURNISHERS

All of our burnishers are made of fine tool steel with highly polished finishes. The 6” (152.4mm), 8” (203mm) and 10” (254mm) sizes work well on bell flares from piccolo to trumpet to sousaphone.

N1 N2 N3 N2A

6” Straight Burnisher, small. 8” Straight Burnisher, standard. 10” Straight Burnisher, large. Wood Burnisher Handle for burnishers Listed above

N2A WOOD BURNISHER HANDLE D23 & D24 SMALL 2” BURNISHER WITH HANDLES Wooden 24” handle to fit any of the straight or hook burnishers listed on this page. Adding the handle gives much more control of the burnisher during use.

N8 & N9 DOUBLE HANDLE BURNISHERS

right up to the bell rim wire.

N8 N9

30

These two handles give more leverage and better control for severe damage. These burnishers have a very fine finish and a good radius that allows the burnisher to work

Small Double Handle Burnisher. 2” (50.8mm) radius for cornets/trumpets Large Double Handle Burnisher. 4” (102mm) radius for trombones and baritones

Small, oval shaped, tool steel burnishers, highly polished with seasoned wood handles. For woodwind keys and all plated instruments.

D23 Straight Burnisher D24 Curved Burnisher Same size as above but extra slim and supple for delicate work or smaller instruments such as oboe, piccolo, etc.

D25 Straight Burnisher D26 Curved Burnisher

UNIVERSAL BELL FLARE MANDRELS

L5 UNIVERSAL BELL IRON

Designed to be used on the bell flares on all brands of instruments. An extra high stem helps to hold the bell on the mandrel, freeing both hands. Works best if used with an N8 or N9 Double Handle Burnisher to restore contour. The loose fitting, flexible natured design of these mandrels, makes it possible for the bell to be in contact with the mandrel at all times while rubbing with a double or single handled burnisher. Primarily used as a Sousa and Tuba bell iron, this tool can also be used on many small instruments as well, making this tool universal. It can be used to remove dents from the bell rim through the bell flare of many bells from metal clarinets to sousaphones.

L5

P71

Universal Bell Iron

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

Bell Flare Mandrel for Cornets and Trumpets

L3 & L4 SPECIAL BELL IRONS For more precision work on bells, for which you want to do a smoother job, you can do perfect work with just a little care and patience. L3 L4

P72

Bell Flare Mandrel for Trombones

Cornet and Trumpet Bell Iron Trombone and French Horn Bell Iron

P14-P16 CONTOURED BELL ROLLERS

The new Contour Series bell rollers were designed for repairing specific types of instruments.

P74

Bell Flare Mandrel for French Horn

LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

P14 Roller for cornet and trumpet, alto sax P15 Roller for trombone, flugelhorn, baritone and euphonium P16 Roller for French horn and tuba (newer style with smaller diameter bell)

31

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools N90 & N94 UNIVERSAL TAPERED MANDRELS

N90 General use on brass instruments. Great for piccolos and trumpet mouthpipes. The large end is 1/2” (12.7mm) and the small end is 1/4” (6.4mm). The length is 20” (508mm).

N90 Universal Tapered Mandrel

N94 General use on brass instruments. The large end is 2” (50.8mm) and the small end is .6875” (17.5mm). Length is 30” (76.2cm).

N94 Universal Tapered Mandrel

H55 HEAVY DUTY TUBING BENDING JIG

This heavy duty tubing bending jig is made of 1/2” thick steel plate 9-1/2” X 7”. The back plate and vise mount are made of 2” angle iron, 1/4” thick, and securely welded to the base plate, so there is no flexing of the jig while it is being held in the vise. There are 3 bending mandrels; 3”, 2” and 1” diameter. They are covered with cork, as is the back plate, to prevent damage to the tubing. This jig works on small diameter tubing, as well as larger tuba tubing.

H55 Heavy Duty Tubing Bending Jig

www.ferreestools.com 32

N47 BELL STEM MANDREL

This mandrel is used on the straight tube of the bell crook when the bell is removed from the horn. The extra long 28” (71.1cm) length keeps the bell flair from hitting the vise. Each end of the mandrel has a different diameter, one is .390” (9.9mm) the other is .437” (11.1mm).

N47 Bell Stem Mandrel

D50 VALVE PORT MEASURING TOOL

No more guesswork or inaccurate measurements. This tool measures valve ports for replacement and the thickness of cork and felt on all valve instruments. This carefully built precision tool measures 0 to 8” (203mm). Sharpened tool steel scribe on both marking and adjustable ends to mark all the tubing. A knurled lock screw holds measurements precisely. Measurement stays put for as long as needed.

D50 Valve Port Measuring Tool

N91 TAPERED MANDRELS

N91D This is used for the tapered part of trumpet bells. The large end is 1” (25.4mm) and the small end is .480” (12.2mm). Length is 24” (610mm)

N91D Tapered Trumpet Bell Mandrel

N91E Used for the tapered part of the cornet bell. Large end is 1” (25.4mm). Small end is .540” (13.7mm) with a length of 24” (610mm).

N91E Tapered Cornet Bell Mandrel

Here is a complete set of tapered mandrels designed to accommodate the changes in bores and tapers over the years. This set of 9 tapered mandrels will cover all horns from piccolos to sousaphones. By using stress proof steel, we’re able to make a N91A and N91B in a smaller size than previously available. The rest of the set is spring resistant steel. A 4” (102mm) non-tapered end gives you a place for the vise to grip. Use these mandrels with a burnisher to remove dents. Also used to round out ligatures and clarinet finger ring keys. Mandrels are polished. No lathe marks or scratches. See descriptions below for particular uses of the different sizes. N91A Designed for cornet and trumpet mouthpipes. Dents can be reached through the receiver. Also used for piccolo. The large end is .400” (10.2mm) The small end is .250” (6.4mm). Length is 16” (406mm).

N91A Mouthpipe Tapered Mandrel

N91B Same measurements as the N91A, except the small end is threaded to receive the smallest ball of the N80S set. Very practical for sharp, crease type dents.

N91B Threaded Tapered Mouthpipe Mandrel

N91C Used to remove dents in the stem or tail of the bell into the valve section. The large end is .625” (15.9mm) and the small end is .375” (9.5mm). Length is 24” (610mm).

N91C Tapered Stem Mandrel

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

N91F Here is a stubby model used to round out the engraved section of a cornet or a trumpet bell. Eliminates the “corrugated” effect. The large end is 1” (25.4mm) and the small end is .850” (21.6mm). Length is 12” (305mm)

N91F Tapered Stubby Mandrel

N91 TAPERED MANDRELS FOR TROMBONE & BARITONE N91G Used for the tapered part of trombone bells. Goes all the way to the tuning slide. The large end 1.5” (38.1mm) and the small end is .6875” (17.5mm). The length is 30” (762mm).

N91G Tapered Trombone Mandrel

N91H Stubby model for trombones. For rounding out the engraved section of the bell. Large end is 1.75” (44.5mm) and the small end is 1.025” (26mm). Length is 18” (457mm).

N91H Tapered Stubby Trombone Mandrel

N91J For bass trombone bell tapers and baritone branches. The large end is 1.250” (31.75mm) and the small end is .875” (22.2mm). Length is 30” (762mm).

N91J Tapered Bass Trombone Mandrel

N91S This is our set of 9 mandrels (N91A-J). You can save money by ordering them all at one time. Shipping would also be less than if purchased separately.

N91S Set of Tapered Mandrels

Find up to date price lists on our website www.ferreestools.com

Email technical questions about our items to [email protected]

33

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools N95 & N96 DENT REMOVING RINGS

G45 CORK BARREL DENT REMOVER

A really great time saver! No longer is it necessary to remove trombone slide rails to take dents out of We now have available, three large Dent Removing the cork barrel. Also, this tool can be used to raise the Rings for use on larger brass instruments. These are area on a cork barrel where the hand slide brace has variations of the large rings that go with our Z60 been dented into it, still without removing the cork Dent Machine. They measure 3-1/2”, 4-1/2” and 5 barrel. So the slide does not have to be realigned and -1/2” in diameter and are 1-5/8” wide. The outer soldered. Save on alignment time........soldering surfaces of the rings are rounded, so they can be used time...re-assembly time, polishing & lacquering, etc.. to push out dents in curved areas such as in baritone The large part of the tool is inserted into a vise with horns and tuba bells elbows. You can reform an L14 V-Block. The slide rail is inserted through the damaged tubing with them using a rawhide mallet. opening in the small end of the tool and the cork Their surfaces are polished as they will often be used barrel is forced over the working surface of the tool. against lacquered or polished surfaces. The center Dent work is performed either with a rawhide mallet, hole is tapped for 1/2”-13 thread so that they can be a dent hammer or hand manipulation. used with any of our dent rods designed to hold our Two standard sizes are necessary to cover the major brands. For instance, Holton and Olds require the N80D and N80E dent balls. These three Dent Removing Rings make an ex- large G45A, but Conn and Martin, the smaller G45B. cellent extension to our N80 Dent Ball Sets for the G45A Cork Barrel Dent Remover, Larger Size Repairmen who work on larger brass instruments and G45B Cork Barrel Dent Remover, Smaller Size do not have our Z60 Dent Machine

N95 N95B N96

3-1/2” (88.9mm) Dent Removing Ring 4-1/2” (114.3mm) Dent Removing Ring 5-1/2” (139.7mm) Dent Removing Ring

E90 TUNING SLIDE PLIERS

These are the finest tools on the market for removing stubborn, corroded tuning slides on brass instruments. The process is very easy. Just fit the sharp edge of the plier into the gap between the inner and outer slide as far as possible. Set the safety screw so the tubing can’t accidentally be crushed by hand pressure. Then, by tapping on the opposite side of the tool with a rawhide mallet, while applying pressure to the handles, the slide will break loose and move. Penetrating oil, such as J88 Corrosion Cracker Oil, should always be applied to the affected slide area before any slide removal method is tried.

E90 Cornet Tuning Slide Removal Pliers (Cornet-Trumpet) E92 Baritone Tuning Slide Removal Pliers (14-18mm) E94 Sousaphone Tuning Slide Removal Pliers (18-21mm)

34

L17 & L18 LARGE BURNISHING RINGS

These burnishing rings are to obtain a wrinkle free finish on a bell taper by hand. The L19 handle should be used for a weight advantage. Sometimes, instead of having it swing under the work, you lean it against your shoulder and push down as you work. The L17 and L18 are each threaded on two sides to double the wear life of each the tool. Each ring has a cutout section so it may be used while the instrument is still together. These rings are chromed for a smoother action and longer tool life. L17

L18

Large Ring for Cornet and Trumpet bells, brace to tuning slide end of a Trombone bell and the straight Baritone branch. Large Ring for Tenor or Brass Trombone Bells

L19 HANDLE FOR L17 & L18

This is the 14” (35.6cm) long, 12 pound (5.45kg) handle for the L15AS, L15BS, L17 and L18 Large Burnishing rings. The weight of the handle helps in rubbing, L19

Heavy weight, 12 pound (5.45kg) handle to give you a better mechanical advantage.

L16 EUROPEAN STYLE HAND DRAW RINGS

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

Also known as rounding rings, you can use these rings to remove dents and re-contour and smooth large tubing. Will be discontinued when sold out.

L16H

72mm

12.81”

L16K L16L L16M L16N L16P L16Q L16R

92mm 102mm 112mm 122mm 132mm 142mm 152mm

3.59” 3.98” 4.39” 4.76” 5.15” 5.54” 5.93”

N80 UNDRILLED DENT BALLS N80F Individual Dent Balls from Set below. (Specify Size) N80FS Set of 4 balls in the sizes: 1-1/4” (31.8mm), 1-1/8” (28.6mm), 1-3/8” (34.9mm), 1-1/2” (38.1mm) N80G Individual Dent Balls from Set below. (Specify Size) N80GS Set of 4 balls in the sizes: 1-3/4” (44.5mm), 2” (50.8mm), 2-1/4” (57.2mm), 2-1/2” (63.5mm)

~REPAIR TIP~

Pulling Half-Tone Crooks...When pulling a stuck slide on a cornet or trumpet, and the rawhide gives up; try using an old ‘catgut’ bass fiddle (violin) string. It is strong, it fits and it’s long. Don’t use the metal part or a metal string. This from our customer John in New Castle, New South Whales, Australia.

35

BRASSWIND TOOLS

BRASSWIND TOOLS N131- N140 HIGH QUALITY AMERICAN MADE ADJUSTABLE REAMERS

N14 MOUTHPIPE RECEIVER FORMING MANDRELS When installing a new French horn mouthpipe or a new trombone venturi tube, these custom steel forming dies provide the proper taper to receive the mouthpiece inside the ferrule or cork barrel.

N14A For French Horn Mouthpipe N14B For Trombone Mouthpipe N14C Bass Trombone Mouthpipe Mandrel Some repairmen prefer a reamer to fix valve casings. If you do, you need these American made adjustable reamers. They are the most precision-made, adjustable reamers we’ve found. These reamers are also handy for woodwind work. These reamer blades are so accurately ground that you can replace them right in your own shop...without regrinding. N140 N131 N132 N133 N134 N135 N136

N137 N138

17/32 (.5312) to 19/32” (.5937) (13.5 to 15.1mm) for sop. clarinet 19/32 (.5937 thru 21/32” (.6562) (15.1 thru 16.7mm) small cornets and sop. clarinet 21/32 (.6562) thru 23/32” (.7187) (16.7 thru 18.3mm) most cornets/trumpets and alto clarinet 23/32 (.7187) thru 25/32” (.7812) (18.3 thru 19.8mm) large cornets 25/32 (.7812) thru 27/32” (.8437) (19.8 thru 21.4mm) baritone 27/32 (.8437) thru 15/16” (.9375) (21.4 thru 23.8mm) baritone and bass clarinet 15/16 (.9375) thru 1-1/16” (1.0625) (23.8 thru 27mm) bass 1-1/16 (1.0625) thru 1-3/16” (1.1875) (27 thru 30.2mm) bass 1-3/16 (1.1875) thru 1-11/32” (1.3437) (30.2 thru 34.1mm) jumbo bass

Note: Replacement blades are available for Cleveland reamers only: N134A, N136A, N137A. Limited quantities, will be discontinued when sold out.

*See the N28 and N58 valve mandrels & casing sleeves on page 45*

36

N66 MOUTHPIECE RECEIVER REAMERS

Ferree’s makes three sizes of mouthpiece receiver reamers. Use where the mouthpipe is expanded inside a ferrule, instead of having a separate machined receiver to clean up bore. N66A Mouthpiece Receiver Reamer for cornet N66B Mouthpiece Receiver Reamer for trumpet N66C Mouthpiece Receiver Reamer for trombone, baritone and euphonium N66D Bass Trombone Mouthpiece Receiver Reamer

SEE US ONLINE AT www.ferreestools.com

Email orders to: [email protected] Email repair questions to: [email protected]

F5 RAWHIDE MALLETS

Solid rawhide heads. Firmly riveted to selected hickory handles. Excellent for straightening bent keys, sprung valves and many other uses. F5 F5A

Small 1” (25.4mm) X 2” (50.8mm) Medium 1-1/2” (38.1mm) X 3” (76mm)

REBOUND RAWHIDE MALLET The F5B Extra Large Rawhide Mallet really packs a wallop. It weighs in at about 22 oz. (624g). Used primarily for striking dent rods when using the rebound method. 12” (305mm) long handle. Rebounding is a method used to raise dents by placing the dent ball under the depressed area, pushing down and then striking the dent rod with the large mallet. The after shock of the blow raises the depressed area. If you don’t keep pressure on the ball, it will dent the opposite side. F5B

Rawhide Mallet 2-3/4” (69.8mm) X 4-1/2” (114mm)

F50 SLIDE REMOVER PLIERS

L15 DRAW RINGS

These two sets of Draw Rings replace the old style drawplate. Drawplates are approximate at best and once damaged are done. The rings are not only much more convenient to use, they are replaceable individually. Each inside surface is a perfect radius in both directions, making it much superior to the old fly cut, hand polished radiuses. The rings are chrome plated for smoother action and to resist rusting. They may be used by hand, held in a vise or in the L19 Handle. Individual rings are numbered according to size in the set, #1 being the smallest. #18 is the most commonly used from size in both sets for dent work. They may be purchased separately. The larger set works best on baritones, euphoniums, sax necks and smaller sousa and tuba tubing. ALL of the rings are graduated in .015” (.38mm) steps. L15A RINGS No. Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

.320” (8.1mm) .335” (8.5mm) .350” (8.9mm) .365” (9.3mm) .380” (9.7mm) .395” (10.0mm) .410” (10.4mm) .425” (10.8mm) .440” (11.2mm) .455” (11.6mm) .470” (11.9mm) .485” (12.3mm) .500” (12.7mm) .515” (13.0mm) .530” (13.5mm)

No.

Size

16 .545” (13.8mm) 17 .560” (14.2mm) 18 .575” (14.6mm) 19 .590” (15.0mm) 20 .605” (15.4mm) 21 .620” (15.7mm) 22 .635” (16.1mm) 23 .650” (16.5mm) 24 .665” (16.9mm) 25 .680” (17.3mm) 26 .695” (17.6mm) 27 .710” (18.0mm) 28 .725” (18.4mm) 29 .740” (18.8mm)

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

L15B RINGS No. Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

.755” (19.2mm) .770” (19.6mm) .785” (19.9mm) .800” (20.3mm) .815” (20.7mm) .830” (21.0mm) .845” (21.5mm) .860” (21.8mm) .875” (22.2mm) .890” (22.6mm) .905” (23.0mm) .920” (23.4mm) .935” (23.7mm) .950” (24.1mm) .965” (24.5mm) .980” (24.9mm) 17 .995” (25.3mm) 18 1.010”(25.7mm)

See next column

Used by putting a dent ball in the tubing for the pliers to grip over. This prevents crushing the tubing, when twisting the tube to break it loose.

F50 Slide Remover Pliers

L15AS 29 Rings from .320” (8.1mm) to .740” (18.8mm) i.d. L15A Individual Rings (State Size) L15BS 18 Rings from .755” (19.2mm) to 1.010” (25.7mm) i.d. L15B Individual Rings (State Size) Call for availability of individual sizes

37

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools N68 RIGHT ANGLE DENT ROD

This rod is used to remove dents from mouth pipes. Especially for Conn 14A & 15A cornets which have tuning slides set up like a trumpet or any other instrument where you don’t have clearance to get by the bell. Use with an N80A set of balls, which must be ordered separately.

N68

G39 VALVE GUIDE FITTING TOOL This tool is scientifically shaped, drilled and tapped to hold valve guides and stars for valve instruments. To use, you screw the guide into the fitting tool and file it to the proper width to fit the guide slot. When the guide is fitted, remove it from the tool and install it in the valve, then file it to the proper height. The tapered end screws into stars. Saves time and eliminates filing of the valve.

G39 Valve Guide Fitting Tool

Right Angle Dent Rod

G39B VALVE GUIDES J20 SWEDISH STYLE PLIERS

The head is round to allow you to fit them properly. Screw into place in the valve, mark where they are to be cut, and remove. Install them in the G39 Valve Guide Fitting Tool and hand file or power grind to slightly oversize. Install on the valve and hand file to the exact size. Thread is 3-48 which fits most valves. For smaller valve guide screw holes, use a D220W #47 and a D200, 3-48 tap to enlarge the hole. Available in dozens or hundreds

G39B Brass Valve Guide (specify quantity) We think these are the highest quality pliers being made today. Almost impossible to bend the tips because of the fine rectangular box joint design. Cross hatched handles won’t slip in your hand. Although these pliers are extremely strong, they are still designed to be held by hand, not in a vise. All are 5” (127mm) and have smooth jaws.

J20SS Round Nose J21SS Chain Nose J22SS Small Duck Bill

E17 VALVE MIRROR By using this mirror you can see if you have used the proper thickness valve cork. This eliminates “stuffy” blowing in many instruments. 6” long handle.

E17

Our price list is now online, go to www.ferreestools.com and click on Price Lists. 38

Valve Mirror

Fax:269-965-7719

PREVENTING ACCIDENTS

P100 VALVE THREAD MANDRELS For many years we had requests for a tool that would straighten and reset the threads on either bent in, bent out or worn out valve casing caps… top or bottom. Ferree’s Valve Thread Mandrels will do this, prevent many accidents from happening in the first place, and even more. The worst thing you could do to a valve casing in this condition is to use a die, thread chaser or grooving tool. This will remove brass where the brass is needed. Valve casings are very weak in the threaded areas to start with.

REFORMS METAL

Ferree’s Valve Thread Mandrels don’t have any abrasive or cutting action. They are basically a forming tool to reform threads into their original positions, smoothing up any burrs or waviness. Because of their solid design, these Valve Thread Mandrels can be started on a ruptured part more easily than if they were slotted. They have a hex handle which makes them easier to control than a T handle. Our Valve Thread Mandrels leave a smooth burnished finish that can’t be obtained from any case hardened cutting tools.

Most repairmen take out knuckle dents with our N54 Knuckle Tools and N80A Balls. Sometimes, while working on a knuckle between valves on a horn with thick brass, it is easy for the tools to slip causing a little expansion of the valve casing threads. If one of our Valve Thread Mandrels were screwed on the end where you insert the knuckle tool, such a mishap could be prevented.

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

SPECIAL ORDERS

If you need a special size, larger or smaller or a different thread, we can make it for you at no Instructions are included with the order. The additional charge. We would prefer that you send the valve thread mandrels are used with either a ta- horn, but if this is not possible, we need: pered mandrel to ▪Outer diameter of the threads on a good help form the casing threads or, better ▪Number of threads per inch on the casing yet, an expandable tool of proper size You can use P19 Micrometers and a G15 Thread Gauge to get this information.

LISTING OF SIZES We have the Valve Thread Mandrels listed by sizes in the 27, 32, 36 and 40 threads with notations telling you what horns the various sizes will fit. If your shop only works on one brand of instrument, it would only be necessary to have the correct size and one size over. But if you work on many brands as most shops do, it would be more convenient to have at least a set of ten. New Asian sizes will be available as they are established.

ORDER INDIVIDUALLY OR IN SETS OF TEN, YOUR CHOICE OF SIZES.

P100S

Set of 10 Valve Thread Mandrels (You pick your sizes) P100A Individual Valve Thread Mandrels (Specify size)

**PLEASE NOTE: SIZES LISTED ARE BASED ON ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS BUT THERE MAY BE VARIATIONS. FOR BEST RESULTS, PLEASE MEASURE BEFORE PLACING YOUR ORDER TO ASSURE ACCURACY.

39

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools P100 VALVE THREAD MANDREL SIZES

The number listed in the chart below tells the size of the mandrel. The first two numbers indicate the thread pitch and the last two numbers indicate the diameter in 64ths of an inch. NOTE: In most cases you will need at least two P100 Mandrels to repair damaged threads. One mandrel will be the actual size of the horn as listed below and the second will be: ▪1 size larger for external thread or ▪1 size smaller for internal thread As an example, if you needed to repair an All Star cornet, you would order one P100 in size 3651 and the second in size 3652. If the size you need is not listed on the charts, Ferree’s will make it for you. As always, our customer service people will be glad to help you. These mandrels may be ordered individually or more economically in sets of 10. **PLEASE NOTE: SIZES LISTED ARE BASED ON ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS BUT THERE MAY BE VARIATIONS. FOR BEST RESULTS, PLEASE MEASURE BEFORE PLACING YOUR ORDER TO ASSURE ACCURACY.

SIZE 2749 2753 3247 3248 3250 3251 3252 3288 3646 3647

3648

3649

3650

3651

40

WILL FIT THESE HORNS Conn 16b trpt.-bottom Conn 16b trpt.-top Bach, Elkhart & N.Y.-bottom Nova-bottom Bach, N.Y.-top Bach, Elkhart-top Nova-top Conn Sousaphone, 20k-top & bottom York-bottom Benge-bottom, US Besson-bottom, Besson, London 700-bottom, Schilke piccolo trpt. –top & bottom Bundy-bottom, Cleveland, Japanese-bottom, Collegiate, Japanese-bottom Conn, Japanese-bottom Gretsch & H. Pedler—bottom Noblet, -bottom Olds, old model (not Ambassador)bottom Regent-bottom Yamaha-bottom American Standard-bottom Carl Fischer-top Getzen, new-bottom Getzen, old-top & bottom King, Cleveland (ex. Japanese)-bottom Rudy Muck-top York-top Besson, English-bottom Conn, 1000B-bottom Conn, 18B-bottom Huttle-bottom Olds, Ambassador-bottom Olds, new-bottom Reynolds, Medalist, new-bottom Reynolds, Medalist, old-top & bottom Reynolds, Specialist, new-bottom All Star-top and bottom Besson, Stratford-bottom Conn, 60B-bottom

SIZE 3651

WILL FIT THESE HORNS Coueson-top & bottom Regent, Roth-top Reynolds, Emperor-top Couesnon baritone-top & bottom

3652

Benge-top, US Besson-top Besson, Stratford-top, US Besson-top, Cleveland, Japanese-top Collegiate (not Japanese)-top & bottom Collegiate, Japanese-top Conn, Japanese-top Holton-top & bottom Olds, old model (not Ambassador)-top Yamaha-top

3653

American Standard-top Besson, English-top Gretsch-top Holton alto horn-top & bottom Huttl-top King, Cleveland (ex. Japanese)-top Yamaha mellophone-top & bottom

3654

Conn 1000B-top Olds, Ambassador-top Olds, new-top Reynolds, Medalist, new-top Reynolds, Specialist, new-top

3656 3660

York baritone-bottom Holton Baritone-top & bottom York baritone-top Bundy euphonium-bottom Bach marching baritone-top King baritone-top & bottom Olds baritone-top & bottom

3663 3664

3665 3667 3668

Bach marching baritone-top Besson, baritone, 3 valve English-top & bottom Bundy euphonium-top Besson Sovereign Besson baritone, 4th valve, English-top & bottom Blessing baritone-top & bottom Holton sousaphone-top & bottom

P100 VALVE THREAD MANDREL SIZES CONTINUED FROM PRECEEDING PAGE

SIZE

WILL FIT THESE HORNS

SIZE

WILL FIT THESE HORNS

3669 3672

York sousaphone-top & bottom Blessing bass-top & bottom Deg bass-top & bottom King bass-top & bottom Olds bass-top & bottom Reynolds bass, new-top & bottom

4067

3673 3676

Reynolds Eb sousaphone-top & bottom Besson tuba-top & bottom Conn 12J tuba-top & bottom Conn 15J tuba-top & bottom

4068

Yamaha, YBB102 tuba-top & Bottom

4070

Martin BBb sousaphone-bottom Martin Eb sousaphone-top

4071 4073

Reynolds bass, old-bottom Jupiter sousaphone-top & bottom Jupiter tuba-bottom

4074

Yamaha tuba-top & bottom

4075

Bundy sousaphone-top & bottom Martin BBb sousaphone-top

4076

Reynolds bass, old-top Signet sousaphone-top & bottom

4078

Conn, 14K sousaphone-top & bottom

4047

4048 4050 4051

4052

4053

Blessing (old Silvertone)-bottom Carl Fischer-bottom Lyons-bottom Martin Elkhart-bottom Rudy Muck-bottom Silvertone-bottom Blessing-bottom Buescher (old Silvertone)-top Deg-bottom Martin Elkhart-top Blessing (old Silvertone)-top Jupiter 520-top & bottom Jupiter 600-top & bottom Jupiter 1000-top & bottom Jupiter 800-top & bottom Lyons-top Martin mellophone-bottom Silvertone-top Buescher, old-top Conn (all except 16B or Japanese)-top & bottom Jupiter 1000 trumpet-top Jupiter 800 trumpet-top Cavalier mellophone-top & bottom Conn mellophone-bottom Pan American mellophone-top & bottom

4055 4056

Jupiter mellophone-top & bottom Martin, mellophone-top & bottom Jupiter valve trombone-top & bottom

4057 4061

Buescher baritone-top & bottom Jupiter euphonium-top & bottom Jupiter tuba-top

4062

Conn, 101 baritone-top & bottom Conn, 141 baritone-top & bottom Pan American baritone-top & bottom Conn Eb sousaphone-top & bottom Pan American Eb sousaphone-top & bottom Conn, 20I baritone-top & bottom

4065 4066

Marin Eb sousaphone-top & bottom Yamaha euphonium-top &bottom Yamaha YEB321 euphonium-top & bottom Yamaha YEB311 baritone-top & bottom

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

CORNETS HAVING INTERNAL THREAD SIZE 3645PI 3647PI 3648PI 3650PI 3651PI 4051PI

WILL FIT THESE HORNS Reynolds, Best-top Selmer, Paris-bottom Getzen, new-top Noblet-top Selmer, Paris-top Getzen trumpet-top Reynolds, Best-bottom Bundy-top H Pedler-top Blessing-top Deg-top Lyons-top

**PLEASE NOTE: SIZES LISTED ARE BASED ON ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS BUT THERE MAY BE VARIATIONS. FOR BEST RESULTS, PLEASE MEASURE BEFORE PLACING YOUR ORDER TO ASSURE ACCURACY.

41

BRASSWIND TOOLS 42

Brasswind tools CORNETS, TRUMPETS, ALTO HORNS AND MELLOPHONES BRAND SIZES LISTED ALPHABETICALLY **PLEASE NOTE: SIZES LISTED ARE BASED ON ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS BUT THERE MAY BE VARIATIONS. FOR BEST RESULTS, PLEASE MEASURE BEFORE PLACING YOUR ORDER TO ASSURE ACCURACY.

BRAND OF HORN

All Star-top & bottom American Standard-bottom American Standard-top Bach, Elkhart-bottom Bach, Elkhart-top Bach, N.Y.-bottom Bach, N.Y-top Benge-bottom, US Besson-bottom Benge-top, US Besson-top Besson, English-bottom Besson, English-top Besson, London 700-bottom Besson, Stratford-bottom Besson, Stratford-top Blessing (old Silvertone)-bottom Blessing (old Silvertone)-top Blessing-bottom Buescher, old-top Buescher-bottom Bundy-bottom Carl Fischer-bottom Carl Fischer-top Cavalier mellophone-top & bottom Cleveland, Japanese-bottom Cleveland, Japanese-top Cleveland-bottom Cleveland-top Collegiate (not Japanese)-top & bottom Collegiate, Japanese-bottom Collegiate, Japanese-top Conn 1000B-top Conn Mellophone-top & bottom

SIZE 3651 3649 3653 3247 3251 3247 3250 3647 3652 3650 3653 3647 3651 3652 4047 4051 4048 4052 4048 3648 4047 3649 4054 3648 3652 3649 3653 3652 3648 3652 3654 4054

Conn, 1000B-bottom

3650

Conn, 16B trpt.-bottom Conn, 16B trpt.-top Conn, 18B-bottom Conn, 60B-bottom Conn, (ex. 16B or Japanese)-top & bottom

2749 2753 3650 3651 4052

Conn, Japanese-bottom Conn, Japanese-top Couesnon-top & bottom

3648 3652 3651

BRAND OF HORN

H. Pedler-bottom Holton alto horn-top & bottom Holton-top & bottom Huttl-bottom Huttl-top Jupiter 1000 trumpet-top Jupiter 1000-bottom Jupiter 520-top & bottom Jupiter 600-top & bottom Jupiter 800 trumpet-top Jupiter 800-top & bottom Jupiter mellophone-top & bottom King-bottom King-top Lyons-bottom Lyons-top Martin Elkhart Martin Elkhart-top Martin mellophone-bottom Martin mellophone-top & bottom Noblet-bottom Nova-bottom Nova-top (not Ambassador)-top Olds, new-top Olds, old model (not Ambassador)Ambassador-bottom bottom Pan American mellophone-top & bottom Regent-bottom Regent-top Reynolds, Emperor-top Reynolds, Medalist, new-bottom Reynolds, Medalist, new-top Reynolds, Medalist, old-top & bottom Reynolds, Specialist, new-top Reynolds, Specialist, new-bottom Rudy Muck-bottom Rudy Much-top Schilke piccolo trpt.-top & bottom Silvertone-bottom Silvertone-top

SIZE 3648 3653 3652 3650 3653 4053 4051 4051 4051 4053 4051 4055 3649 3653 4047 4051 4047 4050 4051 4055 4056 3648 3248 3252 3652 3654 3648 3650 4054 3648 3651 3651 3650 3654 3650 3654 3650 4047 3649 3647 4047 4051

P100 VALVE THREAD MANDREL SIZES

CORNETS, TRUMPETS, ALTO HORNS AND MELLOPHONES CONT’D BRAND OF HORN Deg-bottom Getzen, new-bottom Getzen, old-top & bottom Gretsch-bottom Gretsch-top

SIZE 4048 3649 3649 3648 3653

BRAND OF HORN Yamaha mellophone-top & bottom Yamaha-bottom Yamaha-top York-bottom York-top

SIZE 3653 3648 3652 3646 3649

CORNETS AND TRUMPETS WITH INTERNAL THREAD BRAND OF HORN Blessing-top Bundy-top Deg-top Getzen trumpet-top Getzen, new-top

SIZE 4051PI 3650PI 4051PI 3648PI 3647PI

BRAND OF HORN H. Pedler-top Noblet-top Reynolds, Best-bottom Reynolds, Best-top Selmer, Paris-bottom Selmer, Paris-top

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

SIZE 3651PI 3647PI 3650PI 3645PI 3645PI 3647PI

VALVE TROMBONES, BARITONES & SOUSAPHONES SIZE

BRAND OF HORN

SIZE

Bach, marching baritone-bottom Bach, marching baritone-top

BRAND OF HORN

3664 3665

Besson baritone, 4th valve, englishtop & bottom Besson baritone-top & bottom Besson, baritone, 3 valve, Englishtop & bottom Blessing baritone-top & bottom Blessing bass-top & bottom Buescher baritone-top & bottom Bundy euphonium-bottom Bundy euphonium-top Bundy sousaphone-top & bottom Conn 12J tuba-top & bottom Conn 15J tuba-top & bottom Conn Eb sousaphone-top & bottom Conn sousaphone, 20K-top & bottom Conn, 10I baritone-top & bottom Conn, 14I baritone-top & bottom Conn, 14K sousaphone-top & bottom Conn, 20I baritone-top & bottom Couesnon baritone-top & bottom Deg bass-top & bottom Holton Baritone-top & bottom Holton sousaphone-top & bottom Jupiter euphonium-top & bottom Jupiter sousaphone-top & bottom

3668

Jupiter tuba-bottom Jupiter tuba-top Jupiter valve trombone-top & bottom King baritone-top & bottom King bass-top & bottom King sousaphone-top & bottom Martin BBb sousaphone-bottom Martin BBb sousaphone-top Martin Eb sousaphone-top Martin Eb sousaphone-bottom Olds baritone-top & bottom Olds bass-top & bottom Pan American baritone-top & bottom Pan American Eb Sousa-top & bottom Reynolds bass, old-top Reynolds bass, new-top & bottom Reynolds Eb sousaphone-top & bottom Signet sousaphone-top & bottom Yamaha euphonium –top & bottom Yamaha tuba-top & bottom Yamaha, YBB102 tuba-top & bottom Yamaha, YEB321 euphonium-top & bottom Yamaha, YEP311 baritone-top & bottom York baritone-bottom York baritone-top York sousaphone-top & bottom

4073 4061 4055 3664 3672 3672 4070 4075 4070 4067 3664 3672 4062 4065 4076 3672 3673 4075 4067 4074 4068 4067

3676 3665 3668 3672 4057 3663 3667 4075 3676 3676 4065 3288 4062 4062 4078 4066 3651 3672 3660 3668 4061 4073

4067 3656 3660 3669

43

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools F11 CLIFF’ S CANVAS MALLET

This mallet is one of the best new ideas to come along in years, but also one of the most difficult to write about. You really have to take this great little mallet in your hand and work with it to appreciate what it can do. Cliff Ferree made one of these mallets for his personal use some time ago. He liked it so well, that he wanted to make it available to his customers, too! The hardness is between a brass hammer and a rawhide hammer. It is made of rolled canvas and high pressure phenoilic-type mica. This is the same substance used to make printed circuit boards used in space projects where reliability and strength are so important. It delivers a little more punch than a rawhide mallet, but will not mar a surface like a brass hammer or a dent hammer. The precut tapered edge is thinner than normally used on a rawhide mallet and therefore, concentrates more power directly to the target. Some of the repairmen that have tried this mallet describe the feel as “snappy.” We are sure that you will enjoy using this space age mallet yourself, and of course, trying this hammer will make you a believer. This really is a “try-it-you’ll-like-it” tool.

F11

Z6 SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT It is important to use this NEW Z6 synthetic lubricant in all friction producing actions. This product, when mixed with your petroleum jelly is Great! It makes all of your movements easier; burnishing, rubbing or contouring. It also tends not to allow as much, if any, scratching of the raw brass or lacquered surfaces. It is also very good with silver plated surfaces. Z6 should be mandatory for all burnishing jobs. Especially rod and ball work. Comes in 4 oz can. MANDATORY for the Z60-13 aluminum balls.

Z6 Z6A Z6B

Synthetic Lubricant 4 oz Pint Quart

Z8 MONEL ADDITIVE This product is an anti-oxidant, hyper-synthetic lubricant especially used for MONEL valve piston applications. Use existing valve oil as a carrier host to lubricate every metal to metal contact point necessary for a valve to work smoothly.

Canvas Mallet

F11A Larger Canvas Mallet

F9 BRASS HEAD HAMMER

Z8 Z8A Z8B

1-1/4 oz Pint Quart

~REPAIR TIP~

This 4 oz (113g) brass head is for use when you need something firmer and more persuasive.

F9

44

Brass Head Hammer

A Bit About Flutes...Bundy flutes usually work just fine using ALL our standard .114” thick pads in the big sizes, and for the three little 11mm pads; I (Gary Ferree) have always used the B21 double skinned clarinet pads because they have a thicker cardboard on the back which keeps them flatter for better seating and the thicker skin makes them less crinkly as far as noise goes and more durable. At least, in my mind. Also, less shellac to manage.

N58 GROUND CASING MANDRELS

N28 GROUND VALVE SLEEVES

These are solid steel mandrels used to remove dents from valve casings and to straighten casings if they are sprung. Easier, faster and more safe to use than reamers and almost impossible to damage a casing using these mandrels. They are not adjustable, so you must know the size you need or the brand and model of the instrument. Precision measuring is helpful.

These steel sleeves are used to straighten bent and out of round pistons. The sleeves have been bored and then honed to the exact sizes used when the valve casings were manufactured. They are not adjustable. This is a forming die.

The recommended procedure for use: ▪Mount the instrument on a wood assembly mandrel in a vise. ▪Thoroughly clean the casings with F7 Premiere Metal polish and Z10 Cold Cleaner ▪Select the proper size mandrel for the instrument and insert it all the way into the casing. ▪When ready to hit the mandrel, STRIKE SHARPLY. It is the quantity of hits that raises the dents and straightens casings, not the force used. Strike firmly-not hard. ▪Use the side of a rawhide mallet and strike the small end of the mandrel with many small and repeated taps. Use sideways and up and down hits. Aim at port intersections.

ORDER THE EXACT SIZE. MANDRELS ARE NOT ADJUSTABLE TO ORDER THE CORRECT SIZE—Order by the O.D. of the piston. Example: Yamaha .664”.

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

TO USE

Remove the valve cap, finger button, stem and guide from the piston. Select the proper diameter sleeve and push the piston all the way in so the main body of the piston is completely covered by the sleeve. Hold this complete assembly in the palm of your hand. Use a F5 rawhide or canvas mallet and strike the outside of the steel sleeve many times, rotating the sleeve in your hand as you go, so hammer blows strike the sleeve all the way around. Continue this procedure until the piston works freely in the sleeve.

ORDER THE EXACT SIZE. SLEEVES ARE NOT ADJUSTABLE TO ORDER CORRECT SIZE—order by the size of the valve wanted. Example Yamaha .664”

N28A For cornet and trumpet N28C For alto horn, valve trombone, baritone and euphonium N28D For sousaphone, Tuba, Bari

N58A For cornet and trumpet N58C For alto horn, valve trombone, baritone ***Standard sleeve length is 3”. If you need a and euphonium different length, you must specify when N58D For sousaphone, Tuba, Bari ordering. Additional charge may apply. ***Standard mandrel working length is 6”.

If you need a different length, you must specify when ordering. Additional charge may apply.

CASING MANDRELS AND VALVE SLEEVE SIZES LISTED ON NEXT 2 PAGES

(N28A/N58A: .640-.700,

N28C/N58C: .701-.885,

N28D/N58D: .886-1.400)

**PLEASE NOTE: SIZES LISTED ARE BASED ON ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS BUT THERE MAY BE VARIATIONS. FOR BEST RESULTS, PLEASE MEASURE BEFORE PLACING YOUR ORDER TO ASSURE ACCURACY.

45

BRASSWIND TOOLS 46

Brasswind tools BRAND Pan Am, Cont, Conn 16A 201 Short Action Japanese

COR./ TRPT. .682 .665

ALT/HRN MELLO. .714

VALVE TROMB .714

BARI

EUPH.

.828

Eb BASS .888

BBb BASS 1.048

JUMBO BASS 1.223

1.365 .939

1.360 .978

1.365

.888

.664

Bach, Mercedes 1

.664

Benge Besson—1st line Student line Student line 609 USA 4 Valve Baritone

.658 .685 .684 .664

Blessing Boosey & Hawkes, Regent Bundy

.645 .645 .650

Buescher-New -Old Couesnon Czechoslovakia Deg, Dynasty II, 2 Valve East German Getzen Holton-new, made in USA incl Colleg T602 Old Holton Old Collegiate New Colleg-Yamaha T602R Huttl Imperial Creations, Pocket

.650 .682 .668 .674

Jupiter King Marching Baritone Cleveland Leblanc Martin, Indiana Meinl Weston Mercedes II, Signet Musica Austria Olds Orsi Reynolds by Olds Reynolds by Reynolds Roth, Sears, RMC, Reynolds by Blessing, Wards Schenkelaars Schilke Selmer, French Shanghai Windsor Yamaha YB 102 York

.649 .660

.728 .660

.661 .660 .660

.660 .715

.741

.840 march .776 .775

.684

.923 .864

.976 .724

.842

.920 .978 1.062 .978 tuba 1.062

.864 .772 .840

.665

.836 .686 .650 .660 .650 .668 .664 .672 .644

.650 .673 .665 .645 .664 .660 .645 .657 .645 .661 .660 .651 .664

.650 .668

.916 tuba .924

.791 .802 .791

.728 .737

.807 .835 .738

.922

.906

.922

1.003 .976 .936

.812

.812

.665

.772

1.015 .916 tuba 1.062

.665

.738

.839

.976

.664

.738

.839 .832

.975 .976

.837 .893

.893 tuba

.680

.925

1.141

.947

1.039 .947 tuba

.631

**PLEASE NOTE: SIZES LISTED ARE BASED ON ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS BUT THERE MAY BE VARIATIONS. FOR BEST RESULTS, PLEASE MEASURE BEFORE PLACING YOUR ORDER TO ASSURE ACCURACY.

SIZE .631 .644 .645 .645 .645 .645 .645 .645 .645 .649 .650 .650 .650 .650 .650 .650 .651 .657 .658 .660 .660 .660 .660 .660 .660 .660 .660 .661 .661 .664 .664 .664 .664 .664 .664 .664 .664 .665 .665 .665 .665 .668 .668 .668 .672 .673 .674 .680 .682 .682 .682 .684 .685 .686 .714 .714 .715 .728 .728

BRAND NAME York Imperial Creations, Pocket Blessing Roth, Sears, RMC Reynolds by Blessing Wards Schilke Boosey/Hawkes Orsi Jupiter Bundy/Bach TR300 Buescher-NEW Getzen Getzen Holton-OLD Mercedes II, Signet Windsor Schenkelaars Benge Holton King King Leblanc Leblanc Martin, Indiana Reynolds by Reynolds Shanghai Cleveland Selmer, French Besson-Student Line Conn, Japanese Bach, Mercedes I New Collegiate Yamaha T602R Reynolds by Olds Reynolds by Olds Yamaha Pan Am, Conn 16A Bundy, Mercedes II, Signet Olds Olds Couesnon Old Collegiate Old Holton Huttl Musica Austria Czechoslovakia Yamaha Conn (Old) Pan Am, Continental Buescher-Old Besson-Student Line Besson-1st Line East German Pan Am, Continental Pan Am, Continental Martin, Indiana Jupiter Jupiter

INSTRUMENT COR/TRPT CORNET COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT VALVE T-BONE COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT ALTO HORN/MELL COR/TRPT ALTO HORN/MELL COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT ALTO HORN/MELL COR/TRPT COR/TRPT VALVE T-BONE COR/TRPT ALTO HORN/MELL COR/TRPT COR/TRPT ALTO HORN/MELL COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT ALTO HORN/MELL COR/TRPT COR/TRPT COR/TRPT ALTO HORN/MELL COR/TRPT COR/TRPT ALTO HORN/MELL VALVE T-BONE ALTO HORN/MELL ALTO HORN/MELL VALVE T-BONE

SIZE .737 .738 .738 .741 .772 .775 .776 .791 .791 .802 .812 .812 .828 .832 .835 .836 .837 .837 .837 .839 .840 .840 .842 .864 .864 .888 .888 .893 .893 .916 .920 .922 .922 .925 .924 .936 .939 .947 .947 .975 .976 .976 .976 .978 .978 .978 1.003 1.015 1.039 1.048 1.062 1.062 1.062 1.062 1.141 1.223 1.360 1.365 1.365

BRAND NAME INSTRUMENT King VALVE T-BONE King MRCH. BARITONE Olds & Reynolds by Olds VALVE T-BONE Bach, Mercedes I ALTO HRN/MELL Bundy, Mercedes II, Signet BARITONE Besson, Student Line BARITONE Besson, 1st Line BARITONE Getzen BARITONE Old Collegiate BARITONE Old Holton BARITONE Martin, Indiana VALVE T-BONE Martin, Indiana BARITONE Pan Am, Continental, Conn BARITONE Reynolds by Reynolds BARITONE King BARITONE Deg, Dynasty, 2 valve BARITONE Roth, Sears, RMC BARITONE Reynolds by Blessing BARITONE Wards BARITONE Reynolds by Olds BARITONE Bach, Mercedes I BARI/MRCH. BARI Bundy BARITONE Blessing BARITONE Besson-Student Line EUPHONIUM Boosey/Hawkes EUPHONIUM Conn 201 Short Action EUPHONIUM Pan Am, Continental Eb BASS Schenkelaaras BARITONE Schenkelaaras TUBA East German & Menl Weston TUBA Blessing Accord Bb TUBA Old Holton BBb/Eb Bass Besson-1st Line EUPHONIUM Yamaha BARITONE Getzen BBb Bass Cleveland JUMBO BASS Besson-Student Line Eb BASS Yamaha Eb BASS Yamaha-YB102 TUBA Reynolds by Olds BBb BASS Besson-4 Valve BARITONE King and Olds BBb BASS Reynolds by Reynolds BBb BASS Besson-Student Line BBb BASS Bundy TUBA Boosey/Hawkes BBb BASS Jupiter BBb BASS Martin, Indiana BBb BASS Yamaha BBb BASS Pan Am, Continental BBb BASS Bundy BBb BASS Buescher-New BBb BASS Mercedes II BBb BASS Signet BBb BASS Old Holton JUMBO BASS Pan Am, Continental JUMBO BASS Besson-1st Line BBb BASS Besson-1st Line Eb BASS Besson-1st Line JUMBO BASS

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

47

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools P90 TROMBONE LEVELING STONE This precision cut and ground granite is within .0001” (.0025mm) of being level. It is fitted with a removable slide assembling jig, consisting of two precision ground rails, each of which has a permanently mounted guide pin and three 10 lb pull, dual pole magnetic holders. The combination of the tapered holders and the permanently mounted guide pins will hold any size slide in position without any damage to the slide rails

(tubes). The P90 Trombone Leveling Stone with the holders in place is used to reassemble a slide after it has been straightened and aligned or when installing any new rails (tubes) or other parts (hand brace or end bow). The magnetic holders hold the slide exactly in position after measuring so that binding wire is not necessary. In actual use, the two magnetic holders on the right would be in position, but we have tipped them on their sides so you can see the magnets mounted in the bottoms. By removing the assembling jig or turning it to the rear, the stone can be used to straighten sprung slides the same way the steel leveling plate was used. Also, the granite is much superior to a glass leveling plate, because glass is very elastic and quickly effected by temperature changes. The P90 Trombone Leveling Stone has a bracket on the bottom so that it may be mounted in a vise. By removing the bracket you can screw the stone to the P91 Stand. The P90 Trombone Leveling Stone comes complete with the vise mounting bracket, two precision ground slide spacing rails and 6 magnets.

P90 Trombone Leveling Stone, Complete P90B Steel Bar (Set of 2) P90M Magnets Only (1 only, NOT set) P90S Stone only w/vise mounting bracket The stand holds the stone at the right level for you to see the bends in the tubing. Provides a better lighting position and allows for comfortable posture while working. Comes with wheels to roll away to store. P91 Adjustable Stand

48

P87 SLUGS AND HANDLES Designed to work in the tuning slide area of a variety of horns. Length of 3” and a total of 97 sizes. Starting at .438” thru .630”. Precision ground in .002” increments. This tool is able to repair and tweak any tight fitting or damaged tubing to create a smooth operating slide.

P87A 3” slug, individual sizes, .438 thru .630 (#1-#97) P87H Set of 2 handles P87S-1 Set of slugs, #1-63, w/storage block P87S-2 Set of slugs, #64-97, w/storage block P87S-3 Complete set, #1-97, w/storage block P87S-10 Set of 10 slugs (you choose sizes) P87W-1 Wood block only for #1-63 P87W-2 Wood block only for #64-97

P88 TUBING TRUE TOOL

These “Tubing True Tool” mandrels allow the most precision and accurate way to round and straighten brass band instrument tubing, including trombone slide rail tubes. These new precision ground mandrels allow about a 3 times more precise fit than even our regular mandrels; both foreign and domestic. The new 11” length brings this proven idea into the 21st century, so that in conjunction with your N87A trombone pliers you will have the perfect meld of both accuracy and speed. 34 sizes available. The N87A requires approximately 5.5” of work space for best results. The NEW P88 provides 11” for a 100% safety factor. The P88 also has incorporated a delrin “Safety Stop” to help prevent “over run”, which is used on our P53 with great success for several years. Comes with instructions. P88L Set of 2 trombone handles (2 diameters) P88S Set of 2 regular tube handles (2 diameters) P88M Indv. Mandrels by size from .440” to .605” In .005 graduations/increments. P88MS Complete mandrel set 1-34 P88P Student model set in these sizes: .480, .485, .490, .495, .500, .515, .520, .525, .530, .535 P88T Set of 10 mandrels– you choose sizes

N53 REGULAR TROMBONE SLIDE MANDRELS These N53 mandrels are perfectly straight, high carbon, 36” (91.4cm) rods. The leading edges of these rods are chamfered for safe insertion. The other end of the rod is knurled for placement in the vise. We can make any size needed. These mandrels can also be used to keep slides straight during buffing. They are also used by those who prefer the traditional method of repairing dented trombone slides.

INDIVIDUAL RODS—STATE SIZE #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6

.4219 (10.7mm) .4375 (11.1mm) .4531 (11.5mm) .4687 (11.9mm) .4843 (12.3mm) .5000 (12.7mm)

#7 .5156 (13mm) #8 .5313 (13.5mm) #9 .5469 (13.9mm) #10 .5625 (14.3mm) #11 .5781 (14.7mm) #12 .5937 (15.1mm) #13 .6094 (15.5mm)

N53S Set of Trombone Slide Mandrels (#1-10) N53A N53B N53C N53D N53E

Individual Mandrels (#1-5) Individual Mandrels (#6-10) Individual Mandrels (#11-13) Yellow Mesh Sleeve 1/4”-1/2” Blue Mesh Sleeve 1/2”-3/4”

N53B-#8 is same size as N52B below.

N52 METRIC TROMBONE SLIDE MANDRELS

N87A TROMBONE ROLLING SLIDE DENT TOOL This tool is a complete departure from previous methods of trombone slide dent removal. We used to use a N52 or N53 mandrel fitted into the slide and a N12 ring to burnish the slide. Years later, with the N12 ring mounted in the vise, lubricated and petroleum jelly or bar soap, you dragged the slide through the ring on an angle and scrubbed the dents out. Of course, this scratched the finish even with the soap or petroleum jelly used. But, the larger problem was that IT BENT THE SLIDE. Now, you really had something to fix. We then advanced to using the “old N87” which had two rollers to angle the slide thru, thus rolling out the dents and leaving less damage to the finish and maybe not bending the slide tube rails quite as much. This new N87A is based on an idea from Dr. Mike Webb who had used some old modified N87 parts with some long tubular metal and a piece of threaded rod with some acorn nuts. Gary used this tool in Iowa at a clinic and Mike later sent it to him to use and measure. Curtis drew it up and then Gary showed Cliff how well it worked. After observing the tool in action Cliff reduced the size and made it a little more user friendly with a stabilizing wing, an indexing system and coated aluminum handles so that the tool is safer, more manageable, easier to use and still very affordable.

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

N87A Trombone Rolling Slide Dent Tool

Special metric trombone slide mandrels for use on Yamaha and other Asian trombone slides. Also, some Conn, King, etc.. We can make any size needed.

N52A 12.2mm (.4803”) N52B 13.5mm (.5313”) N52C 14.5mm (.5709”)

Note: N53B #8 and N52B are the exact same size.

N87U Update for N87—Send in your old tool to be updated by our shop

N12 BURNISHING RING The N12 ring is used when burnishing a slide tube while using a mandrel. Used to burnish out dents and dings.

N12 Burnishing Ring

49

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools N10 & N11 EXPANDABLE DENT REMOVAL TOOLS

A tool of specific size such as an N53 Mandrel cannot work equally well on both the beginning section and the bottom section of the slide. This is because the first 4 inches of the slide is from .002” to .010” (.05mm to .15mm) smaller than the rest of the slide on 90% of all trombones. This is caused by shrinkage of the tubing when the hand brace or outer sleeve is soldered on. This can also be caused by the slide being jarred in such a way that the hand brace is pushed slightly into the slide. Using the tool is simple. First, clean the trombone slide thoroughly with F7 Brasso, Z10 Cold Cleaner and a dry cheesecloth rag as per our standard process. Put the tool in the vise and slide the trombone slide loosely over the tool. Turn the adjusting nut until the expandable working part of the tool is snug under a portion of the tubing that is dent free. Then, merely slide the trombone slide back and forth over the working part of the tool with a slightly rotating movement. This will produce a smooth burnishing action. The tool is polished chromed steel. It will not burr or scrape the inside tubing. Rotate until the slide feels smooth. Remove the slide and wipe it out with a clean length of X50 cheesecloth. The dent will probably have disappeared; if not, repeat the operation with the adjusting nut a little tighter.

N4 YAMAHA TUNING SLIDE DENT REMOVAL KIT If you service Yamaha cornets or trumpets this TUNING SLIDE DENT REMOVAL KIT is a “must have” addition to the shop. Because of the manufacturing process (silver soldered draw knob), dents in the first or second valve tuning slide are nearly impossible to fix any normal method. Ferree’s modified the dent removing jig used at the Yamaha factory to solve this problem. In 90% of the dented slides we tried, the N4 fixed them quickly without the need for further dent work. The N4 DENT REMOVING KIT will eliminate the need for keeping a large inventory of new slides as replacement parts. It will also eliminate having to completely overhaul each damaged tuning slide. The kit comes complete with a holding jig, special ground pliers and instructions. N4 Yamaha Tuning Slide Dent Removal Kit

P89 STEEL TROMBONE SLIDE PLATE

The plate has a 3” (76mm) X 20” (508mm) ground

surface. It is inexpensive and excellent for N10 For tenor inner slides 7/16” straightening individual rails of trombone slides. The N11 For tenor outer slides 1/2” N11A For bass trombone outer slides 9/16” 20” (508mm) length will not interfere with the hand

REPLATE Replating for N10-N11A Use with N12 ring on page 49.

50

slide brace sleeve. CAUTION—DO NOT attempt to solder on this plate. Acid fumes will destroy the ground finish and the heat could warp the steel. For soldering work, the P90 Trombone Leveling Stone should be used.

P89 Trombone Slide Plate

P80 ROCKET ROLLER

P80 Shown mounted in a L42 multi-angle rod holder vise

The Rocket Roller is a rotating bell mandrel with a specially designed concave taper. One end of the tool accepts one of two interchangeable heads: one for cornet, trumpet, flugelhorn, another for trombone and baritone. The other end is a rotating tapered mandrel, 1” (25.4mm) to 3/8” (9.5mm), which can roll against the bell ring, inside tapers on trumpet, cornet, trombone bells etc.. The concave taper is the secret to the ease of operation and easy blending with the P80 Rocket Roller.

P80 Rocket Dent Roller

DIAL CALIPERS

P60 ROTARY VALVE BEARING TOOL

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

The P60 Rotary Valve Bearing Tool consists of a hex shaped main body. Included is a complete range of collet sizes to fit French horns as well as other rotary instruments. And newly added sizes for woodwind key swedging.

TO DO THE TOP BEARING

Place the hex body of the tool in a vise. Select a collet that fits the bearing and slide this collet into the holder. Screw on the pressure handle. Insert the valve stem into the top bearing plate, then put the bearing into the collet and tighten the pressure handle with sufficient force to shrink the bearing against the stem.

TO DO THE BOTTOM BEARING

Remove the cork stops and place the bottom bearing stem into the proper size collet. Proceed as above.

TO RELEASE THE TOOL

To remove the bearing from the tool, unscrew the pressure handle one turn and tap the pressure handle with the palm of your hand to release it.

Necessary for tonehole, tenon and socket work as well as brass tube sizing and wood rod making. Also, for identifying major diameters of screws. Stainless steel with measuring faces precision ground and micro lapped for ultimate accuracy. Protective case.

G24A 6” length by .001” G24B 15cm length by .05mm

P60 Rotary Valve Tool, Complete with Body and Four Collets, #0, #1, #2 & #3 P60B Body & Handle only P60C Individual Collets-Specify size P60W Kit with 5,6 & 7mm Collet size ranges for rotary valves: P60C-0 .286”-.316” (7.3-8mm) P60C-1 .313”-.343” (8-8.7mm) P60C-2 .338”-.368” (8.6-9.4mm) P60C-3 .360”-.390” (9.1-9.9mm) Optional sizes woodwind collet sizes: P60C-5 5mm .196 P60C-6 6mm .236 P60C-7 7mm .275 P61 Rotor Bearing Plate Expander (Pg. 58)

51

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools P101 BACH AND BUNDY THREAD RESTORING TOOL

J17 PATCHING BRASS ASSORTMENT

Stamped patching brass circles. Assorted sizes. Very handy. .025” (.64mm) thick. J17 Patching Brass Assort. Sold by the 1/2 lb.

L11 PATCH MAKING TOOL

Bach and Bundy cornet tower thread restoring corrosion left in the top replacing or reinstalling stems.

and trumpet piston spring tool. This tool removes of the spring barrel when the aluminum alloy valve

P101 Thread Restoring Tool

This tool has the correct profile of crook to make patches for knuckles and slide crooks on trumpets and cornets. Use annealed sheet brass or nickel silver for the patch. L11

P102 YAMAHA SPRING TOWER THREAD RESTORING TOOL

Patch Making Tool for cornets and trumpets L11A Larger size for sousaphones

L24 LEAD BLOCK

Ferree’s now manufactures a thread restoring tool for Yamaha Cornet/Trumpet spring tower. This tool will do exactly what the P101 does, except that it is made specifically for the Yamaha.

Rolled pure soft lead. 4” (102mm) square, 1/2” (12.7mm) thick. For making patches, etc.. or as a pounding surface. Ideal for use in connection with our Patch Making Tool. Also, used to receive needle springs.

P102 Yamaha Thread Restoring Tool

J11 NICKEL SILVER PATCHING MATERIAL

L24

This patching material .025” thick, is now available in 6” X 12” (152mm x 305mm) pieces. Easily formed to make attractive patches.

L26 LEAD PIG

J11 Nickel Silver Patching Material

Soft pigs of pure lead. Excellent for filling tubes to be bent into crooks or mouthpipes, etc. Weight is about 5 lbs(2.27kg).

J15 & J16 PATCHING BRASS Sheets of patching brass .025” thick. Soft enough to be easily formed.

J15 6” (152mm) x 12” (305mm) J16 12” (305mm) x 12” (305mm)

52

Lead Block

L26

Lead Pig

G40 SLIDE SOLDER ROD

This G40 Slide Solder Rod is properly tapered for soldering into all stuck slides on cornets, trumpets, mellophones and other small tube instruments after removing crooks. Warm the slide so you don’t burn the lacquer and apply J88 Corrosion Cracker to help loosen the slides. Solid brass for easy soldering. 5” (127mm) long.

O28 ADJUSTABLE FRENCH HORN HOLDING JIG

G40 Slide Solder Rod

BRASSWIND TOOLS

Brasswind tools

G40A-E HOLLOW TIP BRASS PLUGS

These plugs are properly tapered for soldering into all stuck slides on small tube instruments after removing crooks. Holes allow for faster heat dispersal along w/easy removal of stuck slide tubes. G40A G40B G40C G40D G40E G40S

1-1/2”, dia, 2” lgth, tapered to .425” 1/2” dia, 4” lgth, tapered to .425” 5/8” dia, 4” lgth, tapered to .480” 3/4” dia, 4” lgth, tapered to .625” 1” dia, 4” lgth, tapered to .725” Set of all 5 solder plugs

O70 WOOD ASSEMBLY MANDRELS Mandrels used to securely hold instruments during repairing or final assembling after lacquering.

O70A Wood Assembly Mandrel, small for cornet and trumpet O70B Wood Assembly Mandrel, medium for trombone O70C Wood Assembly Mandrel, large for sax and baritone O70D For Bass Trombone (not included in set) O70E For Flugel Horn (not included in set) O70S Set of 3 Wood Assembly Mandrels,

This holding jig is a very secure way of holding French horns in a vise. It greatly eases operations such as soldering, valve adjustments, string adjustment and other general repairs. New O28 model has a hole in center of the base plate, so that P56 (on page 19) can be used with it. Some of the more unique features include: an adjustable hand brake to allow the Repairmen to rotate the instrument 360° and lock in place at any angle; a base and holding groove covered with felt to prevent scratching; adjustable holding blocks to securely hold any size French horn bell in place.

O28 French Horn Holding Jig O28U Update—Send in old tool P56X Extension Handle for O28

O29 VALVE INSTRUMENT HOLDING JIG

(O70A, O70B and O70C)

O10 CORNET AND TRUMPET POLSHING JIG

Will hold most piston valve instruments. while doing hand polishing or special soldering. Hard maple prongs slip easily into first and third valve casings.

O10 Cornet and Trumpet Polishing Jig

This jig holds valve instruments more securely than ever before. Although constructed of steel, this holding jig features delrin hardware and PVC covered shafts to protect inside valve casing surfaces. The adjustable shaft with locking lever will accommodate different widths of valve casing clusters. The O29 also works well with the newer marching style instruments.

O29 Valve Instrument Holding Jig

53

BRASSWIND TOOLS

BRASSWIND tools UNIVERSAL WATER KEYS

S80-S96 FERREE’S VALVE SPRINGS

A complete water key Precision made of phosphor bronze alloy. assembly; with a solid brass saddle and nipple. The key and pin are nickel plated. Includes spring. S20N For cornet-trumpet tuning slide Complete Assembly S25N For 3rd valve slide on cornet-trumpet. Complete Assembly S30N For trombone. Complete Assembly S80 Cornet, straight, small inner upper, Selmer type S81 Cornet, barrel, inner upper, Bach-Bundy S35 AMADO WATER KEY type Cornet bottom, Conn type We have the Amado Wa- S82 Cornet medium, outer upper Buescher ter Key in stock. This S83 type fine water key is S84 Cornet, large, outer upper, Olds-King available on several newtype er model instruS85 Mellophone, alto horn ments. It can be S86 Baritone installed anywhere on the Eb sousaphone instrument that has a S87 BBb sousaphone water build-up. Installa- S88 tion is very simple. These water key assemblies are sold as a comS90–S93B FERREE’S plete package, ONLY. They come to you, unassembled, in five parts. WATER KEY SPRINGS Available in unfinished brass and silver plated.

S35 Amado Water Keys, brass S35S Amado Watery Keys, silver plated

S78 & S79 POLYGON SPRINGS These springs are available in diameters to fit basses and baritones and are sold in 9” (229mm) lengths, allowing you to custom cut valve springs for each individual horn. This gives your customer the personal touch. The unique shape gives an especially smooth action to the valves

S78 S79

54

Ferree Polygon spring for baritones/ euphonium, 9” length, 45/64 O.D. Ferree Polygon spring for tuba/ sousaphone, 9” length, 53/64 O.D.

S89 S96

S90 S91 S92 S93A S93B

French horn rotary valve Tuba rotary valve

Internal type for cornet or trumpet External type for Cr/Tr, Alto horn Baritone or Basses Trombone, medium, Conn type Trombone, large, King type

D49 WATER KEY SPRING INSTALLING JIG A jig to install short nippled water key springs

D49 Water Key Spring Installing Jig

L13 TUNING SLIDE REMOVAL TOOL

Wrap rawhide around the stuck slide. Hook the L13 Slide Remover around the rawhide and briskly pull with the sliding weight. Designed to help prevent pinched fingers. Also to be used with the N60 Sax Post Raising Tool as shown above.

L13 Tuning Slide Removing Tool L13A Replacement Hook (screws in) L13B Replacement Rawhide Strip

G8 VERNIER COMPARATIVE CALIPER

FOR “COMPARING DISTANCES”

N60 SAX POST RAISING TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS

When a sax post is depressed into the sax body causing misalignment and key binding, it can be raised quickly to its proper position with the N60 Sax Post Raising Tool. The tool is double-ended to fit all common sized posts. It is not necessary to remove the spring, unless the post has two springs pointing in opposite directions. In this case, remove the top most spring only. NEW N60B for baritone saxes.

PROCEDURE

Slip the tool over the post knob. Insert the hook of your L13 Tuning Slide Removing Tool through the hole at the opposite end (see picture below). Align the Post Raising Tool and the Slide Remover so that they will put the post in the proper direction. Now, pull the weight on the L13 Slide Removing Tool. Two or three light pulls will usually do the job. The N60 and N60B Sax Post Raising Tools can also be used for pulling dents out of sousaphones and other large bodied instruments. Solder a sax post into the center of the dent and pull up a little more force.

N60 Sax Post Raising Tool-Alto, Tenor Sax N60B Sax Post Raising Tool-Baritone Sax Graduated in both millimeters and 1/32”, 6” (152mm) long, with 5-3/8” (137mm) capacity, this device is an economical wonder when it comes to simple machine work, like tenons, toneholes and sockets. Your “sense of feel” can be more accurate than you need to be. For comparing distances that are to be the same, you can use these inexpensive calipers and compare the “tension” between the trombone slide rails or tubes. The measurement doesn’t matter as long as the distance between them is the same, “measured” by your good “sense of feel.” Check alignment of trombone slides, tuning slides and other parallel dimensions.

G8 Vernier Comparative Caliper

55

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS N93 SAX BODY MANDREL 2-1/2” (63.5mm) Overall diameter

1-1/8” (28.57mm) Diameter

54” Overall length (1371.6mm) (137.16cm) 46” (1168.4mm) (116.84cm) Work length

8” long (203.2mm)

.875” (22.22mm) Diameter

This solid steel tapered body mandrel is a copy of the original sax body rod Cliff and Gary have used for over 50 years. It works equally well on alto, tenor and baritone sax bodies. The body must be apart to use it as you are likely working on a badly bent or damaged instrument. Use to straighten, dent or burnish the body tube.

N93 Sax Body Mandrel

N61 SAX BODY STRAIGHTENING TOOL

This Sax Body Set is especially for straightening saxes which are slightly bent or sprung, usually causing upper stack keys to bind and /or not work properly. Always straighten

before disassembly! Bending the keys and cups without straightening the body or shortening the hinge tubing will not work satisfactorily . The stack rod will still not align with the posts or key spacing. After you determine which way the body is bent or sprung, insert the proper size N61 plug into the neck socket on an alto/tenor OR tighten the clamp on the sax body holder placed on the baritone body to the coil ring. Some repairmen accomplish the straightening by allowing a controlled fall of the instrument so that the holding device hits the top of the bench and reverses the bend. One or two light blows are usually sufficient to straighten the body and realign the keys. QUICK AND EASY! Full instructions are included.

N61

Sax Body Straightening Set

O70C WOOD ASSEMBLY MANDREL

N72 BODY BOW DENT REMOVER A double ended, curved and tapered rod, 18” (457mm) long and 1/2” (12.7mm) in diameter. Intended to remove dents in the sax body bow by inserting balls through the Eb or C tone holes and then gently prying up dents, low spots or brace flanges with the lever action hand or in a vise. Use the N80CS set of balls and N16S guides.

N72

Sax Body Bow Dent Remover

N73 SAX GOOSENECK DENT ROD This 1/2” (12.7mm) tapered and curved rod was designed to help remove dents from all sax goosenecks using the fast, rod and ball technique. The slightly curved end fits the body end of the necks and the large curved end fits over inside the gooseneck of the Tenor Sax and some C Melodies. Use the flexible P58 for that area between where the rod and ball will not reach from either end. In addition to sax repairs the N73 Rod can also be used on some French horn crooks, some sousaphone crooks, etc.. Used with the N80BS Set of balls

N73 Sax Gooseneck Dent Rod

O70C Wood assembly mandrel, large for sax and baritone.

56

N73A Tenor Sax Neck Rod(fits body end of neck and over inside the gooseneck)

REP FERREE’S REPAIR MANUAL

N16 SAX DENT ROD GUIDE The tool is laid over the tone hole opening. The desired dent rod with the ball is used to carefully push up the dented key guards, posts and dents that are close to the tone hole opening. A centering notch prevents the dent rod from slipping. The dent rods and balls not included.

N16S N16A N16B N16C

Sax Dent Rod Guides (Set of 3) Sax Dent Tool 3/4” (19mm) Sax Dent Tool 1” (25.4mm) Sax Dent Tool 1-1/4” (31.8mm)

Now, also available, the original “Ferree’s Repair Manual,” from the Ferree’s Repair School. Used as a college text, this rare book has now been re -edited, typocorrected, reprinted and is now available for you. There are no pictures, just a lot of intense information, in easy to read l ayout and divided into chapters so you can easily look up what you are most interested in doing. More intense than EB3.

REP

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS

Ferree’s Repair Manual

N81 SAX DENT BALLS EB3 ERICK BRAND REPAIR MANUAL

Two new sets of balls for sax work that will fit the N31 and N74 dent rods. Each set has a round ball and a barrel shaped ball. The round ball is for pushing up dents in sax bodies. The barrel shaped ball is for smoothing out dents. The balls are slotted so they can be slipped past the octave tube going in through the neck receiver. N81A Round push ball and barrel shaped ball for alto sax N81B Round push ball and barrel shaped ball for tenor sax N81S A set consisting of all the balls listed in N81A and B (Round balls have a thread size of 3/8-16. Barrel shaped balls have a thread size of 1/2-13)

The well known Erick Brand Repair Manual, considered by some as the “Bible” of the industry. Everything you need to know about repairing band instruments including recommended tools. This manual has been faithfully reprinted by Ferree’s since 1993, to help newcomers. EB3

Erick Brand Repair Manual

57

WWODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS N85 SAX BODY DENT REMOVER

LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

For removing dents from saxophone bodies by internal hammering, which can be controlled from the outside of the instrument. Will work on bow or any part of the body. The price includes two different length arms and three interchangeable heads.

N85

Sax Body dent Remover (Not interchangeable with L13)

P61 BACK ROTOR BEARING PLATE EXPANDER

ERV STRING REPAIR FOR BAND INSTRUMENT REPAIRMEN

A super tool for tightening loose bearing plates in warn rotor valves. Quickly tightens bearing plates by expanding their diameter by “swedging” them while they spin in this handy fixture that is mounted in your lathe or even your bench motor. Roller makes easy work of this old problem.

Here it is! A violin repair manual written especially for Band Instrument Repairmen by a Band Instrument Repairman who is also P61 Back Rotor Bearing Plate Expander well schooled as a Luthier. Richard Ervin, who trained with roots going back to the Mittenwald school in Germany, makes string repair understandable and easy to perform.

58

ERV String Repair Book

SEE US ONLINE AT www.ferreestools.com

REPAIR KITS Q30 STANDARD REPAIR KIT

REPAIR KITS

EMERGENCY REPAIR KITS

For band directors or salesmen who don’t want to get into emergency repairs deeply enough to buy the Q29, this Q30 Standard Kit will solve many problems.

CONTENTS

Q29 DELUXE REPAIR KIT This kit contains most items necessary for on the spot repairs to “keep ‘em playing.” The items come in a sturdy box. Take a look at what’s included.

TOOLS

Ferree’s Mouthpiece Puller, Jeweler’s Anvil, 2-Swivel Top Screwdrivers, Valve Mirror, 2-Pad Leveling Tools, Tweezers, Spring Hook, Hammer, Rawhide Mallet, Bench Knife, Swedging Pliers, Chain Nose Pliers, Round Nose Pliers, Flat Nose Pliers, Heat Treated Diagonal Cutters, Spring Punching Pliers, Alcohol Lamp, Lead Block, Warding File, Parallel Round File, Testing Feeler Holder, Clamp on Vise, Pivot Screw Key Reamer, Solder Scraper, Flute Gauge, 6” Rule, Micro Torch.

Cork Cement, Round Nose Pliers, Spring Hook, Swivel Top Screwdriver, Key Oil, Cork Knife, Valve Oil, Slide Oil, Bore Oil, Cork Grease, Clarinet Pads, Sax Pads, Flute Pads, Water Key Springs, French Horn Cord, Flat Spring Screws, Alcohol Lamp, Flat Nose Pliers, Brasso, Pad Leveling Tool, Special Pad Prick, Rawhide Mallet, Pivot Screw Key Reamer, Shellac, 4 Thicknesses of Sheet Cork, Water Key Corks, Tapered Neck Corks, Valve Stem Felts, Valve Stem Corks, Felt Bumpers, Sax Key Felts, Stainless Steel Round Springs, Flat Springs, Valve Springs, Pivot Screws, Thumb Rest Screws, Valve Cleaning Rod, Valve Mirror, Emery Strip, Lyre Screws, Ligature Screws, Baritone Bell Screws, Sousaphone Bell Screws.

Q30 Standard Repair Kit

Q31 ECONOMY REPAIR KIT

SUPPLIES

2-Mouthpiece Brushes, Flexible Trombone Brush, Valve Brush, Wet & Dry Sand Paper, Clarinet Pads, Sax Pads, Piccolo Pads, Flute Pads, 4 Thicknesses Sheet Cork, Tube Corks, Water Key Corks, Valve Stem Felts, Sax Key Felts, Sax Bumper Felts, Pad and Cork Cement, Flat Springs, Flat Spring Screws, Stainless Steel Round Springs, Water Key Springs, Valve Springs, Valve Oil, Key Oil, Bore Oil, Wood Screws, Valve Cleaning Rod, Cork Cement, Soft Solder, Solder Flux, French Horn Cord, Split Rivets, Clarinet Swab, Cork Grease, Sax Pivot Screws, Clarinet Pivot Screws, Lyre Screws, Ligature Screws, Baritone Bell Screws, Sousaphone Bell Screws, Brasso, 3M Silver Cleaner, Cheesecloth, Bench Oiler, Testing Corks, Shellac, Wood Wedges, Binding Wire, Soldering Millboard, Valve Stem Corks, Emery Strip, Slide Oil.

mum price.

The Q31 Economy Repair Kit is for minimum repair emergencies. Take it with the band to the football game or parade. Also useful to the college music major. A lot of repair potential at a mini-

CONTENTS

Q29 Deluxe Repair Kit

Cork Cement, Swivel Top Screwdriver, Cork Knife, Clarinet Pads, Sax Pads, Valve Springs, Special Pad Prick, Tapered Sax Neck Corks, Sax Felts, Sax Bumpers, Water Key Corks, Valve Cleaning Rod, French Horn Cord, Chain Nose Pliers, Spring Hook, Key Oil, Flute Pads, Water Key Springs, Pad Leveling Tool, Sheet Cork, Valve Stem Corks, Stainless Steel Round Springs, Flat Spring Screws, Pivot Screws, Thumb Rest Screws, Pad Cement, Cork Grease

(Due to regulations, some items are substituted if kits are shipping overseas/mail/air)

Q31 Economy Repair Kit

59

~OUR PURPOSE~ To provide for the modern band instrument Repairman, the most economical, high quality, up to date and easy to use tools available today. Ferree's has always based the designs of the tools on “Simplicity, Accuracy and Efficiency” while focused on “Quality, Economy and Customer Service”. FEEL FREE TO CALL 800-253-2261 24 HOURS A DAY TO PLACE YOUR ORDER. FAX YOUR ORDER TO 269-965-7719 EMAIL ORDERS TO [email protected] VISIT OUR WEB STORE AT ferreestoolsinc.com TO PLACE YOUR ORDER ANYTIME.

60

WORDS FROM A FEW OF OUR GREAT CUSTOMERS!

“This is some of the best customer service that I have received from anyone in a long time! Thank you so much for taking your time and putting in this order for me, and for doing what you all do to keep putting out quality instrument repair materials and tools! I'm just a guy who does this for fun, but I really appreciate it!”...Ethan, CO “Thanks for the info; I removed that large phillips head screw behind the F# and that enabled the rod to be pulled out. Just never saw anything like that before. Flute plays great, and now I’ll get paid! Thanks again”...Nick, LA. “I just bought this fantastic tool (P1). I am already having fun with my new toy and experimenting on different problem areas of different flutes”...Dominique, Canada “I have had nothing but good luck with De’Jurs. I’m a De’Jur man, have been for a long time,”...Steve “Many thanks for this. It is very kind of you. I have also received your shipment notification. I look forward to receiving your wonderful products again. Best wishes from Tokyo”...Toru, Japan “Thanks so much for your quick reply. Your info helps me greatly when making a decision, thanks again”...Steve. “Hey, thanks for the in depth answer. Much appreciated.”...Tim, New Zealand.

“I cannot thank you enough. WOW!!! My business is growing because of your help. If you ever need a testimony count me in. Please thank the girls too, in the assistance with orders. They are worth their weight in gold. With every good wish.” ...Pauline “Thanks so much for your message and also for your excellent service. Hope you have a good day as well and thanks again. Regards” ….. Helen “Hello! I got the goods and I want to thank you for your willingness, help and good business. I am also pleased that my order was processed quickly. Thank you and I wish good luck and good health! ...Peter “Your sage advice is always welcome. I really do appreciate your time and energy in helping me when I have these questions”...Richard

“This was the best investment I’ve made since opening my business. And I really appreciate the help in getting financial terms to pay for it. You guys Rock!”...Brett “BTW-your slogan is right on...the “copies” of Ferree’s tools are nearly always inferior and more costly...they ain’t better mousetraps!”...Tom, TN “Thank you so much for all your help. I'm very happy with the price and service, and I'll be sure to come to Ferree's again directly for all my future repair tools and equipment purchases. I've also found and 'liked' your Facebook page. Best wishes”….Rob, United Kingdom

61

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools E67 POST LOCKING SCREW COUNTERSINK

E68 & E69 POST BODY COUNTERSINKS

The E67 Post Locking Screw Countersink is used to drill and countersink the proper size hole when installing a post locking screw. The countersink duplicates the taper on the bottom of the screw head. The pilot drill is correct size for C50 Wood Screws. Drill is adjustable for hole depth and can be removed for sharpening or replacement.

These two post body countersinks and thread pilot drills are used to countersink the post flange into the instrument body after a new socket graft has been installed. The adjustable drill can be removed for sharpening or replacement.

E67

Post Locking Screw Countersink

E61 FLUTE GAUGE Special gauge for adjusting flute pad cup openings and for leveling. The small step is for trills and the upper C# key. The middle step is for mainline keys on the body and the third steps is for foot joint keys.

E61

Try our new combination screwdriver/flute cleaning rod. You have a screwdriver at your fingertips just by unscrewing your cleaning rod. Never be caught without a screw driver again.

62

Post Body Countersink and Drill 5.8mm Post Body Countersink and Drill 6.5mm

E57 POST BODY COUNTERSINKS

Makes a flat seat when replacing post in graft or replacing with larger threads. Knurled for hand operation. Also adjusts seats so posts can be lined up. E57A: .226” D (5.74mm) and E57B .312” D (7.92mm).

Flute Gauge

E74 COMBINATION SCREWDRIVER/FLUTE CLEANING ROD

E74

E68 E69

Combination Screwdriver/ Cleaning Rod

E57A Small Post Body Countersink E57B Large Post Body Countersink

G70 CLARINET BARREL CENTERING TOOL Holds and centers clarinet barrels in a lathe chuck when re -cutting the ring groove after shortening the barrel. Used to make new barrels.

G70

Clarinet Barrel Centering Tool

N99 BENCH MOTORS

N97 COMPACT BENCH MOTOR

N97(L) & N99 (R)

This motor would be especially useful for someone with limited space or someone doing double duty. This new motor is 1/10 hp, it is plenty strong for your rod straightening and fabrication (made easy due to its hollow shaft) and small drilling jobs (post set screws, body pinning, etc..) Remember, 90% of the time, a bench motor is NOT used under power. It is used among other things, as a third hand. It is a rotating hand for threading a rod, a rotating tap handle and a broach holder and many other uses. We all know how handy they can be. The new N97 has a gun drilled shaft, a full sized Jacobs 3/8” chuck and key, complete with power cord and foot switch. Single speed 1550 rpm.

N97 Compact Bench Motor (115 Volt...5 Amp...575 Watt)

H27 FOOT SWITCH

Micro action foot switch with solder on nections. Use for motors, scratch brushes, grinders and other power tools through 1/3 hp.

con-

H27 Foot Switch

L8 SPECIAL BENCH MOTOR SPINDLE

Special Left-Hand spindle with 5/16-18 (7.9mm18) left hand thread, screws to back of N99 Bench Motor to hold BR5 Chamois buffs. Needs to be removed when straightening long shafts.

L8

Bench Motor Spindle

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

With a N99 Bench Motor, you can make quick work out of jobs such as; straightening bent clarinet and saxophone rods, turning hollow and solid hinge tube cutters, pivot screw counter bores, and pivot screw reamers. Add a few inexpensive accessories and you’ll be able to sand the corks on clarinet mouthpieces, mount a small buff to finish color buff clarinet and flute keys while they’re on the horn. You can spin drills of all sizes. The N99 motor comes complete with hollow extended shaft, precision ground with a 3/8” (9.5mm) Jacobs chuck ensuring true center, an aluminum hand brake and foot switch. Single speed 1725 rpm.

N99A Bench Motor, 1/4 hp, 110V, 3/8” (9.5mm) Chuck N99B Bench Motor, as above except has 1/2” (12.7mm) Chuck (115 Volt...5.4 Amp...621 Watt) N100 Replacement Aluminum Hand Brake for Bench Motor

D22 ADAPTORS

The D22 Adaptor is inserted into the chuck of the N99 Bench Motor. The adaptor will hold the E7A Tapered Spindle.

D22

Spindle Adaptor

L7 & L9 JACOBS CHUCK FOR BENCH MOTOR (TAPERED FIT) L7 L9

Jacobs Chuck 0” thru 3/8” (0mm thru 9.5mm) Jacobs Chuck 0” thru 1/2” (0mm thru 12.7mm)

63

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS NARROW JAWED SWEDGING PLIERS Four narrow jawed swedging pliers for flute and other small keyed instruments. Used for swedging hinge tubing. Also fits areas that require narrower swedging jaws.

This wheel is 2” OD (50.8mm) x 1/4” ID (6.4mm) x 1/4” (6.4mm) thick. It comes as a two piece unit so the wheel can be replaced. The chrome arbor is threaded and comes with a tightening nut and washer.

E15A .075” (1.9mm) jaw width Swedging Plier E15B .125” (3.2mm) jaw width Swedging Plier E15C .175” (4.4mm) jaw width Swedging Plier With hole sizes of .125 A-C pliers E15D .125” (3.2mm) jaw width Swedging Plier With hole size of .156 for use on saxophones

E2A SWEDGING PLIERS Heavy Duty Swedging pliers for use on all woodwinds that need keys tightened. The holes in pliers are oval shaped and highly polished to prevent key marring and gives burnishing action. The five different size burnishing holes are the same diameter as the holes that have been standardized for years by the repair industry. The jaws are 3/16” wide from top to bottom and the total length of the pliers is 9-1/2”. The big change is in the handles. The compound leverage created by the handle means less hand pressure with faster results. If you do a lot of swedging, this problem is greatly eliminated.

E2A

D57 SILICON CARBIDE WHEEL

D57 Wheel and Arbor Set D57A Wheel only D57B Arbor only

N130 SANDING ROD SET A set of 3 different rods of various lengths. Each rod has a slot in one end for holding small pieces of emery cloth. The emery cloth on the whirling end can be used to sand inside tenons, tone holes, etc…

N130 Sanding Rod Set

DIAL CALIPERS

Swedging Pliers

D5 ADAPTOR CHUCK Has two sets of jaws 0” to .090” (0mm to 2.29mm) capacity for use on lathe or bench motor to hold small drills

D5

64

Adaptor Chuck

Stainless steel with measuring faces precision ground and micro lapped for ultimate accuracy. Scale surface has a satin chrome finish with engraved graduations. Has a clamp for repetitive settings. Comes with protective case.

G24A 6” length by .001” G24B 15cm length by .05mm

F77 POWERDRIVER SCREWDRIVERS Our F77 PowerDriver Screwdrivers are for repairmen who love solid, fixed-blade screwdrivers that fit correctly. These repairmen take pride in their tools and workmanship. This NEW design gives the blade a better fit with sizes that fit nearly every woodwind or brasswind screw, giving excellent control which helps to eliminate slippage, scratching or injury. We started with the tip of the blade, the part that has to fit the pivot screw and rod end slots perfectly. The tip is the most imp ortant part of the repairman’s screwdriver. The blade tip area is precision ground to a semi-hollow ground shape to give them maximum strength. The improved design parallel section is then ground to fit the slot of the screw or rod. This is what keeps you from “buggering” up the slot and post hole; a blade tip that evenly distributes the turning torque applied at the handle to the full width and depth of the pivot screw or rod end slot. Each of these screwdrivers comes with a black anodized finish on a finely knurled aluminum alloy handle for a firmer feel, which provides you with more torque for easier turning of stubborn screws and rods. All of the tops are hex shaped, so that they will NOT roll off your bench. They are color coded for quick reference. It is VERY IMPORTANT to keep the blade parallel to the body to prevent damage caused by the leverage created by angular insertion in the post pivot screw or slot. As well as these F77’s are made, nothing is unbreakable. These drivers ARE stronger than most others and tough too, but that doesn’t mean you can just twist away with abandon. When the screw is hard frozen and the screwdriver shaft flexes, STOP and apply a little heat and our great old standby, J88 Corrosion Cracker. Wait a bit and “Voila!”, the screw will usually come out much easier Six of the most commonly used rod and screw sizes were chosen for this collection of fine drivers. Two of them come in two lengths. They are available individually or in a complete set of 8.

F77S F77SL

Set of all 6 original screwdrivers Set of 8 screwdrivers, including 1L & 2L.

F77-0

.012” tip, .060” width, Red, 3” long This is for the little Conn pivot set screws. .012” tip, .070” width, Yellow, 3” long .012” tip, .070” width, Yellow, 6” long These are for flat spring screws, small rods and pivots with thin slots. .018” tip, .083” width, Blue, 3” long .018” tip, .083” width, Blue, 6” long These are for most clarinets, flutes, oboes, etc. .018” tip, .095” width, Brown, 6” long Notes from customers: This is for saxes and some clarinet pivot screws “Your new screwdrivers. I think they’re great and I actually don’t .023” tip, .109” width, Green, 6” long jab myself, since they don’t slip out This is for saxes, bass clarinets, etc. of the screw slots as easily. Plus, I .023” tip, .125” width, Orange, 6” long like the larger grip and top. The This is for saxes, bassoons and general use colored tops make it faster to find &

F77-1 F77-1L F77-2 F77-2L F77-3 F77-4 F77-5

Replacement blades are available F77B-0, F77B-1, etc......... Add a “B” to the part number to get blade only.

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools

to pick up the right driver I want to use, as compared to examining the tips to get the right one.”...Sharon

65

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools SWIVEL TOP SCREWDRIVERS Ferree’s makes four swivel top screwdrivers; three small sizes and one large. All of them are sturdily built. Blade lengths and tips vary and blades are replaceable. Tip widths range from .062 (1.6mm) to .125” (3.2mm). Each blade has only one tip. The swivel tops are hex shaped so they won’t roll on the bench.

F69 COMBINATION SCREWDRIVER & SPRINGHOOK

A really handy item, the combination of a screwdriver and a spring hook makes a great tool for small repair kits or band director’s gifts. Total length is 6-1/4” (159mm).

F69

F70 SCREW HOLDING SCREWDRIVER

F66

5-1/4” (133mm) Screwdriver with .062” (1.6mm) tip F66A Blade, 1-1/2” (38.1mm) long with .062” (1.6mm) tip F66S Replacement blade set screw F66W Small Allen wrench to fit blade set screw 6-3/4” (172mm) Screwdriver with .085” (2.15mm) tip F67A Blade, 3” (76mm) long with .085” (2.16mm) tip F68 9” (229mm) Screwdriver with .125” (3.2mm) tip F68A Blade, 6” (152mm) long with .125” (3.2mm) tip F72 Screwdriver with 6” (152mm) blade, .125” (3.2mm) tip, 5-1/2” long handle

Combination Screwdriver and Spring Hook

F67

F60 SWIVEL TOP SCREW DRIVER A light-weight, versatile, swivel top screwdriver with small reversible blades. Total length is 4-1/2” . Phillips #000, #00, #0, #1 Staright 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 mm

F60

66

Swivel Top Screwdriver

No more lost screws with this screw holding screw driver that features self-adjusting jaws. Holds pivot or flat spring screws straight and secure while inserting or removing.

F70 Screw Holding Screwdriver F70A Blade for F70 Screwdriver

F74 SCREWDRIVER BLADE MAGNETIZER

Here is the ideal way to magnetize your screwdrivers, taps and other small metal tools. A small, two-piece block is held together by rubber tubing. It has a hole through the middle. Pass the screwdriver thru the hole and your tool will be magnetized. The best way we know of to hold small screws on a screwdriver tip.

F74

Screwdriver Blade Magnetizer

D14 SAX NECK SCREW EXTRACTOR

D1 SPRING HOOKS

For hooking up and adjusting spring tension on needle springs. The push and pull. About 5” (127mm)

D1A D1B

Spring Hook, medium size for clarinet Spring Hook, large size for sax

D44 PIN VISE

Has adjustable collets on both ends to hold small hand tools. For instance, holding small drills for installing oversize springs in reed instruments or holding a pad while applying shellac, so you don’t burn your fingers.

D44

D14 Sax Neck Screw Extractor D14A Replaceable Blade

D35 TESTING FEELER HOLDER

Pin Vise

E8 SAX NECK HOLDERS Two expandable mandrels to spin a sax neck in a lathe while sanding corks. Do not use in a Bench Motor. Insert in lathe chuck or N98 Valve Lapping Machine. Do not run over 900 rpm.

E8 E8A

The D14 Sax Neck Screw Extractor is used to remove the remaining threaded shaft of a broken sax neck screw from the screw holder socket. Simply press teeth against the end of the piece to be removed and twist. Reversible bit has right and left handed teeth.

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

Make your own feelers to fit this permanent handle. This is the only way to be sure a pad is perfectly seated. Feelers can be made from fish skin, cellophane or the leader from an old cassette tape.

D35 D35A

Testing Feeler Holder Feeler Gauge/Screwdriver Combo with F66 screw diver blade

D38 SPRING PUNCHES

Alto Saxophone Neck Holder .425” Tenor Saxophone Neck Holder .475”

D13 SAX PAD OPENING HEIGHT GAUGE A set of millimeter gauges used to determine the height of saxophone pad cups. 2mm thru 12mm in one millimeter steps. Flat black finish.

D13

Sax Pad Opening Height Gauge

A set of two spring punches used to drive out broken needle springs that you are unable to remove with the E4 Spring Removing Pliers. Remove the post from the clarinet and lay it on an L24 Lead Block. Use a F5 Rawhide Mallet to stick the post into the lead, then use the punch to drive the spring into the lead.

D38 Set of two Spring Punches

67

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools E3 SPRING REPLACING PLIER Designed with slotted jaw to press in needle springs smoothly without bending them. Also excellent for replacing pins in flute keys. 5-1/2” long.

E3

Spring Replacing Plier

E4 SPRING PUNCHING/REMOVAL PLIERS Remove broken springs from posts on all reed instruments. Saves hours in overhauls when necessary to remove stuck and rusted springs. No longer necessary to use a punch and a hammer for this job. Suggest getting 3 extra E4P’s to make different angle punches. 51/4” (133mm) long.

E4 E4P

Spring Punching/Removal Pliers Replacement Punch

E5 STAINLESS STEEL SPRING REMOVING PLIER

E1 HOOK NOSE PLIERS Adjust the Bb key on saxes. The hook nose allows application of pressure on the underside of the key. Eliminates marring of key surfaces. Also used with the E5 Whole Spring Removing Plier to remove springs. long.

E1

6-1/4” (159mm)

Hook Nose Pliers

E9 & E10 FLUTE KEY LEVELING TOOL & LARGE FLUTE PAD IRONING TOOL

The E9 Flute Pad Ironing Tool is made of tempered stainless steel. It has two center holes of different diameters, both larger than our E34. Used for smoothing skin on new flute pads with nylon washers.

E9

Large Flute Pad Ironing Tool

This flute Key Leveling Tool is used to align key cups with tone holes before seating the pads. Each end is a different radius to fit around new types of washers. May be used on all models of flutes in a manner similar to using the G21 Key Leveling Tools on saxes. This plier will remove whole springs without breaking them when overhauling a reed instrument. Designed with tremendous leverage for better gripping power. Now, stainless steel, box-joint. 5” (127mm) long.

E5 Spring Removing Plier

68

E10

Flute Key Leveling Tool

www.ferreestools.com

F80 ADJUSTABLE WOODWIND KEY SWEDGING TOOL

The ever popular F80 Swedger now comes equipped with 3 collets including the addition of the new .106” collet for the smaller keys on the oboe and piccolo. The collets are now: .106”, .149” and .187” which is approximately 2.69mm, 3.78mm and 4.75mm. This completes our swedging collet series; with the addition of the 3 new, smaller collets to the P60 Rotary Bearing Tool that can now be used on large keys too. The .187” closes to about .150”; the .149” closes to about .118”; the .106” closes to about .075”.

F80

Swedging Tool with 3 collets

F80B Body and Knob only F80C-106 Collet .106” F80C-149 Collet .149” F80C-187 Collet .187”

P60W SWEDGING TOOL FOR LARGE WOODWIND KEYS

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools

Especially outfitted for the woodwind specialist who wants the very best. Three new collets specifically for woodwind hinge tubing. Collets are interchangeable and there is a collet available for French Flute chimney and grommet repairer also (P60C-3). With this tool you can use the crush method of swedging and not scratch or break plating same as with the new H58 (See pg. 80) Sax Neck Tenon Heavy Duty Swedge. Times they are a changin! See P60 on page 51.

P60W

Swedging Tool for Large Woodwind Keys P60B Body & Handle only P60C-5 5mm (.197”) collet P60C-6 6mm (.236”) collet P60C-7 7mm (.276”) collet

Also, see P60 Tool for larger sizes on page 51

F52 ROUND NOSE PLIERS Petite 4-1/2” (114mm) standard duty round nose pliers, jaws are tapered. F52 Perfectly round jaws.

E16 CRACK WIRE 6” (152mm) pieces of threaded drill rod for pinning cracks. The wire will cut threads though the grenadilla wood after a hole is drilled with a D220W drill.

E16A Crack Wire (3-48 thread size) E16C Crack Wire (1-56 thread size) CRACK WIRE DRILLS

Ferree’s Tools, Inc. 1477 E. Michigan Ave. Battle Creek, MI 49014-8950 www.ferreestools.com

D220W #48-Crack Wire Drill for E16A D220W #54-Crack Wire Drill for E16C

Call 800-253-2261 to place your order!!

69

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools F28 CLARINET MANDRELS

F28

F28A

These tools have two uses. One, to be used in the N99 Bench Motor to slip the mouthpiece on for turning and sanding the cork. Two, to be put in a lathe chuck to slip a clarinet joint over for turning and sanding tenon corks. Has the correct taper to receive all the various parts.

F28 Mandrel for Soprano Clarinets F28A Mandrel for Alto and Bass Clarinets

F2 DELUXE DOUBLE END SPRING HOOK

Fine hand made chromium plated double end spring hook. Both hooks are at your finger tips. 6” (152mm) long.

F2

L52 WOODWIND REPAIR HOLDER

Deluxe Double End Spring Hook

E36 FLUTE GROMMET & BOOSTER PLIERS

For those who like their work suspended above the bench to avoid damage and provide a clearer view when working. This system allows you to move about and use both your hands doing repairs other than holding the instrument; like corking a key or installing a pad, or straightening a rod during a repair, repad or overhaul.

L52

Woodwind Repair Holder Previous L50 Model Accessories:

L50B L50P-4 L50P-5 L50S-1 L50S-2 L50S-3 L50T

Base only .945 tapered plug 1.000 tapered plug Small saddle 2” shaft Medium saddle 3-1/2” shaft Large saddle 6-1/2” shaft “T” leak light adaptor

**These accessories are for the previous model L50 only. L52 comes complete.

E14 FLUTE BOOSTER PLIERS

The E36 Flute Pad Grommet Ring Pliers are very useful when working on French style open hole flutes. 5 -1/4” (133mm) long. These precision made pliers are used to remove the metal retaining grommets in open hole flute pad cups. They can also be used to remove the nylon tone boosters that snap into regular flute pad cups.

E36

70

Flute Grommet and Booster Pliers

Handy flute booster pliers were designed for installing those stubborn nylon flute pad boosters. Delrin pads inserted into the plier jaws keep the keys from getting scratched. 5-1/4” (133mm) long. E14 Flute Booster Pliers

E33 CLARINET PAD LEVELING TOOL

applying cork to clarinet crows foot.

E33

Used to level pads when regulating clarinets, oboes, etc.. Has a small notch to aid in

Clarinet Pad Leveling Tool (Pad Slick)

E34 FLUTE PAD IRONING TOOL

E41 FLAT SPRING HOLE PUNCH An ideal way to punch holes in flat springs. Used primarily for punching an extra hole in flat springs where there are two screws, as in bassoons and some flutes. The hardened punch and die will punch a .060” (1.5mm) hole in a flat spring. New hole will accept an 0 X 80 flat spring screw. There is a T-handle on the screw punch for easy operation. One of our most popular specialized woodwind bench tools.

E41

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools

Flat Spring Hole Punch

E53 & E54 OCTAVE/REGISTER TUBE REMOVERS

A tempered, spring steel tool. Used for smoothing skin on flute pads. Also used to apply and spread a drop of water on pad surface for “seating” or applying talc to prevent sticking pads. 1/64” / .0156 thick

E34

Flute Pad Ironing Tool

E11 FLUTE PAD CUP LEVELING TOOLS These 3 Flute Cup Leveling Tools make the job of pad cup leveling much easier. The set consists of three levers of different sizes to accommodate all flute keys. Each tool is lined with cork so that the cups will not be scratched when leveling the keys. Great for sterling silver keys. Will not work for piccolo or alto flutes.

E11

Flute Pad Cup Leveling Tools,

www.ferreestools.com

Used to remove octave tubes before polishing the bore.

E53 Clarinet Register Remover E54 Oboe Octave Tube Remover

F3 ADJUSTABLE OBOE OCTAVE TUBE REMOVER

Adjustable oboe octave tube remover adjusts ally. Fits most any oboe.

F3

Adjustable Oboe Octave Tube

later-

71

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools E100 FLUTE KEY ARM BENDING SET Complete with 10-pad cup dies, 2-formed drivers, 1brass jaw with one polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE) face and 1-2” X 2” patch of PTFE to make small cushion pads for the drivers. Now you can bend or re-bend keys to give the proper attack angle to a tone hole WITHOUT distorting the pad cup in the process. By using this key arm bending set, you can “dial in” the proper angle for the pad to be perfectly level with the tone hole without using a big stack of washers or making the pad too high out of the cup than the rest on the pads on the instrument. This tool set works with either Plateau or French model instruments. It doesn’t take much power to do. Use just a slight tap with a rawhide mallet to ‘tunk’ the arm, using the supplied driver. With this complete set of dies, 15.5mm thru 20mm, you can, at last, correct factory or previous repair miscues by setting the pad projection to your standard and have the pad hit the tone hole in level fashion. Especially handy for installing some of those “special pad and base washer combo’s” that some people are experimenting with now. The two special drivers, (one-blunt chisel for forged keys and the other a split fork for the French style sculpted keys) fit the pad cup key arm profiles. The special made brass jaw is coated on one side with a PTFE pad so that the pad cup doesn’t get scratched. The PTFE patch is provided so that you may cut small cushions for the drivers to give some help in protecting sterling keys or brand new plated ones.

E100 Flute Key Arm Bending Set

F27 SAX KEY BENDING LEVERS

Seven tools designed specifically for key bending work. Eliminates makeshift methods. You can level any sax key easily in a matter of minutes. Will pull down the back of the pad cup if the pad does not touch the tone hole in back. Will not mar the keys. No longer necessary to shim up pads. Will cut hours off overhaul times and adjustments when replacing pads. Slip the proper G21 Key Leveling Tool between the tone hole and the front of the pad. Next, select the correct F27 Bending Lever. Hook the prongs on the lever under the hinge tube. Then, pull down with the necessary pressure.

F27 Sax Key Bending Levers

G21 SAX KEY LEVELING TOOLS This set of 7 brass wedges are placed under sax pads to align cups with tone holes before pad seating. Each wedge is a different thickness and different angle for hard to get places. Can be used with F27 Bending Levers or for bending keys with your fingers. It is suggested that two sets be purchased, as you will custom bend some of these for special locations.

G21

www.ferreestools.com 72

Set of 7 Key Leveling Tools

Call us toll free at 800-253-2261

E42 SAXOPHONE PAD SLICKS

O38 SAX OCTAVE KEY LEVER TUBING Opaque white Polytetraflourethylene tubing for saxophone octave key lever. Gives smooth action.

O38 Sax Octave Key Lever Tubing (Sold by the foot)

O41-O45 LOW TEMPERATURE HEAT SHRINK TUBING This tubing is in answer to many requests from our customers. It’s used on woodwind instruments as key silencers, etc… Easily shrunk using the J99 heat gun, a bunsen burner or another heat source. Color is BLACK (sold by the foot). Approximate thickness is .015” thick and shrink ratio is 2:1

O41 O42 O43 O44 O45

These pad slicks are NOT meant to bend keys, but to protect the pads from the tone hole edge AFTER the leveling is done and before the seating! *Only .020” (.5mm) thick, doesn’t affect angle of pad to tone hole. *Double ended for more precision fit and 18 different sizes. *Each has a center hole to fit around any style resonator. *Stainless steel construction (rust free) for those who still use water. Ferree’s pads DO NOT require water.

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools

3/32” (2.4mm) I.D. 1/8” (3.2mm) I.D. 3/16” (3.8mm) I.D. 1/4” (6.4mm) I.D. 3/8” (9.5mm) I.D.

O50-054 FLEXIBLE VINYL TUBING Flexible vinyl tubing in five sizes. Slip over oboe and bassoon key feet or sax side key lever hinges. Comes in clear only. Sold by the foot. Item Number

I.D.

Wall Thickness

O50

.066” (1.68mm)

.016” (.41mm)

O51

.095” (2.41mm)

.016” (.41mm)

O52

.118” (3.00mm)

.020” (.51mm)

O53

.148” (3.76mm)

.020” (.51mm)

O54

.186” (4.72mm)

.020” (.51mm)

O50-54 Assortment, 1ft (305mm) of each size

E42

Sax Pad Slicks

J8 & J9 PRESSURE SENSITIVE TEFLON SHEETS Polytetraflourethylene (PTFE) is one of the most useful substances around. It can be utilized in both the woodwind and brass departments. Take advantage of the NATURAL LUBRICATION QUALITIES of PTFE. Great for the sliding keys on saxes and flutes. Long-lasting PTFE is much more durable than sheet cork or leather when used under adjusting screws. These sheets are easy to use. Simply cut the PTFE to size, peel off the backing and press on to the desired area. PTFE sheets are available in two different thicknesses.

J8 PTFE Sheet, 6” X 6” X .005” J9 PTFE Sheet, 6” X 6” X .010”

Fax orders to: 269-965-7719

73

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS N50 DRILL ROD IN 31 SIZES

Make stack and hinge key rods. Specify sizes by thousandths. Priced by 36” (91.44cm) lengths, although they will be cut in half for shipping, unless 36” specified.

Sizes—Most Clarinets & Flutes Sizes—Most Saxes

Ferree’s Flute and Piccolo Head Swedging Dies were designed to shrink the tenons that have been over expanded. These dies can also be used to remove ridges and dents from tenons that have been previously improperly repaired. The proper sized die should be firmly held by a vise. Use cork grease or Z6 laced petroleum jelly as lube on the tenon. Tighten the adjusting screw so the die barely closes on the tenon. Work the tenon. Then move it back and forth in the die with a semirotating motion. Test fit, often.

FLUTE HEAD SWEDGING DIES

N77A Has a .790” (20mm) hole and is 1” (25.4mm) long. It fits most standard flutes. N77B Has a .790” (20mm) hole and is 2” (50.8mm) long. Designed for repair men who need to cover a large area. N77C This model has a similar hole .774” (19.7mm) and is 1” (25.4mm) long. It fits Armstrong model 80 and some imported flutes. N77D For the Armstrong alto flute. N77E For Gemeinhardt alto flute. N77F Like N77C for Armstrong but 2” (50.8mm) long.

PICCOLO HEAD SWEDGING DIE

74

Has a .470” (11.9mm) 1-1/2” (38.1mm) long.

and

.079 (2.01mm)

.081 (2.06mm)

.088 (2.24mm)

.092 (2.34mm)

.097 (2.46mm)

.085 (2.16mm)

STACK ROD ASSORTMENTS

N77 FLUTE AND PICCOLO HEAD SWEDGING DIES

H64

.075 (1.9mm)

is

.099 (2.51mm)

.101 (2.57mm)

.106 (2.69mm)

.112 (2.84mm)

.115 (2.92mm)

.120 (3.05mm)

.108 (2.74mm)

N50A Set of 14 assorted sizes (18” only) N50B Set of ALL 31 sizes (18” only)

SIZES

DRILL

INCH SIZE

METRIC

1/16” #52 #51 #50 #49 #48 #47 5/64” #46 #45 #44 #43 #42 3/32” #41 #40 #39 #38 #37 #36 #35 7/64” #34 #33 #32 3MM #31 1/8” #30 3/16” 1/4”

.0625” .063 .066 .069 .072 .075 .077 .0781 .079 .081 .085 .088 .092 .0937 .095 .097 .099 .101 .103 .106 .108 .1093 .110 .112 .115 .1181 .120 .1250 .127 .1875 .2500

1.287mm 1.600 1.676 1.752 1.828 1.905 1.955 1.983 2.006 2.057 2.159 2.235 2.336 2.380 2.413 2.463 2.251 2.565 2.616 2.692 2.743 2.776 2.794 2.844 2.921 2.999 3.048 3.175 3.225 4.762 6.350

G20 JET MAGIC

H75 HOT STUFF GLUE AND GRENADILLA CHIP KIT

Jet Magic is a two part epoxy glue that will not Quick way to fill deteriorate or rot. It holes, cracks and resists water, oil and chips in wood acids. After appropriate instruments. Can curing time it can be also be used to tapped, drilled or sandrepair chipped ed. Unequaled for tone holes and repairing broken tenons, cracked pin joints and mouthpieces. holes. The chips G20 Jet Magic is black are made of the to blend with clarinet finest grenadilla wood. H75 Hot Stuff Glue is a specolor. Price is for a kit including adhesive, catalyst cial cyanoacrylate glue that is extremely thin. It will and solvent. Cannot ship by mail. instantly soak into and penetrate the chips, unlike the super glues you buy at grocery and drug stores.

G20 G20S G20PT1 G20PT2

Jet Magic Refill Solvent for G19 or G20 Part One Refill Part Two Refill

G19 CLEAR MAGIC Comparable to G20 Jet Magic, except that G19 Clear Magic is colorless. Can be used to repair holes in fiberglass sousaphones and cracks in bassoons. Price includes adhesive, catalyst and solvent. Cannot ship by mail.

G19 G20S G19PT1 G19PT2

Clear Magic Refill Solvent for G19 or G20 Part One Refill Part Two Refill

G22 BLACK PIGMENT STAIN This powdered black pigment will help you match the original color on oboes and clarinets when using grenadilla replacement parts. Simply mix the black pigment with alcohol and apply to the grenadilla wood. Let it stand about one minute until the alcohol dries and then polish.

G22

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

Take some grenadilla chips in your fingers. Pulverize them between your fingers and thumb and fill the crack or the hole. Mound up the chips slightly. Add about 3 to 4 drops of Hot Stuff Glue. You will see in about 15 seconds the grenadilla chips are hard enough to be sanded or filed. No more waiting overnight for epoxy to dry.

H75 Hot Stuff Glue and Grenadilla Chip Kit H75A 1 oz Hot Stuff Glue H75B 1/3 cup (35.5g) Grenadilla Chips

ACCESSORIES H75C Hot Shot Accelerator (6 oz)

This catalyst makes a large quantity of Hot Stuff Glue harden in just a few seconds after application. This is very useful when filling gaps, chips and holes when grenadilla chips are not being used. 6 oz aerosol can.

H75D Ultra Solvent

The solvent will take care of unwanted bonds by dissolving them. Works quickly and easily.

H75E Extra Fine Tubing

Fine spaghetti tubing used with H75 Hot Stuff Glue. Due to the small I.D. of the tubing it is easily plugged with glue. Keep some extra on hand.

Black Pigment Stain

FAX 269-965-7719

www.ferreestools.com 75

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools D20 & D21 SOLID HINGE TUBE SHORTENERS

D29 TUBULAR HINGE TUBE SHORTENERS

Five sizes of hinge tube shorteners. Used to both shorten and square up tubular hinges. Use after swedging when you are fitting between the posts. D29A For small oboe, no handle D29AH For small oboe, with handle

D20 D20H D21 D21H

Pilot Size .059” 1.5mm

Used for the same purpose as tubular hinge tube shorteners, except these are for solid hinge tubes.

Small Solid Hinge Tube Shortener Shortener with handle Large Solid Hinge Tube Shortener Shortener with handle

E29 TONE HOLE FILES

D29B For medium oboe, no handle .067” D29BH For medium oboe, with handle 1.7mm D29C For small clarinet, large oboe, no handle D29CH For small clarinet, large oboe with handle

.075” 1.9mm

D29D For large clarinet, flute, small saxophone, no handle D29DH For large clarinet, flute, small saxophone, with handle

.085” 2.16mm

D29E For large saxophone, no handle .106” D29EH For large saxophone, 2.69mm with handle D29S Set of five Tubular Hinge Tube Shorteners, no handles. D29SH Set of five Tubular Hinge Tube Shorteners, with handles **Cutters A, B, C and D are 3/16” (4.8mm) diameter Cutter E is 1/4”(6.4mm) diameter

E18 SWISS PATTERN FILE SET

Comes in a plastic case with 12 different shapes in a set. Ideal for working on keys and parts; have round handles. 5” (127mm) long, “O” cut.

E18

76

Swiss Pattern File Set

A flat tone hole on saxophones is a must for air tight seat. These specially manufactured files will usually cover a complete tone hole, insuring an even flat cut. Three sizes help insure that you can get to most tone holes, making them perfectly flat, so that the depth of the pad seat will be equal all the way around.

E29

Tone Hole File 1/8” (3.2mm) thick, 1-1/2” (38.1mm) wide, 4-1/2” (114mm) long. E29A Narrow Tone Hole File 3/16” (4.8mm) thick, 29/32” (23mm) wide, 8” (20.3mm) long (cut 2). E29B Medium Tone Hole File 1/8” (3.2mm) thick, 1-1/4” (31.7mm) wide, 5” (127mm) long (cut 2).

E87 MINI TONE HOLE FILES (Especially for piccolo)

E87A 1/4” (6.4mm) Mini Tone Hole File E87B 3/8” (9.5mm) Mini Tone Hole File E87C 17/32” (13.5mm) Mini Tone Hole File

E97 SAXOPHONE TONE HOLE REFACING TOOL These NEW E97 Diamond and brass refacing tools are now available in two different grits; the standard 400 and fine 800, for both cutting and deburring depending on your need. For doing really fine tone hole work without the guessing and approximate precision of not having a tool made for the specific purpose of leveling and smoothing the tone hole surface. These tools are designed with the intent to allow you to both smooth and level a tone hole quickly and easily after a body straightening and any dent work area done. Many times only a quarter turn of the tool is required to check the status of the tone hole and keep material removal to a minimum. These tools save on fingers, hands and fingertips. These new refacing tools use the same proven rotary method used with the old E96 set. This new E97 set contains the same pilot discs, handles and wrenches, but is crafted from billet machined brass to hold a diamond disc as a precision cutting surface. These tools are made from brass to allow cleaning of the abrasive diamond disc with a toothbrush and plain water. If desired, you may order a set of brass refacing tools with either the 400 or 800 grit.

E97-4 Rotary Tone Hole Refacing Set (400 grit) E97-8 Rotary Tone Hole Refacing Set (800 grit)

E97D4-1 E97D8-1 E97D4-2 E97D8-2 E97D4-3 E97D8-3 E97D4-4 E97D8-4 E97D4-5 E97D8-5

.75” 400 grit Round Diamond Disc .75” 800 grit Round Diamond Disc 1.00” 400 grit Round Diamond Disc 1.00” 800 grit Round Diamond Disc 1.25” 400 grit Round Diamond Disc 1.25” 800 grit Round Diamond Disc 1.50” 400 grit Round Diamond Disc 1.50” 800 grit Round Diamond Disc 2.00” 400 grit Round Diamond Disc 2.00” 800 grit Round Diamond Disc

E98 FLUTE TONE HOLE REFACING TOOL This flute specific tool is a refined version of the hexagonal one we have had for saxophones since the late 1980’s. The new, longer, round and knurled aluminum handle gives you more control over the movement of the diamond cutting face, since you do not have to overcome the ‘inertia’ caused by the heavier hexagonal brass handle model. The delicate nature of a flute requires your hand to have ultimate control unlike the bigger, heavier and thicker tone hole saxophones. This tool now comes complete with 4 pilots for the basic sized tone holes on most flutes. The pilots are: 4/16” (6.35mm) 7/16” (11.11mm) 8/16” (12.7mm) 9/16” (14.28mm) in diameter Specific pilot sizes to your specs are available by special order. Or, you may modify the ones that come with it. The replacement 800 grit diamond disc is a standard part we carry; its number is E97D8-1.

E98

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

Flute Tone Hole Refacing Tool

E98P Pilot-Specify Size

E97P-1 E97P-2 E97P-3 E97P-4 E97P-5 E97P-6 E97P-7 E97P-8 E97P-9

Indvl. Pilot 1/4” Indvl. Pilot 3/8” Indvl. Pilot 1/2” Indvl. Pilot 3/4” Indvl. Pilot 1” Indvl. Pilot 1-1/8” Indvl. Pilot 1-1/4” Indvl. Pilot 1-1/2” Indvl. Pilot 1-5/8” (not in set)

E97R-1 E97R-2 E97R-3 E97R-4 E97R-5

.750 Brass Round (19mm) 1.000 Brass Round (25.4mm) 1.250 Brass Round (31.75mm) 1.500 Brass Round (38mm) 2.000 Brass Round (50.8mm)

E97W

Universal Wrench

77

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools D32 BROACHES

E47 PIVOT SCREW KEY REAMERS Set of three pivot screw key reamers provide a wider size range. Better cutting angle.

D32A Set of 2 pentagonal spring broaches used to enlarge spring holes when larger springs must be fitted. D32B Set of 2 pentagonal spring broaches used to free ends of hinge tubing if they bind after swedging.

E47 Set of Pivot Screw Key Reamers E47H Set of Pivot Screw Key Reamers with handles

E31 INSIDE BORE TOOL

Uses O11 handles. Also works on flutes.

D15 PIVOT SCREW COUNTERSINKS New design Pivot Screw Countersink. We now have many more sizes to fit the multiplying screw head diameters, precisely. All are assembled with smooth, finished wood handles for precision metal removal. Constructed of high carbon tool steel which has been tempered to hold a sharp cutting edge with minimum breakage. The countersink shaft is 11” (27.9cm) long for easy access to posts. These tools can be bought each size separately or by the set.

D15-1 D15-2 D15-3 D15-4 D15-5 D15-6 D15-7 D15-8 D15-9 D15-10 D15-11 D15S

78

.085” Countersink (2.16mm) .092” Countersink (2.23mm) .099” Countersink (2.51mm) .106” Countersink (2.69mm) .112” Countersink (2.84mm) .120” Countersink (3.05mm) .127” Countersink (3.23mm) .139” Countersink (3.53mm) .148” Countersink (3.76mm) .157” Countersink (3.99mm) .168” Countersink (4.27mm) Set of 11 Countersinks (Handles are included)

This boring bar has a cutter that can be reground for sharpness. Tool is used to bore exact inside diameter when making new tenon replacement plugs or new socket graft sleeves for joint repairs. 5” Long

E31

Boring Bar complete (3/8” {9.5mm} shank) E31A Replacement Cutter for E31

D55 & D54 TENON CAPS The clarinet tenon caps are nickel silver only. They are used to repair cracked, but not broken, tenon joints. .018” (.46mm) thick material. FOR CLARINET JOINTS D55A Bell D55B Barrel D55C Center D55D Center G# FOR OBOE JOINTS D54B Bell, large

G53 & G54 CLARINET TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTERS

This tool was developed at the request of several Repairmen. These Repairmen had been getting requests to undercut the tone holes on bass and soprano clarinets. Accomplished players feel that this undercutting improves the tone, response and clarity of many of the notes on the clarinet. This tool accomplishes the undercutting that is already standard on many French manufactured clarinets. Now you can perform the procedure on any clarinet. Ferree’s G53 Soprano Clarinet Tone Hole Under cutters and G54 Bass Clarinet Tone Hole Under cutters make this undercutting a simple task.

7. Now you can unscrew the T handle from the cutter and pull out the insertion rod out of the clarinet. The cutter will come out with the rod. 8. While holding the clarinet joint, pull up on the T handle and twist it clockwise. This will pull the undercutter against the inside of the tone hole. The clockwise turning will remove the material making a perfect tapered opening. It normally only requires a few turns of the handle (5 or 6). Not a lot of upward pressure is necessary. A G53 Soprano Clarinet Undercutter set consists of the insertion rod, three T handles, and six precision cutters. A G54 Bass Clarinet Undercutter set consists of the insertion rod, two T handles and seven precision cutters.

G53 Clarinet Tone Hole Undercutters (6 cutters) G54 Bass Clarinet Tone Hole Undercutters (7 cutters) G54A, B Individual handles for G54 G54C Insertion Rod for G54 G55 Insertion Rod-Alto Clarinet

1. Choose one of the G53 or G54 Under cutters that matches the tone hole you will be cutting. 2. Slide the keyed slot in the bottom of the cutter over the keyed part of the insertion rod. 3. Slide insertion rod (with the cutter resting on it) into the end of the clarinet joint. By looking thru the tone hole, stop the cutter directly under the hole you will be working on. 4. Insert the threaded T handle down thru the tone hole and screw it into the under cutter. 5. Pull out the insertion rod from the clarinet joint. 6. After the hole has been undercut, return the insertion rod into the clarinet joint and insert the keyed end back into the key way in the under cutter. (Cont. top of next column)

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools

M49 BASSOON BELL RINGS Ferree’s Bassoon Bell Rings are made of a slightly off-white nylon to make the color as close to original ivory as possible. They will fit most popular bassoons and only have to be glued in place using G19 Clear Magic Glue. The standard dimensions in the picture shown are; A. 1-3/4” (44.5) B. 2-1/8” (54mm) C. 2.70” (68.6mm)

M49

Bassoon Bell Ring (Standard Size)

M49A Bassoon Bell Ring (Specify-Custom Size) Send dimensions A & B

79

TENON FITTING TLS.

Tenon fitting tools H58 HEAVY DUTY TENON SWEDGER

The H58 mounts in your vise. It comes equipped with 6 collets for most alto and tenor saxes. Two of the collets provided fit most alto saxes and the four larger collets fit most tenor sax tenons. There are other collets for ‘orphan’ saxes and we will make any special sizes you need as well. Also pictured are two special dies made for shrinking flute tenons. ~There are two methods used to shrink the tenons~ One is to use the tool much the same as you would a flute tenon shrinker. That is, tightening the tool a little and turning the neck, being careful not to kink it. The second method and most preferred is to just put the neck tenon into the tool and tighten the tool 1/4 turn, loosen the tool, move the neck 1/4 turn and then tighten the tool 1/4 turn again, repeating until you get all the way around. Test fit and then if necessary, only go 1/8 turn the next time around at each step. Best results are obtained if you limit shrinking to about .010” per collet. Other sizes are available for baritone saxes, bass clarinets and some odd alto, tenor and c-melody saxes.

H58

Heavy Duty Tenon Swedger

H58A Individual Collets (State size) H58FC-780 Flute Collet, size .780 H58FC-790 Flute Collet, size .790

Email your order to us at [email protected]

80

Include your name, address, phone number, customer number, item numbers & payment method

H59 TENON EXPANDER “CAN OPENER” STYLE

For Flutes, Saxophones & Bass Clarinets The H59 was recently redesigned to offer more flexibility in tightening metal tenons. Used on flutes, saxes, bass clarinets, etc. The metal in the necks of some bass clarinets and saxophones are a lot thicker than other instrument tenons. This is why conventional methods of enlarging the tenon sometimes will not be as successful as when using this tool. Also the curve of a bass clarinet neck sometimes presents a problem on old style tenon expanders.

H59

“Can Opener” Style Tenon Expander for flutes, saxes, bass clarinets.

The first accessory developed is the H59A set of rollers to stretch or “extrude” solid hinge tubes in lieu of swedging; this helps save the finish and helps make the key longer and stronger. Especially handy for use on the hi-E and low C# keys on many saxes, the whisper key on most bassoons and the f-lever on various clarinets. There are three radii sizes for clarinet, saxes and bassoon. Not much squeezing is required, so, proceed cautiously until you get used to the effect of the mechanism. These rollers do a beautiful finished job, in most cases preserving the plating or lacquer by advancing pressure, slowly. Keep key on straight course. You may want to leave the key “a little bit oval” or “slightly squared” (NOT ENOUGH TO NOTICE) to increase the strength through the small amount of work hardening that naturally happens and to help prevent twisting or torquing of the shaft while the instrument is being played. Do NOT just clamp down and start cranking, be discreet.

H59A Triple Key Extruder

H59B Soprano Sax/Piccolo Roller

H60 thru H63 EXPANDERS

These precision made, polished and chrome plated, expanders have the proper internal expansion angle to give you a feel when you are fitting the job and also help prevent scratching the internal surfaces. These tough long lasting steel tools can be held in your hand or in a bench vise. These expanders all work on the same principle. They make an even, tight fit from loose and worn sax neck tenons and metal flute head and foot tenons, by rounding out bent, dented or out-of-round tenons. These tools apply even pressure, from the inside out. OPERATION Mount the tool in a vise using a V-block to properly secure it. Use cork grease or Z6 laced petroleum jelly as a lubricant on the working surface of the expander. Then turn the knurled adjusting knob until the expander is snug inside the tenon back and forth over the expander’s working surface with a slow semi-rotating motion. H60

D31 HALLOW HINGE TUBE SHORTNER KIT

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS

This set contains 16 replaceable pilots, graduated in .005" steps with an efficiently designed, smooth working, precision ground cutter, which does not require 2 blades to do only one job. D31 Hollow Hinge Tube Shortner Kit

LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

Saxophone Tenon Expander (for baritone and alto saxes) 7/8” (22.23 mm)

H61A Saxophone Tenon expander (for smaller necked tenors) 1” (25.4mm) H61

Saxophone Tenon Expander (for tenor) 1 1/16” (26.97mm)

H62

Flute Tenon Expander .725 (18.42mm)

H63

Piccolo Tenon Expander .410 (10.41mm)

For Extra Leverage H60H T Handle (for H60) 1/2-20 H61H T Handle (for H61/H61A) 5/8-18 H62H T Handle (for H62) 3/8-24

81

TENON FITTING TLS.

WOODWIND TOOLS G23 BENCH OILER Durable 2 oz (59ml) polyethylene (squeeze type) bottle with 1” (25.4mm) long, .025” (.64mm) hypodermic needle. Ideal for all fine oiling. Dust proof cap protects the needle when not in use.

G23

Bench Oiler

H20 POST DRILLING JIG

Will fit all reed instruments. Used to drill out new posts and to drill out and tap old posts for oversized rods. Consists of a drilling jig with four bushings and four extra long drills. Instructions are included.

H20 Post Drilling Jig REPLACEMENT DRILLS FOR H20 H20A Size 44 (.0860) H20C Size 51 (.0670)

The Screw Slot Sawing Tool accurately saws screwdriver slots in stack and hinge screws. Takes all necessary rod sizes. The steel shaft is 3/8” (9.5mm) to fit the chuck of the N99A Bench Motor. To use, dip the rod in the proper hole in housing. Press the rod into the saw blade while holding the housing in your hand. In a matter of seconds, the job is completed. The tool comes with one blade which is easily replaced when necessary with a small Allen Wrench. The new oversized 1” blade makes this tool even easier to use than before. Bonus is that the replacement blades are about half the cost of the 3/4” ones in the past. Additionally, they have finer teeth for a smooth precision cut. The best part is, that if you have had one for a while, you can have it updated (G44U), including new blade. We still have the older G44A blades in stock but, we highly recommend this update, as a splendid improvement. Note: Slot about .030” to .040” (.75mm to 1.0mm deep)

There are 10 insert holes. They are as follows: .081 (2.06mm) .086 (2.18mm) .093 (2.36mm) .098 (2.49mm) .104 (2.64mm)

H20B Size 48 (.0760) H20D Size 53 (.0595)

G44H HANDLE REST This great addition to the G44 makes it possible to keep your hands free to hold the rod you are slotting. It can be used on your N97 or N99 Bench Motor, woodwind lathe or other style lathe you are using. Simply insert your G44 into a Jacobs chuck or lathe collet. Slip the G44H over the slotting tool. While the G44H is resting against your bench or lathe table, adjust the G44 to the desired hole you wish to use. Then, tighten the bolt on the G44H Handle Rest. As long as the bar is resting on your bench or lathe table, cross side, it will keep the hole size in place.

82

G44 SCREW SLOT SAWING TOOL

G44

.111 (2.82mm) .116 (2.95mm) .120 (3.05mm) .125 (3.18mm) .128 (3.25mm)

Screw Slot Sawing Tool

G44A Replacement Blade for Old G44 (before 2003) G44B Replacement Blade for New G44 (for new model) G44U Update for G44 (send in old tool)

Q75 PICCOLO LEAK LIGHT

The Q75 bulbs are less than .200” thick; compare breakable bulbs at .250”, which are a full quarter of an inch thick! Q75 is 20% thinner than those. It comes with a 6” length and has quick disconnect for bulb replacement.

Q75 Piccolo Leak Light Q75-6 Extra Bulb Only

Q94 & Q95 SNEAKY LIGHTS

G42 ADJUSTMENT SCREW DRILLING JIG This newly designed tool allows you to convert the adjustment screws of any instrument and obtain the same results. No more adjustment screws chewing through to the key foot, material coming loose and falling off, rendering the instrument unplayable. The body of the drilling jig is made of hardened steel which will not allow the drill to drift and ensures positive centering of the hole. 6” (152mm) of special polytetraflourethylene beading is supplied with each drilling jig. Uses D220W #62 drill.

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools

G42 Adjustment Screw Drilling Jig G42A PTFE Beading 12”

R50 TESTING CORKS A set of five testing corks. Used to plug one end of woodwind instruments when testing for leaks. Set includes sizes to fit from piccolo to bass clarinet.

R50 Testing Corks, set of 5

J96 SAX BODY HOLDING WHEEL

We carry two Sneaky Lights. They are available in 18” or 36” lengths. Cord plugs into a 110V outlet. The lighted part consists of many small LED lights, which are enclosed in a flexible allows it to go around a housing. This light’s flexibility allows it to go around a baritone sax gooseneck or up a bell. It will easily slip into a flute. There is NO transformer or control box and no on/off switch (will not fit into a piccolo).

Q94 Q95

Sneaky Light 18” Sneaky Light 36”

The Sax Body Holding Wheel inserts into the neck socket. This elevates the sax body off the bench and helps eliminate scratching. A leak light can be passed through the center of the wheel to check for leaks when the holder is being used.

J96

Sax Body Holding Wheel

83

TENON FITTING TLS.

WOODWIND tools Q80 FLUORESCENT LEAK LIGHT

(For Sax and Flute) Q80 with Permanent Cord

12” (305mm) Fluorescent tube, 8 watt, leak light with permanently attached cord.

Q80 Fluorescent Leak Light with 12” bulb Q80-2 220V for European Customers Send your complete unit back and we will replace the bulb for a minimal fee.

These fluorescent tubes are available at most hardware stores. If you can’t get them locally, we will supply them for you.

6” (152mm) 4 watt tube Q83 12” (305mm) 8 watt tube for Q85

(For Sax and Flute) Q82 Fluorescent Leak Light Control Box to use with Q83 6” (152mm) tube w/cord and plug or the Q85 12” (305mm) tube w/cord and plug. Fluorescent Leak Light Control Box only. Use tubes with attached cords (Q83 or 85) and plugs. Control box accepts either of the following bulb/ cord/plug combinations.

Q82 Control Box Only Q82-2 220V for European Customers

Q87 & Q89 REPLACE YOUR OWN FLUORESCENT TUBES

Q87 Q89

Q82 FLUORESCENT LEAK LIGHT CONTROL BOX ONLY

TUBE WITH CORD AND PLUG FOR Q82 Buy one or both Q83 6” (152mm) fluorescent, 4 watt tube with cord and plug Q85 12” (305mm) fluorescent, 8 watt tube with cord and plug. If a bulb breaks, send your cord back and we will replace the bulb for a minimal fee.

Q65-1 LEAK LIGHT TESTING KIT Tests for leaks in all woodwind instruments except piccolo. Two cords...one with a small bulb, the other with a large bulb. Eliminates the need for two separate leak lights. Has an on/off/on switch and a heavy duty transformer. All parts are available and easily replaced. The bulbs are included.

Q65-1 Q65-2 Q65A Q70A Q70B Q71A Q71B

84

Leak Light Kit, 110 volt Leak Light Kit, 220 volt for foreign use Transformer only Small bulb for leak light Box of 10 small bulbs Large bulb for leak light Box of 10 large bulbs

G37 RUBBER WEDGES For Repairmen who prefer rubber seating wedges. Available in three sizes and sold in dozens or hundreds.

G82 FLUTE PAD SEATING SPRING CLIPS

G37A Small Rubber Wedges .562” (14.28mm) x .200” (5.08mm)

G37B Medium Rubber Wedges .750” (19.05mm) x .300” (7.62mm) G37C Large Rubber Wedges 1.000” (25.40mm) x .375” (9.53mm)

G38 WOOD WEDGES

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools

Specially tempered spring steel. Keeps flute keys closed and clips are cushioned where they touch pad cups and body. Easy to install and you can preset the individual pad pressure.

G82 Flute Pad Seating Spring Clips G82S Set of 18 Clips

G26 FLUTE PAD SEATING CLIPS

Two sizes of wood wedges to slip under key feet when needed.

G38A Small Wood Wedges 1-1/4” x 1/4” (31.8 x 6.4mm) G38B Large Wood Wedges 1-1/2” x 1/2” (38.1 x 12.7mm)

Place your order 24 hours a day by calling 800-253-2261, faxing to 269-965-7719 or email to [email protected]. Be sure to have your customer number, address, phone number, item numbers and payment method.

The G26 Flute Seating Clips are smaller than the G82 Flute Clips and good for playing condition jobs. The clips are vinyl covered to prevent them from scratching the instrument while in use. Not recommended for use in X100 Flute Pad Oven.

G26 Flute Pad Seating Clips G26S Set of 18 Clips

LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

Fax:269-965-7719 85

TENON FITTING TLS.

Woodwind tools J99 HI-HEAT BLOWGUN

CUTTING KNIVES

The J99 is a professional hi-heat blowgun for seating saxophone and flute pads. Less chance of burning corks, pads or lacquer when used like a blowpipe.

J99 Hi-Heat Blowgun

*400 degree’s F+ at the tip

CORK CUTTING KNIFE

D6 CONICAL BENCH PEGS

Small, easy to use, made with a square handle so it will not roll on the bench. Used for cutting and trimming the corks under keys. Has a replaceable razor sharp flexible blade.

Properly tapered to hold all clarinet joints between the bench and body. Braces any sax gooseneck, while sanding the cork. Machined of aluminum, lasts indefinitely, unlike the old fashioned wood plug. Easily installed and removed from small 3/8” (9.5mm) hole in the bench.

D2 D2A

Cork Cutting Knife Extra Blade for D2 Knife

BENCH KNIFE This knife has a uniformly hardened, tempered steel, blade. Excellent tool for shaping and cutting cork.

D33

D6

Bench Peg-Traditional

Bench Knife

UTILITY KNIFE

Utility knife with unlimited uses. Cuts, carves, opens and trims. Extra blades store in the handle. Five blades are included.

D45 Utility Knife D45A Package of five extra blades

D30 SINGLE EDGE RAZOR BLADES It seems there is never a sharp, single-edge, razor blade around when you need one. Avoid this problem with a handy package of 100 blades. As a bonus, you’ll pay less per blade when you buy in this quantity.

D30

86

Box of 100 Single Edge Razor Blades

This combination reverse cone works with bottom joints to help contain the tenon to help prevent splitting. Regular is for soprano clarinets. Large is for alto and bass clarinets.

D6A D6B

Reverse Bench Peg Reverse Bench Peg-Large

Email to [email protected] to be added to our weekly email list

H70 FERREE’S QUICK -DRY CORK CEMENT Ferree’s H70 QuickDry Cork Cement resists oils and greases, dries instantly and gives an excellent, lasting bond. Installs all types of tenon corks, key corks, felts and water key corks. Many other uses. IMPORTANT: Keep the can tightly capped to prevent evaporation. If after a period of time, the cement gets thicker, refill with H70S Solvent and mix it well. Do not buy more than one bottle of solvent at a time. Cannot ship mail. H70 Quick-Dry Cork Cement, 4 oz (118ml) can with brush

R76 PAD ADHESIVE Apply a small amount to pad cup, heat from the bottom until solvent burns off and leaves just the bubbling glue. With a turning motion install the pad in cup and level pad. Should you need to move the pad it can be reheated once key is installed on instrument! Uses a heat gun and not a flame, better for the pad and the body. ** According to our manufacturer

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS

and some customers who tested this new product, it is the same formula as the original Micro Cement.

R76 .5 oz Bottle

R76A 4 oz Bottle

H70S Solvent for H70 Quick-Dry Cement, 1 pint (473ml)

H72 4 OZ EMPTY CAN WITH BRUSH

X183 CORK SANDING ACCESSORY

Empty can with brush installed in top. Used to transfer half of new can for use later. Restart with this new can.

H72 Empty 4 oz (118ml) can

G69 FRENCH CEMENT Used for floating in clarinet and oboe pads with flat backs. Heavy body with low temperature melting . Sold individually or in a box of 12.

G69A 1 stick of French Cement G69B Box of 12 sticks of French Cement

Call 24 hours a day to place your order 800-253-2261 or fax to 269-965-7719

This tool has a live center base that fits on a drill press bed and a soprano clarinet joint arbor holds the joint arbor which fits into the chuck. The joint arbor holds the joint firmly while it revolves on the ball bearing base. Makes sanding corks evenly, more consistent and easier. It needs 12” (305mm) between the bottom of the chuck and the bed of the drill press. Rotate at lowest drill press speed. Be sure to secure the base to the drill press bed with the holes provided.

X183 Cork Sanding Accessory

87

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools L100 GLUE GUN

D46 & D47 SHELLAC SPATULAS Used to melt stick shellac underneath tenon corks during replacement.

D46 Medium for soprano clarinet D47 Large for bass, alto clarinet Here at last is virtually flawless hot melt gluing, for instant joining of wood, plastic, ceramics, metal and fabrics. A truly professional quality tool. With G65 & G67 STICK SHELLAC convenience and performance features not found in any other gun. Trigger feed mechanism eliminates troublesome feed “Old Skool,” the superior way of gluing pads in all control, a common fault of some hot melt glue guns. woodwind instruments. Solid state reliability brings the L100 Glue Gun to G65A 1 stick of Clear Shellac 380° F (193° C) operating temperature in three G65B Dozen sticks of Clear Shellac minutes and holds it. A special silicon feed sleeve has a built in flexible diaphragm designed to seal off and eliminate hot melt backup. With convenient G67A 1 stick of Amber Shellac convertible flip stand and specially designed hand G67B Dozen sticks of Amber Shellac grip, you can safely stand the gun on a work surface when not applying glue.

L100 Glue Gun Deluxe Kit contains:

E60 CRACK SLICK SPATULA

▪Trigger Operated Glue Gun ▪Two, 4” (102mm) Clear Glue Sticks

L104 Clear 4” (102mm) Glue Sticks-Box of 6 L106 Clear 4” (102mm) Glue Sticks-Box of 24

G61 FLAKE SHELLAC One pound bags of flake shellac. Best grade available. Can be dissolved in alcohol or melted into sticks.

G61 Orange Flake Shellac, 1 lb (454gr)

Fax:269-965-7719 Ph:800-253-2261 [email protected] 88

A brass iron, flat on one side, curved on the other. Used for smoothing G68 Jet Black Shellac or G19/ G20 Epoxies into woodwind cracks or other “spreading” uses.

E60 Crack Slick Spatula LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

D100 115 PIECE H.S. DRILL BIT SET The most complete set of high speed drill bits on the market. Three complete sets in one box including:

1. Sixty piece set of number drills 1 thru 60 2. Twenty six piece set of letter drills A thru Z 3. Twenty nine piece set of fractional drills 1/16” thru 1/2” (1.6 thru 12.7mm) 4. Sturdy steel case

D100 High Speed Drill Bit Set

STRAIGHT SHANK DRILLS

D220W & D220F INDIVIDUAL DRILLS WIRE GAUGE SIZES

Individual drills are available from size 1 thru 80. Specify size you want.

D220W

Individual Wire Drills (Specify Size)

FRACTIONAL SIZES

Individual drills available in fractional sizes. Specify the size you want. Drills are available from 1/16” thru 1/2” graduated in 64ths of an inch.

D220F

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

Individual Fractional Size Drills (Specify Size)

CLIFFS TIPS… Use a D220W,l #55 drill and a D200, 0-80 Tap to drill and tap keys for flat spring screws. D220L LEFT HAND DRILL BITS

High speed drills with precision sharpened tips and edges. Indexed case permits instant selection of the drill.

D101 No. 1 thru 60. 60 drills in a set D118 No. 60 thru 80. 20 drills in a set D102 1/16 thru 1/2 by 64ths. 29 drills in a set

D103 & D104 WIRE DRILL GAUGE Speed up the determination of drill sizes when they are unmarked or mixed up.

D103 For 1 to 60 drills D104 For 61 to 80

Left hand drill bits are handy whenever you are drilling a screw or a bolt in order to use a screw extractor. If you drill the hole with a left hand drill bit and the bit catches, it will back the screw out of the hole. Remember to use left-hand drill bits only with your drill motor running in reverse. Available sizes are: 1/16”, 5/64”, 3/32”, 7/64”, 1/8”, 9/64”, 5/32”, 11/64” and 3/16”.

D220L Left hand Drill Bit (Specify Size)

World’s Largest Manufacturer of Quality Band Instrument Repair Tools.

See us online www.ferreestools.com 89

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools F75 SAX BUMPER ADJUSTER

E55 THUMB TUBE REMOVER

Pictured is our Sax Felt Key Bumper Adjuster for raising and lowering bumpers on Selmer Paris and many other newer saxes. This tool can help you to quickly adjust your sax bumpers.

This thumb tube remover tool is designed to remove and install threaded or pressed in tubes on many soprano clarinets. It will not scratch or mar the inside of the tube.

F75

E55

Sax Bumper Adjuster

E12 BRASS JAW PLIERS The E12 pliers are made on a heavy duty plier blank unlike the light duty models available from electronic suppliers.

E12

Brass Jaw Pliers, 5-1/2” (140mm) long

Thumb Tube Remover

E58 SAX KEY SWEDGING DIE Usually used on top stack C, bis Bb, bottom stack F# and old style middle finger fork Eb mechanism lever.

E58A Small E58B Regular

F96-T15 TORX DRIVER E99 ELDRED SPELL ‘WIDGET’ This useful tool was developed over 20 years ago by popular Michigan State Alumnus, recitalist and clinician Dr. Eldred Spell, Phd.

T15 X 80mm For Bundy sax guard screws. F96-T15 Torx Driver

L6 TAPERED SHANK ARBOR

It is a clean and neat way to set open hole French flute pad retaining grommets. This tool helps keep the grommet flat, level and evenly tensioned, when properly used. Made of delrin so as not to mar the key.

E99A Adjustable Eldred Spell Widget

90

Used to hold a Jacobs chuck in the tailstock of a lathe.

L6A L6B

#1 Morse Taper #2 Morse Taper

Z120 WOODWIND BENCH LATHE

This self contained little dynamo can help you do what needs to be done on all the small machine jobs that come your way. Special hollow chuck mandrel so you can thread long rods. Special tapered mandrels so you can turn clarinets and oboe joints. Does everything a bench motor does and MORE.

X116 SPECIAL BUFFING MOTOR 3/4” hp motor, 5/8” (15.9mm) shaft available in both 1725 and 3450 rpm. The slower one can be used for keys, small parts and mouthpiece buffing and the faster one as a substitute buffer for larger parts in a small shop. Uses D36R or D36L arbors, and E7BR or E7BL Tapered Spindle Adaptors or a combination of both of them. 4” thru 6”(102mm thru 152mm) buffs can be used. Suggest using a foot switch when wiring, for more control.

X116A Special Purpose Motor, 1725rpm X116B Special Purpose Motor, 3450rpm

SHAFT UTILITY ARBORS

INCLUDED: Variable Speed 500-4000 r.p.m. 3/8” Jacobs chuck and aluminum hand brake Special Ferree ’Live’ in tail stock Outfitted tool rest base 6” turning diameter (3” swing) 11”+ between centers (working parts) Clarinet and oboe turning arbors Mandrel and arbor removing tool

Z120 Woodwind Bench Lathe

E32 SPECIAL COMBINATION WIDE ANGLE WOODWIND LIVE CENTER This center replaces a standard tailstock center in a lathe. Revolves with the work and produces no friction. Holds all woodwind joints including bassoon.

E32A #1 Morse Taper Wide Angle Woodwind Live Center E32B #2 Morse Taper Wide Angle Woodwind Live Center

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools

Arbor to hold small buffs or grinding wheels. Fits over motor shaft, affixed by set screw. Comes in two sizes, in both right and left hand.

RIGHT HAND ARBOR D34R 1/2” (12.7mm) shaft size D36R 5/8” (12.7mm) shaft size LEFT HAND ARBOR D34L 1/2” (12.7mm) shaft size D36L 5/8” (15.9mm) shaft size

E7 TAPERED SPINDLES

Mount on motor shaft for scratch brush or small buffs. Fit over motor shaft affixed by set screw. Comes in two sizes, in both right and left hand.

E7AL E7AR E7BL E7BR

1/2” (12.7mm) left hand thread 1/2” (12.7mm) right hand thread 5/8” (15.9mm) left hand thread 5/8” (15.9mm) right hand thread

91

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND tools N75 FLUTE HEAD MANDREL

Designed to fit the taper of flute heads. Works like a tapered mandrel as used on cornet bells. Useful in removing dents and rounding out egg shaped joints.

N75 Flute Head Mandrel N75A Alto Flute Head Mandrel N75-JP Jupiter Flute Head Mandrel

N76 FLUTE BODY MANDREL

Straight mandrels designed to be useful in removing dents and straightening flute bodies.

P1 PRECISION FLUTE ROLLER

All steel construction for precision and strength. Specially machined to get really close to a rib, with enhanced power and perfect control. Built for comfort and firm control. Right or left handed operation. Now, YOU can do very high quality professional dent work on even the most delicate of flutes. This smooth running, specially machined, precision roller is faced on one side to allow you to get super close to a rib and is powerful enough to remove even the smallest dent.

P1 Precision Flute Roller

N76

Flute Body Mandrel for soprano flutes.734” (18.6mm) N76A Flute Body Mandrel for alto flutes .937” (23.8mm) Armstrong N76B Flute Body Mandrel for alto flutes .984” (25.0mm) Artley, Gemeinhardt, Haynes

H65 TAPERED PICCOLO HEAD MANDREL

Over 70 years of satisfying customers like you!! This mandrel is precisely machined to fit piccolo heads. Especially useful in removing dents and rounding out egg-shaped joints. The tapered mandrel is 12” (305mm) long.

H65

Piccolo Head Mandrel

H66 PICCOLO BODY MANDREL

92

1477 E. Michigan Ave. Battle Creek, MI 49014

Especially designed to remove dents from piccolo bodies. Also handy for straightening bent bodies. The straight mandrel is 12” (305mm) long.

H66

Piccolo Body Mandrel

N79 FLUTE PAD HOLE PUNCH SET The N79 set N79Y is designed to punch larger holes in standard flute pads for use on open hole French type flutes, so that Repairmen need not carry two complete flute pad stocks. A set includes a punch and two brass centering dies to hold the pads. Since each centering die has a different pad size on each end, there is a total four pad sizes available (17.5,18,18.5,19). The punch will automatically center itself and punch a neat hole when hit with a rawhide mallet. Be sure to use a P28 Cutting Pad or an L24 Lead Block to protect the cutting edge of the punch. The special N79Y optional punch (6mm dia), is used to enlarge the hole in some flute pads having too small a hole to fit in Yamaha flutes with their raised flange spuds. All Ferree’s pads fit without alteration. (Centering die sizes: 17.5, 18, 18.5 and 19)

N79 Flute Pad Hole Punch Set N79P Flute Pad Hole Punch Only

P28 CUTTING PAD Made of resilient vinyl plastic and measuring 21/2” (63.5mm) square, these tough P28 vinyl Cutting Pads are ideal for use with the N79 Flute Pad Punches and the P30 Cork pad Punches. Preserves the cutting edges. Pads are long-wearing and can be used on both sides. Cutting pads must be used on a solid base for the best results.

P28

Cutting Pad

P30 CORK PAD CUTTERS A series of cutters for making cork pads. They come in .5 mm steps from 6.5mm thru 16.5mm. The P30 cutters can be turned by hand, holding them perpendicular to the cork. Or, you can put a cutter in the drill press (to hold it more firmly) and turn the drill press by hand.

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

P30

Cork Pad Cutters-Individual sizes, state size wanted. P30S Set of any 10 Cork Pad Cutters-you select the sizes.

G16 & G17 PUNCHES These are small and easy to use. Precision ground Chrome Vanadium steel. 4” (102mm) long.

CENTER PUNCH G16 Small Point G16A Medium Point DRIVE TAPER PUNCH G17 Small Point G17A Medium Point

G18 AUTOMATIC CENTER PUNCH

Mark hole centers, while keeping one hand free. Spring inside helps strike the blow. Striking force is adjustable.

G18 Automatic Center Punch G18A Extra Point

93

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools D3 & D4 BLOWPIPES Mainly for reheating shellac in pad cups to insure a good bond after leveling. Used with G38 cork or G37 rubber wedges

D3 D4

Blowpipe for use with natural gas Similar to above. For use with an alcohol lamp.

N115 CLARINET BODY CENTERING CLAMP

Using Ferree’s G19 Clear Magic makes it possible to glue together a plastic, rubber, ebonite or resonite clarinet that has been completely broken in half. If you have a G78 Clarinet Grafting Jig or a G74S Raised Tone Hole Jig, you can use either of them as a clamp to hold the parts together for precision gluing. If you do not have either of the mentioned tools, this tool will provide you a less expensive way to clamp and hold the body while the glue is curing. Using the N115 Clarinet Body Clamp. Carefully clean the broken ends with the G20S Jet Magic Solvent. Be sure the broken edges are free from grease, oil and dirt. Then, apply properly mixed G19 to the broken ends in such a way that you don’t get a glob in the bore of the instrument when repositioning them back together. Next, slip the clarinet over the N115 Clarinet Body Centering Clamp and clamp the body together by tightening the knurled knobs. Let it cure for 24 to 36 hours. If any chips of material have been lost from the break, you can build up the spot by applying a fresh batch of G20 Jet Magic as needed. Allow the Jet Magic to cure between coats, then sand to match the body contour.

N115 Clarinet Body Centering Clamp

94

G2 BUNSEN BURNER Nickel plated Bunsen burner with gas and air adjustments. Provides a small intense flame.

G2C G2N

Propane Gas Bunsen Burner Natural Gas Bunsen Burner

J88 “CORROSION CRACKER” PENETRATING OIL Our Ferree’s Corrosion Cracker Penetrating Oil is unbelievable. We put it on a cornet 1st valve slide that had been stuck for years. After allowing it to set overnight, the slide was REMOVED BY HAND, using no tools whatsoever. A recent scientific discovery reduces surface tension so that this amazing solvent creeps into openings as small as ONE MILLIONTH OF AN INCH. Some parts can be loosened immediately, others may require a little more time for the oil to work its way to the full length. BUT… it will work! You can loosen valve and tuning slides, stuck or slow moving woodwind keys and stack rods, nuts, bolts, studs, screws, pulleys, shafts, bearings, pipe threads, valve guides or any other corroded metal parts. You can lubricate air driven tools, remove rust, gummed oil and grease. Cannot ship by mail.

J88A 2oz (58 ml) Corrosion Cracker Oil with a G23 Bench Oiler J88B Refill of 1 pt (473 ml) Corrosion Cracker oil

See new items and repair tips on our website www.ferreestools.com

L56 MICRO TORCH

L57 BUTANE REFILLS

This torch is one of the most advanced on the market. A piezo electric system gives you a flame in one second at the touch of a button. NO batteries needed. An adjustable gas and air control gives you precise control of a pinpoint flame. The flame will burn at any angle. This refillable butane torch features push button lighting and lightweight handling. It has an automatic safety shut off control. Air and gas are both adjustable. Uses L57 refills.

Convenient refills for the L56 Micro Torch, L61 refillable cartridge, the L62, L65 and the L63 Pencil Torch.

L56

L57 5-1/2 oz. Gas Refill (150g) Cannot be shipped by air LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS

Micro Torch(ES1000 model)

L56E STINGRAY TORCH This torch is the most advanced on the market. A piezo electric system gives you a flame in one second at the touch of a button. Needs NO batteries. Adjustable gas and air control gives you precise control of a pinpoint flame. The flame will burn at any angle. This refillable butane torch features push button lighting and lightweight handling. New safety lock for extra protection. Uses L57 Butane Refills (new style as of mid February 2013).

L56E Stingray Torch

L60 MINI MICRO TORCH This torch is both small and powerful and offers pinpoint accuracy. Uses safety engineered, refillable and reusable butane gas cartridges. The choice of many repairmen for brass and woodwind work.

L60

Mini Micro Torch

L62 & L65 PORTABLE BUTANE BUNSEN BURNERS

Finally, truly useable, portable Bunsen burners. Greatly superior to any alcohol lamp. Burns approx. 4-5 hours on one refill. The L62 produces a flame almost exactly like a regular Bunsen burner using natural gas and ambient air. The L65 burns slightly cooler making it also useable for re-curving bows on stringed instruments.

L62 L65

Deluxe Portable Butane Bunsen Burner Standard Portable Butane Bunsen Burner

H53 ALCOHOL LAMP Sturdy alcohol wick.

chrome plated lamp. Adjustable

H53 Alcohol Lamp H53A Replacement wicks

95

DENT MACHINE SET UP

96

SUGGESTED DENT MACHINE & ACCESS. This is the ultimate set up, all at once. Small shops usually start out and then add to it. This newest set up has the latest tools that do the work very quickly and better. Z60

Dent Machine Top, Includes Quick Adjust Z60S Bench Mount Stand for Z60 Z60-14B 3/8” Insert Z60-14C 1/2” Insert Z60-14D Stem Mandrel Z60-16A Sax Roller Z60-16B Sax Wheel Z60-18 1” Sousa Ball Z60-19 1-5/8” Sousa Z60-22 3’ Rod Z60-22A Extended Arm Z60-23 4-1/2” Wheel Z60-24 1-1/4” Power Disc Z60-25 3” Power Disc Z60-25L Low Profile 3” Z60-25AL Low Profile 2-1/2” Z60-26 4” Power Disc Z60-26L Low Profile 4” Z60-27 5” Power Disc Z60-28 5” Power Roller Z60-29 Slim Taper Roller Z60-30 Convex Roller Z60-31 Machine Vise Z60-32 30 Degree Arm Z60-33 7” Power Roller Z60-36 1-1/4” Roller Z60-36A Small Double Roller Z60-36B Large Double Roller Z60-38 Flute Head Mandrel Z60-39 Flute Body Mandrel Z60-40 Adjustable Strut Z60-50 Tonehole/Body Set (Fingertool) Z60-50FP Flute Pin Z60-51 Flute Body Roller

Z61 Z61E Z61S Z61-1

Dent Machine Base For Sousa Dent Machine Base For Tuba Floor Mount Stand For Z60 1” Curved Sousa Rod for Z60 (included w/Z60) Z61-2 1-1/4” Sousa Rod (included w/Z60) Z61-9A 1-1/4” Steel ball Z61-9B 1-1/2” Steel Ball Z61-9C 2” Steel Ball Z61-9D 2-7/8” Steel Ball Z61-11 Articulated Tuba Rod (included w/Z60) Z61-13S Set of Aluminum balls (necessary for Z61) 13A 2-3/4” ball 13B 3” ball 13C 3-1/4” ball 13D 3-1/2” ball Z61-16 Base Vise

G85 OBOE CENTER TENON TOOLS

The G85 Oboe Center Tenon Tool has a hardened tool steel cutter to bore a hole in the joint. The design of the tool insures that the tone hole will be perfectly centered. Three tapered pilots have different diameters to fit all known oboe bores. The set consists of: ▪Three tapered pilots ▪One Cutter ▪One tapered reamer ▪Two pieces of ABS Select the tapered pilot that best fits the bore. Preload the cutter onto the pilot so it will be ready to form. The reamer is made of tool steel and/or hardened. Operate the lathe at a slow speed, approximately 200 rpm, and feed the oboe into the cutter by hand. Do not use the tail stock if the joint is warped. The next step is to make the new tenon. This procedure is greatly simplified by the use of the G85 Tapered Reamer. This reamer is made of tool steel and oil hardened. The reamer is engineered to make a tapered hole in the replacement tenon plug that will match the bore using your hand skills. After the tenon is completely formed inside and out, glue it into the instrument using G19 Clear Magic. This tool will turn an almost impossible repair job into one of the easiest repairs you can make, with the aid of only a small lathe.

G85 Oboe Center Tenon Tools

G50-G52 BASSOON TENON TOOLS

These tools work similarly to the G84 Clarinet Tenon Tools, except that they have tapered pilots instead of cylindrical pilots. G50 To replace the tenon on bassoon tenor joints, (also known as the wing joint) G50RC Replacement Cutter Only G51 To replace the tenon between the bass joint and the boot joint G52 To replace the tenon between the bass joint and the bell

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

G106 CLARINET BELL TENON REAMER This Bell Tenon Reamer is designed to reproduce the inside flare radius when replacing the bell tenon on Bb clarinets. It has a unique contoured blade that eliminates the two angle cuts previously made with a boring bar. The cutting blade is made of hardened tool steel and is removable from the tool holder.

G106 Clarinet Bell Tenon Reamer G106C Replacement blades

G66 LOWER TENON PLUG HOLDER This slotted collet type holder secures lower joint tenon plugs tightly in the lathe chuck while the reaming operation is completed. An inexpensive answer to a common problem.

G66 Lower Tenon Plug Holder REPLACEMENT TENONS FOR BASSOON

ABS Plastic for making tone hole inserts and tenon replacements can be found on page 110.

G50B ABS for G50 G51C Alum. for G51 G50C Alum. for G50 G52A Maple for G52 G51A Maple for G51 G52C Alum. for G52

97

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools G71 BELL TENON SETS

G84 SMALL TENON SET

The taper of the arbor fits clarinet bores better and acts as a pilot; making a more accurate cut with less chance of the cutter drifting off center. The cutter is held in the lathe chuck and reversed to make the step cut, if necessary. You can do a better finished job than by trying to thread a new tenon in, or some other method. These tenons, when glued in with G19 Clear Magic, are as strong or stronger than the original tenon was in many cases.

Using a machine lathe, this tool eliminates the danger of splitting a clarinet when making cuts. Maintains a straight even cut of consistent diameter. Cutters are made of high speed tool steel, with maximum chip clearance. Brass pilots can be machined accurately as needed to fit any desired clarinet bore. These pilots do not cause friction and so eliminate the danger of softening rubber or plastic. The cutters are removable and easily re-sharpened. The set includes the following:

G71B Bell Tenon Set for Bb soprano clarinet G71E Bell Tenon Set for Eb soprano clarinet REPLACEMENT CUTTERS G71C Bb Clarinet Cutter for G71B G71F Eb Clarinet Cutter for G71E

G72 & G73 REPLACEMENT UPPER TENONS For Soprano Clarinets

G72A ABS plastic tenon plug G72B Grenadilla tenon plug

For Alto Clarinets

G72C ABS plastic tenon plug G72D Grenadilla tenon plug G72E G72F

For Bass Clarinets

ABS plastic tenon plug Grenadilla tenon plug

REPLACEMENT LOWER TENONS For Bb Soprano Clarinets

G73A ABS plastic tenon plug G73B Grenadilla tenon plug

For Eb Soprano Clarinets

G73C ABS plastic tenon plug G73D Grenadilla tenon plug

98

▪Cutter for soprano clarinet work ▪Cutter for shortening barrels ▪Facing cutter, also works on bass clarinet bottom tenons ▪Four soprano clarinet pilots: one for general clarinet use, three uncut ▪Complete instructions

G84 Small Tenon Set G84T G84B G84F G84BS G84A G84BA G84C G84BB G84D

REPLACEMENT PARTS

Soprano clarinet tenon cutter Barrel cutter Facing Cutter Soprano clarinet pilot, uncut Alto clarinet cutter Alto clarinet pilot, uncut Bass clarinet cutter Bass clarinet pilot, uncut Shaft only

Our price list is now online and updated regularly. Just go to www.ferreestools.com and click on Price Lists.

G76 SPECIAL OBOE ARBOR

G78 CLARINET SOCKET GRAFTING JIG

Special arbor for Oboe work on G78 Socket Grafting Jig.

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

G76 Special Oboe Arbor for G78

G77 BASS CLARINET ARBOR KIT

An accessory for the G78 Socket Grafting Jig. With this 30” (76.2cm) arbor, socket grafts can now be performed on Bass Clarinets. The G77 Bass Clarinet Arbor comes complete with three bass clarinet size tone hole alignment pilots, adjustable instrument stop and large pressure nut.

G77 Special Bass Clarinet Arbor Kit

LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

Used to hold the clarinet in place so that tone holes can be re-drilled in the same location after the graft is installed. New templet system makes simply using a locating pin in a series of pre-drilled movable steel template rings to duplicate any pattern of holes for any brand of Bb clarinet.

G78 Socket Grafting Jig G78A Straight Cutter for Raised Tone Hole G78B Angle Cutter for Tapered Tone Hole G78U Update for G78- Send in old tool

G79 SOCKET GRAFT SLEEVES Sleeves for use with G78 Socket Grafting Jig.

G79A Wood graft sleeve for Bb clarinet G79B ABS graft sleeve for Bb clarinet LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

99

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

This tool is made from 1-1/4” (31.8mm) hexagon shaped steel 2” (50.8mm) long. The inside has been bored and then hand honed to an exact dimension. The tenon sleeve is used by placing it over the tenon and using the H62 Flute Tenon Expander on the inside. You can open out the tenon to the sleeve. We suggest a lubricant (Z6 Laced Petroleum Jelly) to make the tool slide more smoothly in the tenon. We will also make special sizes. .777 Armstrong Head .786 Blessing Foot .787 Bundy Head .788 Blessing Head .794 Artley Head

.785

.792

Gemeinhardt Head & Foot Yamaha Foot Older Haynes Bundy Foot Artley Foot

H68 Flute Tenon Sleeve—Specify Size

E197 & E198 PAD SEAT REAMERS From the original blueprint we acquired with Erick Brand’s archives, these 2 sets of angled pad seat reamers are for very specialized work. The smaller ones come in a set of 3 for Soprano Clarinets and Oboes and the larger set of 2 are for Alto and Bass Clarinets.

E197 Pad Seat Reamers (set of 3) E198 Large Pad Seat Reamers (Set of 2)

Ferree’s Tools, Inc. 1477 E. Michigan Ave. Battle Creek, MI 49014 100

G83 ADJUSTABLE SOCKET REAMER

H68 FLUTE TENON SLEEVE

With the G83 you can resurface or smooth jobs that were done imperfectly in the past. Also good for clean up after socket graft has been preformed; for removal of glue in the corner or as a fine adjustment of size. In addition, you can “true to size” to a perfectly round, a warped or an ovaled socket. The G83 works on the mouthpiece, upper and middle sockets. This fine tool features an adjustable depth collar and an adjustable SINGLE cutting blade and sleeve to avoid chattering. An OPTIONAL separate blade and collar are available to allow the G83 to also be used on the bell socket.

G83 G83A G83B G83C G83S-1 G83S-2

Adjustable Socket Reamer Repl. Blade (standard) Repl. Blade (.030 over) Oversized (.030) blade & sleeve Standard sleeve Oversize sleeve for G83B

E81-E85 TONE HOLE PAD SEAT FILES Perfectly ground, razor sharp edges, negative rake to prevent gouging. Use to remove small chips from tone holes of wood, rubber and plastic clarinets. E81 1/4” (6.4mm) E82 1/2” (12.7mm) E83 5/8” (15.9mm)

E84 3/4” (19mm) E85 1” (25.4mm)

Call 24 hours a day to place your order 800-253-2261

G86 CLARINET TONE HOLE REPLACEMENT CUTTER SET

The G86 cutters are used to machine a flat bottomed relief or socket, which will accept the tapered tone hole or raised tonehole chimney. You will make from an ABS rod or other material on a small lathe. A set consists of 11 cutters and 33 brass pilots. The cutters are made from tool steel, hardened for maximum durability. We recommend this new tool be used with the G74S Tone Hole Jig, which we have made for many years.

The G74S should be clamped to the table of a drill press and the clarinet joint mounted for maximum rigidity while boring the socket. The large variety of brass pilots included make a good tight fit possible in any diameter tone hole. They center the cutter with the hole and help guide the cutter in for a straight reveal. The two flute design of the cutters, along with the brass eliminate all chatter that occasionally occurs with a fly cutter. Cutters run in size from 13/32” (10.3mm) thru 23/32” (18.3mm) in 1/32” (.8mm) steps.

G100 OBOE TONEHOLE REPLACEMENT CUTTER SET

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

The Oboe Tone Hole Cutter Set is a complete set of cutters designed to repair or replace tone holes on oboe joints. This set consists of ten brass pilots, eight flat cutters, and nine “V” angle shaped cutters. The flat cutters can be used to bore an old tone hole out so a new tone hole can be inserted. This is especially useful when a crack extends through a tone hole causing a leak. The flat cutters can also be used in conjunction with the angle cutters for repairing tone holes that are double cut with a flat section in the center of an angled tone hole. These flat cutters range in size from 5.5mm to 12mm. The cutters are made from hardened tool steel to hold a sharp edge. The pilots are made from brass and can be machined to fit any size tone hole. This fine set of cutters comes in a padded box with a lid, to protect them from being damaged and to keep the pilots from getting lost.

G100 Oboe Tone Hole Replacement Cutters

Set comes complete with a divided box which keeps the cutting edges from becoming damaged and keeps pilots from becoming lost.

G86 Clarinet Tone Hole Replacement Cutter Set G87P Pilots only for G86 & G87

( The pilots go in .010” (.25mm) steps from .180” thru .500” (4.57mm thru 12.7mm). Specify size.

ABS material for making tone hole inserts and tenon replacements can be found on page 110.

FAX ORDERS TO 269-965-7719

101

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools F98 & F99 NUT DRIVERS

D116 PEARL HOLDERS Brass holders to fit D113 pearls. Separately sized die must be used for each size pearl holder. Use H34 dies to install. SPECIFY SIZE.

D116A For finger pearls Sizes: 9.1, 10.8, 13.7, 14.8mm D116B For thumb pearls Sizes: 13.2, 15.3, 16.5mm For use on some new model flutes.

F98 Nut Driver 3/32” F98A Nut Driver 7/64” F99 Nut Driver 1/8”

D48 TRADEMARK CRAYON Gold, bronze and silver crayon for filling in worn trademarks. Makes the overhaul jobs really look good. Clean out engraving using a needle spring to remove dirt and debris from deep in the crevasses. Scuff crayon into grooves by going across at 90 degree angle to the groove. When cool, use a rag and a ruler to slide off the excess and your engraving will be renewed. If some gets into the grain, just take a few extra moments and pick it out.

D48 Trademark Crayon D48B Bronze Logo Crayon D48S Silver Logo Crayon

E59 PEARL PROTECTOR

H34 PEARL HOLDER CLOSING DIES Set of 5 dies to close a metal pearl holder around a pearl finger button.

H34

Pearl Holder Closing Dies

D113 SAX PEARLS Shell pearls for finger buttons. Will fit D116 pearl holders. Use H34 dies to install. SPECIFY SIZE.

D113A Concave Pearls Sizes: 9.1, 10.8, 13.7, 14.8mm (11.2 is now discontinued)

Used to place over the pearl while heating sax pads. Prevents scorching of pearls

E59

Pearl Protector

D119 14.6 mm FAUX PEARL CONCAVE BUTTONS

(Will fit 14.8mm holder) 2.2mm thick from Selmer. Fits Buescher, Bundy and Signet.

102

D119 Pearl Buttons

D113B Convex Pearls for thumb buttons Sizes: 13.2, 14.8, 15.3, 16.5mm

M19 FISH SKIN Sheets of fish skin for feelers and for use in making oboe reeds. Also called “goldbeaters” skin. M19 Fish Skin

G104 BASS CLARINET TONE HOLE CUTTER

G87 TAPERED TONE HOLE CUTTER

This addition to our tone hole cutter line is for the socket tone hole on bass clarinets. This tapered cutter and brass pilot are the correct sizes for most bass clarinets. 7/8” Diameter

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools

G104

Bass Clarinet Tone Hole Cutter G104P Pilot

G74 CLARINET RAISED TONE HOLE JIG Jig to hold joints in the drill press while drilling out broken or chipped, raised and regular tone holes. When the jig is clamped securely to the drill press bed with the joint properly placed in the jig, there is very little chance of damage to the instrument. Allows accurate drilling of the hole. Includes centering pins and a fly cutter. G74S For Soprano Clarinets and Oboes G74A For Alto and Bass Clarinets

Customer satisfaction is always guaranteed! Highest lowest prices!

quality,

The G87 Set of Three Tone Hole Cutters accept the same pilots as the G86 Clarinet Tone Hole Replacement Set. The G87 cutters can be used to shape the top of tapered tone holes. The cutters are also available individually.

G87

Set of 3 Tapered Tone Hole Cutters /16” (11.1mm), 1/2” (12.7mm), 23/32” (18.3mm)

G87A

7/16” (11.1mm), Tapered Tone Hole Cutter

G87B

1/2” (12.7mm) Tapered Tone Hole Cutter

G87C

23/32” (18.3mm) Tapered Tone Hole Cutter

PILOTS FOR G87 & G86 G87P

Pilots only for G86 & G87 ( The pilots go in .010” (.25mm) steps from .180” thru .500” (4.57mm thru 12.7mm). Specify size. LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

Most items are in stock for quick delivery! One of the World’s Largest Manufacturers of Quality Band Instrument Repair Tools

103

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS N17 BASSOON BOCAL DENT BALL CABLE

A tool to make bassoon dent work easier. The cable has a threaded connection in the middle that allows it to be split into two pieces. This permits putting a different N57G or N57GH dent ball on the cable without removing it from the bocal. It is constructed of high quality, galvanized, industrial cable and covered with nylon tubing. Nylon handles on each end of the cable let the technician easily insert and remove the dent ball.

N17

Bassoon Bocal Cable

E71 KEY FILING CLAMP Preferred by some technicians to hold parts during filing, polishing or general work. Made of hard wood with two leather lined jaws...one round and one square. When the tapered wedge is forced into one end of the clamp, it tightens the grip on the part held in the other end. Gets a strong grip on the work being held.

H35 JOINT AND BARREL RING SHRINKING DIE WITH PRESSURE PLUGS

Eliminates using paper, cloth or other wedging methods. Shrinks barrel and joint rings on Bb and A clarinets. Does a nice job in just two or three minutes. Invaluable for all dealers and repairmen. Use with a good bench vise or mallet. Comes complete with two machined steel plungers. Note: The rings must be removed from the barrel or joint before using this tool.

H35 Joint and Barrel Ring Shrinking Die with Two Pressure Plungers

LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

E71 Key Filing Clamp LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

www.ferreestools.com 104

Ferree’s Tools, Inc. Battle Creek, MI USA Ph:800-253-2261

J20 SWEDISH STYLE PLIERS LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS

These J20SS and J22SS are Cliff and Gary’s favorite pairs of pliers for intense reed work. We think these are the highest quality pliers being made today. Cross hatched handles won’t slip in your hand. Although these pliers are extremely strong, they are still designed to be held by hand, not in a vise. All are 5” (127mm) and have smooth jaws.

J20SS Round Nose J22SS Small Duck Bill OTHER USES J21SS Chain Nose

N78 FLUTE PAD CUP TOOLS The set consists of two arbors with a different diameter on each end, making 4 sizes to work with. They were designed for two purposes. First, to straighten bowed pad cups and second, to use as forming dies to straighten bent cups.

N78 Flute Pad Cup Tools LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

H76 TAPERED GLUE PLUGS Here is the easy answer to a chipped inside edge of a woodwind tone hole. Insert a Tapered Glue Plug in the bad tone hole. Then using the H75 Hot Stuff Glue and Grenadilla Chip Kit, fill in the chipped area. The Tapered Glue Plug keeps the repair perfectly round like the original tone hole. All that’s left to do is smoothing and flattening the top of the tone hole. Now you have fast, virtually undetectable repair. The delrin plug will not stick to the glue.

H76 Set of two Tapered Glue Plugs

105

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS L30-L33A FLUSH BANDS

L28 DIES FOR DISCONTINUED L27 RINGSHRINKING/FLUSHBANING PRESS

Flush bands are nickel silver, except for the oboe bands, which are sterling silver.

L30 By using the dies listed below, the L27 machine will flush band soprano clarinets, alto clarinets, bass clarinets, oboes, English horns and Bassett horns. Due to the changes in the bore through the years, the dies have all been redesigned to more closely cover the sizes needed. Oboes need four dies because of the taper on the oboe body. The largest oboe die also covers the English horn. A supply of shim stock is included.

L28A L28B L28C L28D

Eb soprano clarinet die Bb soprano clarinet die Alto clarinet and Bassett horn die Leblanc alto clarinet and Bassett horn die L28E Bass clarinet die L28F Die for bass clarinets, made by Selmer, Conn, Leblanc, Buffet

L34 Oboe Bell Ring Die and Plunger OBOE DIES A set of 4, special Oboe flushbanding dies.

L29 Oboe Flushbanding Dies

L36 SHIM STOCK Additional assorted shim stock for building up flush band banding dies to the correct size for finishing.

106

L36 Shim Stock

Clarinet 1.375” O.D. X .200” width (34.9mm x 5.1mm) I.D. 1.175 (29.85mm)

L30A Small Clarinet 1.185” O.D. X .240” width (30.1mm x 6.1mm) I.D. 1.032 (26.21mm)

L30B Small Clarinet 1.185” O.D. X .315” width (30.1mm x 8.0mm) I.D. 1.032 (26.21mm)

L31

Alto Clarinet 1.500” O.D. X .250” width (38.1mm x 6.35mm) I.D. 1.300 (33.02mm)

L32

Bass Clarinet 1.815” O.D. X .312” width (46.1mm x 7.9mm) I.D. 1.615 (41.02mm)

L33

Oboe (fits body or crown) .968” O.D. X .200” width (24.6mm x 5.1mm) I.D. .818 (20.77mm)

L33A Oboe or English horn 1.032” O.D. X .200”

width (26.2mm x 5.1mm) I.D. .875 (22.23mm)

J90-J94 ASSEMBLY BOARDS Eliminate the hunting, guessing, trial and error to figure where the rods and pivot screws go back to. Regardless of the tear down method, each rod and screw can be easily found on the board. These boards make it possible for one person to disassemble an instrument and have another reassemble it without any guesswork, regardless of the amount of time which may have elapsed. Boards show shape of keys and allow provision for rod, pivot screws and springs. This is especially helpful for oboes, bassoons and saxophones. Handy for clarinets and flutes, too.

J90 Clarinet

J92 Sax

J91 Flute

J93 Oboe

J94 Bassoon

J14 SOLID BRASS ROD ROUND AND SQUARE

F51 CURVED NOSE PLIERS

Use to replace braces. Specify size.

Round—18” (45.7cm) lengths Item #

O.D

J14A 1/8” (3.2mm)

Item #

O.D

J14F 5/16” (7.9mm)

J14B 5/32” (3.96mm) J14G 3/8” (9.5mm)

F51 Curved Nose Pliers, 6” (146mm) long

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS

F58 FLAT NOSE PLIERS

J14C 3/16” (4.8mm) J14H 7/16” (11.1mm) J14D 7/32” (5.6mm) J14J 1/2” (12.7mm) J14E 1/4” (6.4mm)

Square rod comes in two lengths J14K

9/64” (3.6mm) O.D. 10-1/2” (266.7mm) length (Trombone Lyre Stock)

F58A 7” (152mm) long, smooth jaws F58B 7” (152mm) long, scored jaws F58C 5” (127mm) long, smooth jaws

J14L 3/16” (4.8mm) O.D. 18” (457mm) length

F47 & F48 HEAVY DUTY SLIP JOINT F47 Inexpensive, Heavy Duty Slip Joint Pliers 6” (152mm) long. F48 Better grade, Heavy Duty Slip Joint Pliers 8” (203mm) long.

G64 HAND DRILL Reasonably priced drill has 3 jawed chuck and holds 0 thru 1/4” (6.4mm) round shank drills.

G64 Hand Drill

F61 & F56 PARALLEL ACTION PLIERS, NOW TWO SIZES This 5-1/2” (140mm) size makes these pliers perfect for woodwind work. You can straighten bent keys on all woodwinds or wire key guards on saxes. Also get a terrific grip on a stuck stack rod. These pliers are available in hardened, scored jaws that are plated. Also in soft jaws, unplated that you can drill or modify in your own shop. Since the pliers are bolted together, it is very easy to remove the jaws to modify them. F61A 5” (140mm) Parallel Pliers with smooth, unhardened jaws F61B 5” (140mm) Parallel Pliers with scored, hardened jaws F56B 6-1/2” (165mm) Parallel Pliers with scored, hardened jaws

107

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS F64 COMPOUND LEVERAGE SNIPS

G62 METAL BACK SAW

Compound leverage diagonal cutter with a spring for extra control. Straight cut jaws.

F64 Straight Cutting Snips

F63 STRAIGHT CUT METAL SNIPS Forged steel. Cuts any circle or curve to the right or left. For cutting metal patches. 7” (178mm) long.

All purpose saw cuts copper, brass, plastic and wood leaving smooth edges. 6-1/2” blade, 32 tpi, .010” thick, 1-3/16” cutting depth. Blade is non-replaceable. Cuts on pull stroke.

G62

Metal Back Saw

F76 MUSIC WIRE CUTTERS

F63 Straight Cutting Snips

G63 HACKSAW FRAMES AND BLADES G63 Good quality metal hacksaw frame, adjustable. BLADES

Blades sold each or Box of 10

G63A 18 teeth per inch (7 teeth per 10 mm) G63B 24 teeth per inch (9 teeth per 9.5mm) G63C 32 teeth per inch (12 teeth per 9.5mm)

These wire cutters have special alloy hardened blades, spring action and comfort grips. These F76 Wire Cutters are a miniature version of bolt and chain cutters, but are only 8-1/2” (216mm) long. They are small enough that they can be operated with one hand. The compound leverage design makes cutting easier. This tool will cut any drill rod up to 5/32” (3.96mm) diameter.

F76 Music Wire Cutters

E89 END CUT NIPPERS

F57 DIAGONAL CUTTERS Specially Heat Treated

For cutting reed instrument springs, brass rods and general use. 6” (152mm) long.

Multi-use. Good for cutting rods. 6” in length F57

108

Diagonal Cutter

E89

End Cut Nippers

L20 BENCH ANVIL or LEVELING BLOCK

Used for leveling (straightening) pad cups on saxophones and other woodwind instruments. Also, for pressing pads flat into cups or flattening spring ends or any other job requiring a flat, hard, ground surface. Rockwell hardness of 55. The extra height eliminates having to hold the anvil in your hand, as the keys will not normally touch the bench when using this tool. 2-1/2” X 2-1/2” X 1” (63.5mm square X 25mm)

Picture shows sax pad shellac being cooled on leveling block.

L20 Leveling Block or Bench Anvil

F54 & F55 CHAIN NOSE PLIERS

F97 DUCK BILL PLIERS These high quality pliers are especially useful for key bending. But seasoned Repairmen tell us they used them for many other purposes. Our duck bill plier is an extremely high quality tool. Only our volume allows us to offer it at this price. The jaws of this plier are flared to a width of 13/16” (20.6mm) with thin, yet very strong, tips. The tool measures 7” (178mm) long and has vinyl handles to give you a very comfortable grip.

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS

F97 Large Duck Bill Pliers

F97A THIN JAWED DUCKBILL PLIER We took the F97 Duck Bill Pliers and ground down one jaw, making it thinner. yet strong enough to grab and straighten a woodwind pad cup.

F97A Thin Jawed Duck Bill Pliers

F62 LONG FLAT NOSE PLIERS

F54A 5” (127mm) long, smooth jaws F54B 5” (127mm) long, scored jaws F55A 6” (152mm) long, smooth jaws F55B 6” (152mm) long, scored jaws 8” (203mm) utility plier with long flat nose. Good for gripping. Serrated jaws.

Call or fax 24 hours a day to place your order. Ph:800-253-2261 Fax:269-965-7719

F62 Flat Nose Pliers

See page 64 for E15 Narrow Jawed Swedging Pliers and E2A Swedging Pliers.

109

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools G107 PRECISION BARREL REAMER With this reamer you can bore out the barrel to match the bore of the clarinet body and you can also match the bore of the barrel to meet the bore of the mouthpiece. Measure accurately so that you don’t overbore the barrel. This tool has been used for several years by repairmen heavily involved in custom clarinet modifications. Used in conjunction with G56 Clarinet Bore Measuring Tool.

G107 Clarinet Barrel Reamer

H28 BLACK ABS PLASTIC ROD Black ABS plastic rods for making replacement raised tone hole inserts and for repairmen who want to fabricate their own tenon plugs and socket grafts. Comes in one foot lengths.

H28A H28B H28C H28D H28E H28F H28G

1/2” (12.7mm) diameter 5/8” (15.9mm) diameter 3/4” (19mm) diameter 1” (25.4mm) diameter 1-1/4” (31.8mm) diameter 1-1/2” (38.1mm) diameter 1-3/4” (44.5mm) diameter

G75 BLACK DELRIN Black delrin solid rods. The three smallest sizes are available in both 6” (15.2cm) and 12” (30.5cm). The larger sizes are available only in 12” (30.5cm) lengths. YOU CANNOT GLUE DELRIN.

G75A G75B G75C G75D G75E G75F G75G G75H

110

1/2” (12.7mm) diameter 5/8” (15.9mm) diameter 3/4” (19mm) diameter 1” (25.4mm) diameter 1-1/8” (28.6mm) diameter 1-1/4” (31.8mm) diameter 1-3/8” (34.9mm) diameter 1-5/8” (41.3mm) diameter

G56 CLARINET BORE MEASURING TOOL

Clarinet manufacturers spend thousands of dollars to perfect the inside boring of a clarinet joint to make it absolutely smooth. However, when we measured the inside diameter of hundreds of clarinet tuning barrels and compared them to the inside diameters of the top tenon of the first joint we found there was a considerable difference, enough of a difference to make a noticeable “step” in the bore. Quick and easy way to measure clarinet bores. Compare the bore of the top joint with the bore of the barrel that you are using or have just purchased. If the barrel is smaller, you may want to match the bore to the top joint using the G107 Precision Barrel Reamer. You may also want to match the bore of the mouthpiece. We recommend measuring the bottom bore of the barrel first; that way, you can see the difference when you install the probe into the top joint bore. To measure; loosen the set screw slightly and carefully insert the graduated aluminum probe into the bore, slide the brass housing down to where it bottoms out in the socket, lightly tighten the set screw and remove the unit from the bore. The end of the brass housing will be marking where the bore size is. Use your dial calipers or micrometers to measure the aluminum probe at that point. Write down the size and proceed to measure the other parts, similarly.

G56 Clarinet Bore Measuring Tool

H29 ABS GLUE This is the glue to use when repairing broken sockets on woodwinds. H29 works especially well bonding ABS tenons, sockets, toneholes, etc.

H29 Weld-On ABS Glue

Available for customer pick up only! Discontinued when sold out.

F21 PRECUT TAPERED PINNING NEEDLES Replacement pinning needles come in two different styles. The F21A is a short precut needle that will fit the Selmer and Bundy flutes. The F21B is a long pinning needle that fits flutes made by Armstrong, Emerson and Gemeinhardt. The F21B long needles must be cut to length. Sold in dozens.

F21A Short Pinning Needles, 5/16” length F21B Long Pinning Needles, 1-1/8” length

F20 KEY PIN REMOVING TOOL This is a very versatile tool. In addition to flute key pin removal, many stubborn woodwind springs can also be removed with the F20 Key Pin Tool. And, you can be as fast as the factory in flute key pin removal. The set consists of a frame, three anvils and three punches. The brass anvils designed so that they can fit any key configuration. Newly improved model has the punch spring loaded for stability.

WOODWIND TOOLS

WOODWIND TOOLS

ANVILS

IF YOU ARE IN NEED OF REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR ANY OF OUR TOOLS, PLEASE CALL US AT: 1-800-253-2261

The short brass anvil fits most keys. If you find a key that needs a custom fit, use the small lead filled anvil. This is similar to the old way of removing pins using a lead block and hand held punch. The third anvil is tall and made of brass. Use it to reinstall the pins when assembling the key.

PUNCHES

The three punches are made out of tool steel and have been hardened and tempered. One punch has a sharp point for the pins that are ground off flush with the key. The second punch has a small flat end on the end and the third has a concaved punching surface which works best on pins that protrude from the key or when reinstalling pins in the key.

INSTRUCTIONS

To use the F20 Key Pin Removal Tool, install the proper fitting anvil into the base. Place the key on the anvil and slide the punch down to contact the pin. Then tap the punch to remove the pin.

F20 F20A F20P

Key Pin Removal Tool Brass Anvil (Short or Tall) Punch—Choose one: Pointed, Flat or Hollow F20LB Lead Anvil F20U Update for F20—Send in old tool for update.

www.ferreestools.com 111

WOODWIND TOOLS

Woodwind tools A110 FLUTE PAD BACKING WASHERS

X100 FLUTE PAD OVEN

Ferree’s is now stocking metal flute pad backing washers. The A110 washers come in six different diameters and are .016” (.41mm) thick. These washers are similar to the washers that K.G. Gemeinhardt Flute Co. once used as a backing in their padding process. The A110 Metal Washers are available in the following millimeter diameters; 16, 16.5, 17, 17.5, 18, 18.5. Originally developed almost 50 years ago, this oven has come into its own in the last 45 years for correcting flute bladder pads to a more perfect air tightness. With just one drop of distilled water per pad you can make a good job better, when coupled with a balanced set of G82 Flute Clips. 6 minutes is all it takes Properly done no further adjustment or regulation is necessary, saving you much time.

X100 Flute Pad Oven X100A 220V Version for Europe

E61 FLUTE GAUGE

A110 Metal Flute Pad Backing Washers (specify size) A110A Asst. of 100 Metal Flute Pad Backing Washers

PRECUT PAPER FLUTE WASHERS Now made in four thicknesses and four sizes of each thickness. Be sure to specify the size wanted. Individual sizes are sold by the hundred. BA100 .003” thick (.08mm)

BA101 .006” (.15mm)

BA102 .012” (.30mm)

BA103 .014” (.36mm)

White

Beige

White

Yellow

16mm 17mm 18mm 19mm

16mm 17mm 18mm 19mm

16mm 17mm 18mm 19mm

16mm 17mm 18mm 19mm

BA105 Special gauge for adjusting flute pad cup openings and for leveling. The small step is for the three small pads. The middle step is for mainline keys on the body and the third step is for the foot joint keys. The other end is used as a key leveling tool.

E61

Flute Gauge

OUR PRICE LIST IS NOW ONLINE AND UPDATED REGULARLY. GO TO www.ferreestools.com AND CLICK ON PRICE LISTS

112

100 Assorted Paper Flute Washers of the above four thicknesses

~REPAIR TIP~ Seems the Buffet clarinet nibs (nubs) on the C# & Low B Levers are plastic and they break. We got word that the easiest way to fix them is to make a replacement from 2mm weedwacker cord. Just pull a little bit in your bench motor, carefully round off the end sticking out with a small file or something and then take the piece and glue it into the key. Looks factory and is likely tougher.

Please remember when ordering these pads that you do NOT get a choice of thicknesses. Some styles get thicker as they get larger.

~Flute Pads-Old “Gemeinhardt” style~

All of our pads can be ordered by hundreds, dozens or each.

~Flute Pads-”Armstrong” style~

Please Note: Pad thicknesses listed on this page apply to all styles in that horizontal grouping.

B29

Double Skin (woven felt)

B7

Double White 11-12, Skin Lucien DX 16-20mm (needle felt)

2.5mm/.098” 2.5mm/.098”

B8

Double Yellow 11-12, Skin Lucien DX 16-20mm (needle felt)

2.5mm/.098” 2.5mm/.098”

B30

Double Skin (woven felt)

~Clarinet Pads~ Cat#

Style

Size

Thickness

A54

Natural Cork, Oboe Pads

6.0-7.5mm 8.0-15.0mm

2.54mm/.100” 2.79mm/.110”

B9 B9A

Norbeck 7.0-20.0mm Synthetic Pads 13-20.0mm

2.54mm/.100” 3.55mm/.140”

~All Clarinet Pads below are of needle felt and beveled style~ B10 B11

Single Skin Double Skin

B17 B20 B21

‘True’ Dbl Skin 6.5-8.5mm Single Skin 9.0-13.5mm Double Skin 14.0-20.0mm

2.6mm/.102” 2.99mm/.118” 3.5mm/.137”

B24 B25

Single Skin Double Skin

2.3mm/.090” 2.48mm/.098” 2.8mm/.110”

6.5-8.5mm 9.0-13.5mm 14.0-20.0mm

6.5-8.5mm 9.0-13.5mm 14.0-20.0mm

2.9mm/.114” 3.6mm/.141” 3.9mm/.153”

~Oboe & Piccolo Pads~ A54

Natural Cork, Oboe Pads

6.0-7.5mm 8.0-15.0mm

2.54mm/.100” 2.79mm/.110”

B9 B9A

Norbeck 7.0-20.0mm Synthetic Pads 13-20.0mm

2.54mm/.100” 3.55mm/.140”

11.0-12.0mm 2.3mm/.090” 16.0-20.0mm 2.5mm/.098”

PAD SPECIFICATIONS

PAD SPECIFICATIONS

11-12.5,13,14 2.6mm/.101” 15, 16.02.9mm/.114” 20.0mm

B31

Double white Skin (needle felt)

11.0-12.0mm 16.0-20.0mm

2.6mm/.101” 2.9mm/.114”

B38

Yellow Dbl Skin, woven felt

11.0-12.0mm 16.0-20.0mm

2.6mm/.101” 2.9mm/.114”

B26

~De’Jur~ Yellow Dbl Skin, needle felt

11.0-12.0mm 16.0-20.0mm

2.6mm/.101” 2.9mm/.114”

~Bassoon, Alto & Bass Clarinet~ ~These are ALL woven felt~

B32 Tan Kid B33 White Kid B33 Oval White Kid

7.0-35.5mm 7.0-35.5mm 12mm X 14.5mm

3.2mm/.126” 3.2mm/.126” 3.2mm/.126”

LEBLANC/NOBLET ALTO & BASS CLARINET GOLDBEATER SKIN PADS—In SETS ONLY B39LA LeBlanc/Noblet alto clarinet Set B39LB LeBlanc/Noblet bass clarinet Set

B1P PAD PIN PRICK

Norbeck’s DO NOT work on metal surfaces! (octave vents, metal Piccolo body) ~All piccolo & oboe pads below are of woven felt and not beveled~ B35, B37 Double Skin B28 Yellow Dbl Skin

6.5-15.5mm 2.3mm/.090” 6.5-15.5mm 2.3mm/.090”

B1P

Pad Pin Prick

See page 141 for cork pads.

113

SOP. CLARINET PADS

Soprano Clarinet pads B9 NORBECK PADS

Manufactured by Ferree’s Tools, Inc. Revolutionary, space-age technology. Invented by Dr. Edwin Norbeck. This pad is made of high-tech silicone originally developed for use in nuclear physics research as a gasketing material. It remains elastic and functional at temperatures ranging from -130° F to +500° F. Because of its resistance to deteriorating effects of sunlight, moisture, ozone, radiation, oxidization and temperature extremes, its service life is virtually unlimited. The back of the pad is a composition cork so that the pad may be mounted using conventional methods. None of the conventional cements used in normal pad installation will stick to the face of the pad so any cement that accidentally gets onto the face of the pad can easily be removed. B9 B9B B9A B9AB B91 B95 B95C

Med. .100” , Sizes 7 thru 20mm Set of Med. pads for Clarinet Med. .140” thick, Sizes 13 thru 20mm Set of Med. Thick pads for Clarinet Assortment of 100 pads Assortment of 500 pads Assortment of 500 pads with cabinet

B17 FERREE’S DE’JUR

The oldest Name in Superior Pads TOP OF THE LINE CLARINET PADS These are the clarinet pads used by repairmen who want to do an exceptionally unique job for the owner/player they are working for. These De’jur clarinet pads are made from premium selected true double skins and felt. The pads have perfectly selected true double skins, two separate skins. Sides are beveled and thickness is medium just like the regular B21 style. They can be recognized instantly by their peach colored backs. Note: When ordering pad sets please specify pad cup sizes or pad sizes as supplied by you.

B17 B17B B171 B175 B175C

De’jur medium, double skin 6.5 thru 20mm Clarinet Pad Set, State specific sizes Assortment of 100 pads Assortment of 500 pads Assortment of 500 pads with cabinet

6.5-8.5: .102” thk, 9.0-13.5: .118” thk, 14-20: .137” thk

114

HIGH QUALITY CLARINET PADS ▪High Grade bladder pads with glued backs ▪6.5mm thru 20mm in 1/2 mm steps

OEM B24 MEDIUM THIN, Single Skin B24 Medium, single skin, 6.5 thru 20mm B24B Clarinet Pad Set, state specific sizes 6.5-8.5: .090” thk, 9.0-13.5: .098” thk, 14-20: .110” thk

DELUXE B25 MEDIUM THIN, Double Skin B25 Medium, double skin, 6.5 thru 20mm B25B Clarinet Pad Set, state specific sizes B251 Assortment of 100 pads B255 Assortment of 500 pads B255C Assortment of 500 pads with cabinet 6.5-8.5: .090” thk, 9.0-13.5: .098” thk, 14-20: .110” thk

B20 B20B B201 B205 B205C

OEM B20 MEDIUM, Single Skin Medium, single skin, 6.5 thru 20mm Clarinet Pad Set, state specific sizes Assortment of 100 pads Assortment of 500 pads Assortment of 500 pads with cabinet

6.5-8.5: .102” thk, 9.0-13.5: .118” thk, 14-20: .137” thk

DELUXE B21 MEDIUM, Double Skin Our most popular clarinet pads B21 Medium, double skin, 6.5 thru 20mm B21B Clarinet Pad Set, state specific sizes B211 Assortment of 100 pads B215 Assortment of 500 pads B215C Assortment of 500 pads with cabinet 6.5-8.5: .102” thk, 9.0-13.5: .118” thk, 14-20: .137” thk

OEM B10 MEDIUM THICK, Single Skin (Thickness needed for Vito clarinets) B10 Medium, single skin, 6.5 thru 20mm B10B Clarinet Pad Set, state specific sizes B101 Assortment of 100 pads B105 Assortment of 500 pads B105C Assortment of 500 pads with cabinet 6.5-8.5: .114” thk, 9.0-13.5: .141” thk, 14-20: .153” thk

DELUXE B11 MEDIUM THICK, Double Skin B11 Medium, double skin, 6.5 thru 20mm B11B Clarinet Pad Set, state specific sizes B111 Assortment of 100 pads B115 Assortment of 500 pads B115C Assortment of 500 pads with cabinet 6.5-8.5: .114” thk, 9.0-13.5: .141” thk, 14-20: .153” thk

SEE MORE CLARINET PADS ON PAGE 116………

HIGH QUALITY FLUTE PADS ALL DOUBLE SKIN

CLARINET, ALTO CL, BASS CL & BASSOON PADS Made with woven felt, .126” thick

PREMIUM SELECT B7 NEEDLE FELT B7 B7B B71

Firmer, less mushy, thickness .098” 11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mm——WHITE Flute Pad Set, state specific sizes Assortment of 100 pads

PREMIUM SELECT B8 NEEDLE FELT B8 B8B

B81

Firmer, less mushy, thickness .098” 11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mm——YELLOW Flute Pad Set, state specific sizes

Assortment of 100 pads

OEM STANDARD B29 WOVEN FELT

11-12(.090” thick), 16-20(.098”thick) B29 11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mm—-WHITE B29B Flute Pad Set, state specific sizes B291 Assortment of 100 pads

OEM STANDARD B30/B30H WOVEN FELT

11-14(.101” thick), 15-40(.114” thick) B30 11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mm—-WHITE B30B Flute Pad Set, state specific sizes B301 Assortment of 100 pads

Additional sizes for Alto or Bass Flutes

B30H 12.5, 13, 14, 15, 20.5 thru 40mm—-WHITE B30HB Alto or Bass Flute Pad Set, state specific sizes

OEM B38 WOVEN FELT

11-12(.101” thick), 16-20(.114” thick) B38 11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mm——YELLOW B38B Flute Pad Set, state specific sizes B381 Assortment of 100 pads

DELUXE B31 NEEDLE FELT

Firmer,11-12(.101” thk), 16-20(.114” thk) B31 11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mm—-WHITE B31B Flute Pad Set, state specific sizes B311 Assortment of 100 pads

DE’JUR SELECT B26 NEEDLE FELT

Firmer,11-12(.101” thk), 16-20(.114” thk) B26 11, 11.5, 12, 16 thru 20mm——YELLOW B26B Flute Pad Set, state specific sizes B261 Assortment of 100 pads SEE MORE FLUTE PADS ON PAGE 116…………...

SEE N79 FLUTE PAD PUNCH SET TO MAKE FRENCH STYLE FLUTE PADS OPEN TONE HOLE. PAGE 93

B32 TAN KID

B32 7 thru 35.5mm in .5mm steps B32A Soprano Clarinet Pad Set B32B Alto Clarinet Pad Set B32C Bass Clarinet Pad Set B32D Bassoon Pad Set B321 Assortment of 100 pads NOTE: Newer alto and bass clarinets, such as Bundy, can take plain or riveted sax pads, which are a little thicker (approx. .035” OR .060”) B33 B33A B33B B33C B33D B331

OTHER W/W PADS

Other woodwind pads

B33 WHITE KID

7 thru 35.5mm in .5mm steps Soprano Clarinet Pad Set Alto Clarinet Pad Set Bass Clarinet Pad Set Bassoon Pad Set Assortment of 100 pads

OVAL WHISPER KEY PADS

A hard to find item for bassoons. White, leather, oval shaped pads for whisper keys. These pads measure 12.0mm X 14.5mm. .126” thick.

B33

Oval whisper Key Pad

(sold in dozens or hundreds—Must specify, oval whisper key)

DELUXE B35 OBOE PADS

DOUBLE SKIN—-.090” thick, White B35 6.5mm thru 15.5mm in .5 steps B35B Oboe Pad Set, state specific sizes B351 Assortment of 100 pads

DELUXE B37 PICCOLO PADS Double skin—-.090” thick, White

B37 6.5mm thru 15.5mm in .5 steps B37B Piccolo Pad Set, state specific sizes B371 Assortment of 100 pads

DELUXE B28 PICCOLO PADS, Double skin—.090” thick, Yellow

B28 6.5mm thru 15.5mm in .5 steps B28B Piccolo or Oboe Pad Set, state specific sizes B281 Assortment of 100 pads

115

WOODWIND PADS

OTHER WOODWIND PADS PRO FLUTE PAD SETS

E33 CLARINET PAD LEVELING TOOL

ALL OF THESE SETS COME IN YELLOW B4-AVANTI B4-BRANNEN B4-BURART B4-HAYNES B4-MIYAZAWA B4-MURAMATSU B4-PEARL B4-POWELL-NEW B4-POWELL-OLD B4-SANKYO These sets will fit models manufactured since 2009-Except Old Powell which fits older model Powell Flutes. They have a .7mm stabilizer and pad thickness is 1.7mm for a total thickness of 2.4 mm.

B5 DELUXE WHITE FLUTE PADS These 2mm thick pads have a double bladder, special woven felt and a white cardboard back. We have in stock, sizes 11mm thru 12mm with no hole and 16mm thru 20mm with a center hole. Pads come in .5mm increments. Sold in dozens or hundreds. No sets or assortments.

Used to level pads when regulating clarinets, oboes, etc.. Has a small notch to aid in applying cork to clarinet crows foot.

E33

Clarinet Pad Leveling Tool (Pad Slick)

B3-BUFFET WHITE LEATHER PAD SET Professional clarinet pad set for the new BB style clarinet. French model. 17 piece white leather.

B12 WHITE SYNTHETIC CLARINET PAD SETS

Made from high-tech material with synthetic bladder. These sets will replace pads for the following brands:

Buffet Jupiter Recital Selmer Yamaha

B6 DELUXE YELLOW FLUTE PADS These 2mm thick pads have a double bladder, special woven felt and a white cardboard back. We have in stock, sizes 11mm thru 12mm with no hole and 16mm thru 20mm with a center hole. Pads come in .5mm increments. Sold in dozens or hundreds. No sets or assortments.

116

B13 BLISS BLACK SYNTHETIC CLARINET PAD SETS Made from high-tech material with synthetic bladder.

These sets will replace pads for clarinets manufactured since 2013.

WHY 2 THICKNESSES? IS .025” THAT IMPORTANT? Most of our competitors stock only one thickness of sax pad. We feel this is a big mistake, because it COSTS YOU MORE MONEY in the long run. Most American saxes use the .185” thickness as did the Selmer Paris and a few other foreign saxes. A couple of American saxes and now the Asian ones use the thinner thickness. If you stock only the thinner pad, then every time you work on a horn designed to use thicker pads, you have to spend 4-5 minutes gluing or shimming the pad to make it thicker, so it will hit in the back. On the other hand, if you try to use a thicker pad where a thinner one was designed to go, you must bend down the front of the cup and re-regulate everything to make it or them work. This takes several minutes and with the average shop time being worth about $1 a minute—that’s $4-5 of unbillable time wasted, when you could have just popped in the right thickness pad. That is why Ferree’s stock both the .160” and the .185” thicknesses. That is why “so called budget pad distributors” stock an inbetween .170” or .175” pad, which is actually wrong for both situations and costs you money.

ALL OF FERREE’S WOODWIND PADS ARE PROPORTIONAL IN THICKNESS, THE SAME AS THE PADS THAT MANUFACTURERS USE ON NEW INSTRUMENTS. IN OTHER WORDS, THE SMALLER PADS ARE SLIGHTLY THINNER, THE LARGER PADS ARE SLIGHTLY THICKER. USING THESE PADS, YOU DO NOT HAVE TO MAKE “SPECIAL ADJUSTMENTS” TO GET THE PADS LEVEL

SAXOPHONE PADS

FERREE’S SAXOPHONE PADS

1. The most practical and economical way to order pads is by the dozen or 100’s of each size. 2. No orders can be filled for less than a dozen in each size and style, except sax pads larger than 79/32nds or 62.5mm may be ordered in half dozens. 3. The 100 pad price is applicable only when the order is for 100 of the same size and style pad. 4. Try to avoid ordering pad sets. This is costly and not always satisfactory, since there is sometimes a difference in a manufacturers same model, due to different punch press strengths when punching key forms. If you do order sets, YOU MUST MEASURE AND SPECIFY SIZES AND QUANTITIES OF THE PADS to make up the set. We cannot guarantee the fit of pad sets ordered only by brand name. Pad sets are NON-RETURNABLE. 5. Assortments of 200 pads are packaged in one enveloped and are pre-made. 6. Assortments of 500 pads are packaged in individual envelopes by size and are pre-made.

117

SAXOPHONE PADS

FERREE’S SAXOPHONE PADS B40 Plain Pad

B42 Rivet Pad

B43 Thin Pad w/flat Metal Resonator

B44 Flat Metal Resonator Pad

Thickness .185”

Thickness .185”

Thickness .160”

Thickness .185”

B46 Thin Pad w/ Domed Metal Resonator

B47 Domed Metal Resonator Pad

B50 Conn Reso Pad w/Metal Ring

B60 Snap-On (metal back) Buescher pads

Thickness .160”

Thickness .185”

Thickness .165”

Asst. Thickness

B58 Thin PadCenter Hole

B59 Reg. PadCenter Hole

Thickness .185”

B52 B53 Thin pad w/ Selmer Type Selmer Type Plastic Resonator Plastic Resonator Pad

Thickness .160”

Thickness .185”

Thickness .160”

B64 De’Jur Thin Pad Center Hole

B66 De’Jur Reg. Pad Center Hole

B56 Ferree’s Cone Style Plastic Resonator Pad

Thickness .160”

Thickness .185”

Thickness .185”

Discontinued when sold out

118

Discontinued when sold out

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING SAX PADS. The quality and sizing of Ferree’s sax pads are consistently high. Each pad size has its own special die for cutting and assembling. This does away with the variation in thickness and diameter that most distributors must contend with. When we import a pad we check it to insure that the sizing and quality is as true as possible to the ones we make. Ferree’s is the largest distributor of saxophone pads in the United States. All Ferree’s sax pads are made with 100% woven wool felt, covered with a high grade, specially selected, soft tan leather.

We are proud of our sax pads. Our sales indicate that the majority of you are already using our pads. If you are one of the few that isn’t, we hope you’ll try them and see what you’ve been missing. We stock most of our saxophone pads in millimeters as well as 32nds (except for B50, B60, B64, & B66).

SAXOPHONE PADS

FERREE’S SAXOPHONE PADS

Measure your pads cups carefully or send us a sample of the sizes you want.

All of our pads can be ordered by the each, dozen or hundred.

CONVERSION CHART

(The closest standard comparison) MM 32/IN

MM

32/IN

MM 32/IN

MM 32/IN

MM 32/IN

MM 32/IN

7

17.5

22/32

28

38.5

49

59.5 75/32

9/32

7.5 8

18 10/32

8.5

28.5 36/32

39 39.5

19

24/32

29.5 37/32

40

30

40.5 51/32

51

41

51.5 65/32

62

41.5 52/32

52

62.5 79/32

42

52.5 66/32

63

53

63.5 80/32

9.5

12/32

20

25/32

30.5

10

13/32

20.5

26/32

31

21

11.5 12

15/32

38/32 39/32

31.5

50/32

53/32

50.5

60.5 76/32 61

64/32

61.5

22

28/32

32.5 41/32

43

33

43.5 55/32

54

33.5 42/32

44

54.5

34

44.5 56/32

55

45

55.5 70/32

66

56

66.5 84/32

56.5 71/32

67

57

67.5 85/32

53.5

64 68/32

64.5 81/32

12.5 16/32

23

13

23.5

13.5 17/32

24

30/32

34.5

14

24.5

31/32

35

14.5 18/32

25

15

25.5

32/32

36

26

33/32

36.5 46/32

47

37

47.5 60/32

58

37.5 47/32

48

58.5 74/32

69

38

48.5 61/32

59

69.5

19/32

15.5 16

20/32

78/32

32

54/32

67/32

77/32

27/32

29/32

42.5

63/32

21.5 22.5

40/32

50

60

29

19.5

14/32

49.5

23/32

11/32

11

49/32

62/32

18.5

9

10.5

35/32

27

17

27.5

44/32

35.5

26.5

16.5 21/32

43/32

34/32

45.5 46

45/32

48/32

57/32 58/32

46.5 59/32

65 69/32

72/32

57.5

82/32

65.5 83/32

68 73/32

68.5 86/32

70

87/32

88/32

119

SAXOPHONE PADS

Saxophone pads B40 IMPORTED PLAIN SAX PADS These B40 Plain Sax Pads may be ordered in 32nd sizes 9 thru 88 or in Millimeter sizes from 7 thru 70 and every half size. An ‘M’ in the Thickness .185” catalog number indicates millimeter (metric) sizes. SPECIFY SIZES IN 32NDS OR MILLIMETER

B42 SAX PAD WITH RIVETS These B42 pads also fit most current model alto and bass clarinets. Pads may be ordered in 32nd sizes 9 thru 88 or in millimeThickness .185” ter sizes from 7 thru 70 and every half size. An ‘M’ in the catalog number indicates millimeter (metric) sizes. Rivets used are our B230’s. SPECIFY SIZES IN 32NDS OR MILLIMETER

B40

B40M

B42 (32nd)

B42M (mm)

Description

32nd

MM

9 thru 19

7 thru 15.5

Plain Pads

9 thru 88

7 thru 70

20 thru 88

16 thru 70

Rivet Pads

B40 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

120

B40 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

32nd’s

MM’s

Description

32nd’s

MM’s

Description

B40A

B40MA

Soprano Sax

B42A

B42MA

Soprano Sax

B40B

B40MB

Alto Sax

B42B

B42MB

Alto Sax

B40C

B40MC

C Melody Sax

B42C

B42MC

C Melody Sax

B40D

B40MD

Tenor Sax

B42D

B42MD

Tenor Sax

B40E

B40ME

Baritone Sax

B42E

B42ME

Baritone Sax

B40F

B40MF

Bass Sax

B42F

B42MF

Bass Sax

B40G

B40MG

Alto Clarinet

B42G

B42MG

Alto Clarinet (newer)

B40H

B40MH

Bass Clarinet

B42H

B42MH

Bass Clarinet ( newer)

B402

B40M2

200 Pad Assortment

B422

B42M2

200 Pad Assortment

B405

B40M5

500 Pad Assortment

B425

B42M5

500 Pad Assortment

B405C

B405MC

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

B425C

B42M5C

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

B43 FERREE’S THIN PAD WITH FLAT METAL RESONATOR

B44 FERREE’S REGULAR PAD W/FLAT METAL RESONATOR

The B43 pad is slightly thinner than the B44. It is used on instruments like the Conn 6m, 10m, 12m, Yamaha, Martin and Thickness .160” most Asian saxes. An ‘M’ in the catalog number indicates millimeter (metric) sizes.

These B44 pads have stainless steel resonators for a more brilliant sound without distortion of tone. An ‘M’ in the catalog number indiThickness .185” cates millimeter (metric) sizes. SPECIFY SIZES IN 32NDS OR MILLIMETER

SAXOPHONE PADS

Saxophone pads

SPECIFY SIZES IN 32NDS OR MILLIMETER B43 (32nd) B43M (mm)

Description

B44 (32nd) B44M (mm)

Description

9 thru 19

7 thru 15.5

Plain Pads

9 thru 19

7 thru 15.5

Plain Pads

20 thru 25

16 thru 20

Rivet only

20 thru 25

16 thru 20

Rivet only

26 thru 88

20.5 thru 70

Rivet & Resonator

26 thru 88

20.5 thru 70

Rivet & Resonator

B43 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

B44 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

32nd’s

MM’s

Description

32nd’s

MM’s

Description

B43A

B43MA

Soprano Sax

B44A

B44MA

Soprano Sax

B43B

B43MB

Alto Sax

B44B

B44MB

Alto Sax

B43C

B43MC

C Melody Sax

B44C

B44MC

C Melody Sax

B43D

B43MD

Tenor Sax

B44D

B44MD

Tenor Sax

B43E

B43ME

Baritone Sax

B44E

B44ME

Baritone Sax

B43F

B43MF

Bass Sax

B44F

B44MF

Bass Sax

B432

B43M2

200 Pad Assortment

B442

B44M2

200 Pad Assortment

B435

B43M5

500 Pad Assortment

B445

B44M5

500 Pad Assortment

B435C

B435MC

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

B445C

B44M5C

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

121

SAXOPHONE PADS

Saxophone pads B46 SELMER STYLE DOMED METAL RESONATOR THIN PAD Some musicians prefer the sound obtained by the use of a domed metal resonator. This pad has the Selmer Style Domed metal resThickness .160” onator. These are just like the domed metal resonators used on the Selmer Super Action “80” Saxophones.

B47 SELMER SUPER EIGHTY STYLE DOMED METAL RESONATORS This pad is identical to the B46 listed previously, except it is the standard thickness. Made with the same metal domed resonator as installed on the Selmer Super Thickness .185” Action “80” saxophones. SPECIFY SIZES IN 32NDS OR MILLIMETER

SPECIFY SIZES IN 32NDS OR MILLIMETER B46 (32nd) B46M (mm)

Description

B47 (32nd) B47M (mm)

Description

9 thru 19

7 thru 15.5

Plain Pads

9 thru 19

7 thru 15.5

Plain Pads

20 thru 25

16 thru 20

Rivet only

20 thru 25

16 thru 20

Rivet only

26 thru 88

20.5 thru 70

Rivet & Resonator

26 thru 88

20.5 thru 70

Rivet & Resonator

B46 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

122

B47 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

32nd’s

MM’s

Description

32nd’s

MM’s

Description

B46A

B46MA

Soprano Sax

B47A

B47MA

Soprano Sax

B46B

B46MB

Alto Sax

B47B

B47MB

Alto Sax

B46C

B46MC

C Melody Sax

B47C

B47MC

C Melody Sax

B46D

B46MD

Tenor Sax

B47D

B47MD

Tenor Sax

B46E

B46ME

Baritone Sax

B47E

B47ME

Baritone Sax

B46F

B46MF

Bass Sax

B47F

B47MF

Bass Sax

B462

B46M2

200 Pad Assortment

B472

B47M2

200 Pad Assortment

B465

B46M5

500 Pad Assortment

B475

B47M5

500 Pad Assortment

B465C

B465MC

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

B475C

B47M5C

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

B50 CONN RES-O-PADS WITH RING The special metal ring in Conn Res -O-Pads gives the pad a tighter look. The front face (shown here) is the larger diameter because of the Thickness .165” ring flange. NOTE: When Older Conn measuring for the Res-O-Pads, be Only sure to measure the back side to determine the size you need for replacement. Better yet, measure the cup.

B60 SNAP-ON (METAL BACK) Available for Soprano thru Baritone. These are the same as the originally manufactured construction. Sizes listed below Thickness Asst. are the ONLY ones that we As per original have available. We do NOT have the replacement snaps.

SIZED IN 32NDS ONLY, as follows:

SIZED IN METRIC ONLY, as follows:

15, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 31, 32, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 51, 52, 55, 58, 60, 61, 64, 70, 78, 86 Mostly fit post WWII saxes.

10, 15, 17, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 34, 37, 39, 42, 46, 48, 50, 59 Mostly fit post WWII saxes.

B50 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

B60 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

32nd’s

Description

B50A

Soprano Sax

B50B

Alto Sax

B50C

C Melody Sax

B50D

Tenor Sax

B50E

Baritone Sax

When ordering ANY SET, we can’t guarantee it unless you provide the specific sizes for the set. **B50 Conn Res-o-pads are ONLY AVAILABLE in the 32nd sizes listed above.***

MM’s

Description

B60MA

Soprano Sax

B60MB

Alto Sax

B60MC

C Melody Sax

B60MD

Tenor Sax

B60ME

Baritone Sax

SAXOPHONE PADS

Saxophone pads

When ordering ANY SET, we can’t guarantee it unless you provide the specific sizes for the set. B60 Snap-On pads are ONLY AVAILABLE in the mm sizes above.

123

SAXOPHONE PADS

Saxophone pads B52 FERREE’S THIN SAX PADS W/ SELMER TYPE PLASTIC RESONATOR Here’s that standard thin pad, .160” thick (4mm), with the plastic resonator that you’ve been looking for. The domed plastic tone resThickness .160” onator in each pad looks similar to the original resonators used by leading saxophone manufacturers. An M in the catalog number indicates millimeter (metric) size. .160” thick.

B53 SELMER TYPE SAX PADS These B53 standard medium, .185” thick pads have the smooth plastic Selmer-type resonators. Pads may be ordered in 32nd sizes 9 to 88 or in millimeter sizes 7 thru 70 and Thickness .185” every half size. An M in the catalog number indicates millimeter (metric) size. .185” thick.

SPECIFY SIZES IN 32NDS OR MILLIMETER

SPECIFY SIZES IN 32NDS OR MILLIMETER B52(32nds)

B52M

9 thru 19

7 thru 15.5

20 thru 88

16 thru 70

B53(32nds)

B53M

Plain pads

9 thru 19

7 thru 15.5

Plain pads

Resonator pads

20 thru 88

16 thru 70

Resonator pads

B52 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets! 32nd’s

MM’s

Description

B52A

B52MA

Soprano Sax

32nd’s

MM’s

Description

B52B

B52MB

Alto Sax

B53A

B53MA

Soprano Sax

B52C

B52MC

C Melody Sax

B53B

B53MB

Alto Sax

B52D

B52MD

Tenor Sax

B53C

B53MC

C Melody Sax

B52E

B52ME

Baritone Sax

B52F

B52MF

Bass Sax

B53D

B53MD

Tenor Sax

B522

B52M2

200 Pad Assortment

B53E

B53ME

Baritone Sax

B525

B52M5

500 Pad Assortment

B53F

B53MF

Bass Sax

B525C

B525MC

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

B532

B53M2

200 Pad Assortment

B52MY264

Sm. Asst. for Yamaha

B535

B53M5

500 Pad Assortment

B52MY504

Lg. Asst. for Yamaha

B535C

B535MC

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

B52MYOLD Add’l pads for pre-’88’

124

B53 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

B52MYBAR Add’l pads for baritone

B58 UNIVERSAL SAXOPHONE

B59 UNIVERSAL SAXOPHONE PADS

These pads are similar to the B59 Universal Saxophone Pad except the B58 is the standard thin, .160” (4mm). It has a pre-punched center hole, but Thickness .160” DOES NOT have any rivets or resStandard Thin onators installed. This allows the repairman to match the style of the resonator to the instrument being repaired. Another important advantage is the diameter of the resonator can be hand selected to cover more of the surface of the pad without touching the tone hole chimney. This creates the maximum amount of resonating surface. Using the series of Universal Sax pads along with a B260 or B265 Universal Resonator kit will eliminate the need to stock several different lines of saxophone pads. Available in dozens and hundreds in 32nd sizes 9 thru 88 and metric sizes, 7 thru 70, by half sizes.

These pads have a hole pre-punched in the center and are the standard medium .185” (4.7mm) thick. They DO NOT have any rivets or resoThickness .185” Standard Size nators installed. This allows the repairman to match the style of resonator to the instrument being repaired. Another important advantage is the diameter of the resonator can be hand selected to cover more of the surface of the pad without touching the tone hole chimney. This creates the maximum amount of resonating surface. Using this series of Universal Sax pads along with a B260 or B265 Universal Resonator kit will eliminate the need to stock several different lines of saxophone pads. Available in dozens and hundreds in 32nd sizes 9 thru 88 and metric sizes, 7 thru 70, by half sizes.

B58P B58 B58PM B58M

Plain 9-31/32 With hole 20-88/32 Plain 7-25mm With hole 16-70mm

SAXOPHONE PADS

Saxophone pads

B59

Plain 9-19/32 With hole 20-88/32 B59M Plain 7-15.5mm With hole 16-70mm

B58 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

B59 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS State specific sizes for pad cups/pads when ordering sets!

32nd’s

MM’s

Description

32nd’s

MM’s

Description

B58A

B58MA

Soprano Sax

B59A

B59MA

Soprano Sax

B58B

B58MB

Alto Sax

B59B

B59MB

Alto Sax

B58C

B58MC

C Melody Sax

B59C

B59MC

C Melody Sax

B58D

B58MD

Tenor Sax

B59D

B59MD

Tenor Sax

B58E

B58ME

Baritone Sax

B59E

B59ME

Baritone Sax

B58F

B58MF

Bass Sax

B59F

B59MF

Bass Sax

B582

B58M2

200 Pad Assortment

B592

B59M2

200 Pad Assortment

B585

B58M5

500 Pad Assortment

B595

B59M5

500 Pad Assortment

B585C

B585MC

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

B595C

B595MC

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

125

SAXOPHONE PADS

Saxophone pads B64 DE’JUR DELUXE THIN SAX PADS

B66 DE’JUR DELUXE SAX PADS *Discontinued when sold out

*Discontinued when sold out Thickness .160” These beautiful, perfectly pneumatic skin pads have a very fine texture unlike most pads. The B64 is a standard thin .160” (4mm) pad. These pads can come with a pre-punched center hole, a rivet, a plastic resonator, or a domed metal resonator. As per your request. Available in METRIC sizes only, from 7mm to 70mm by half sizes. Resonators and Rivets are available for sizes 16 and above. The B64 De’Jur pads are standard thin .160” (4mm) thick. Holes start at size 16.

B64 DE’JUR DELUXE SAX PADS MILLIMETERS ONLY

This line of pads is similar to the B64 De’Jur a thicker .185” (4.7mm) Thickness .185” pad. These pads can come with a pre-punched center hole, a rivet, a plastic resonator, or a domed metal resonator. By request. Available in METRIC sizes only from 7mm thru 70mm by half sizes. Resonators and Rivets are available for sizes 16 and above. The B66 De’Jur pads are standard medium .185” (4.7mm) thick. Holes start at size 16.

B66 DE’JUR DELUXE SAX PADS MILLIMETERS ONLY **ORDER BY STYLE AND SIZE**

**ORDER BY STYLE AND SIZE** B64M

PLAIN 7-70, holes 16 up

B66M

PLAIN 7-70, holes 16 up

B64V

RIVET 16-70

B66V

RIVET 16-70

B64R

PLASTIC RESONATOR 16-70

B66R

PLASTIC RESONATOR 16-70

B64D

DOMED METAL RESO. 16-70

B66D

DOMED METAL RESO. 16-70

SIZES AVAILABLE: 7 thru 15.5 16 thru 70

Plain pads Hole, Rivet or Resonators

Pad sets and assortments are now available. Sets not guaranteed w/out specific sizes provided.

126

SIZES AVAILABLE: 7 thru 15.5 16 thru 70

Plain pads Hole, Rivet or Resonators

Pad sets and assortments are now available. Sets not guaranteed w/out specific sizes provided.

B56 FERREE’S CONE RESONATOR Standard Thickness SAX PADS The tried and true B56 Elliptical Cone Resonator Sax Pads have convex resonators made of the same material as our Selmer Type resStandard onators. The special cone shape proThickness .185” vides 360° airflow management and sound reflection to direct the sound and air out from under the pad, instead of bouncing it back into the sax, greatly improving resonance and performance. It is molded with a solid construction and flat back. The B56 Cone Resonator fits the pad naturally and blends well with other resonators when being used as a replacement. By half millimeters. Cones are brown only.

B56(32nds)

B56M

9 thru 19

7 thru 15.5

Plain pads

20 thru 88

16 thru 70

Resonator pads

8/30/11 B62 pads are now discontinued. To make them yourself, order B58 sax pads and the B56R resonators.

SAXOPHONE PADS

Saxophone pads

B56 SETS AND ASSORTMENTS 32nd’s

MM’s

Description

B56A

B56MA

Soprano Sax

B56B

B56MB

Alto Sax

B56C

B56MC

C Melody Sax

B56D

B56MD

Tenor Sax

B56E

B56ME

Baritone Sax

B56F

B56MF

Bass Sax

B562

B56M2

200 Pad Assortment

B565

B56M5

500 Pad Assortment

B565C

B565MC

500 Pad Assortment w/ cabinet

127

RESONATORS & MISC.

RESONATORS & MISC. B56R STYLE CONE RESONATORS

This is the resonator used on the popular B56 and B62 Cone Style Resonator Pads. Provides 360° airflow management and sound reflection to direct the sound and air out from under the pad instead of bouncing it back into the sax, greatly improving players response and performance. Available only in the color BROWN. SIZE

O.D.

Fits 32nd Fits MM Pad Sizes Pad Sizes

B56R

1

.312”(7.9mm)

20-28

16-22.5

B56R

2

.445”(11.3mm)

29-33

23-26.5

B56R

3

.570”(14.5mm)

34-38

27-30

B56R

4

.700”(17.8mm)

39-43

30.5-34.5

B56R

5

.820”(20.8mm)

44-48

35-38.5

B56R

7

.950”(24.1mm)

49-54

39-43

B56R

8

1.075”(27.3mm)

55-61

43.5-48.5

B56R

10

1.200”(30.5mm)

62-71

49-56.5

B56R

11

1.325”(33.7mm)

72-88

57-70

UNIVERSAL RESONATOR KITS The Universal Resonator Kits have an assortment of metal and plastic resonators along with rivets and installation tools. These kits were designed for Repairmen who want to install the correct style and size resonator in the B58 or B59 Sax Pads. Using the resonators from the kit shown below, along with the B58 and B59 Sax Pads will be particularly useful when replacing only one or two pads on an instrument. When the new pad resonator matches the existing pad resonators a more professional looking job is realized. All of the resonators and rivets can be ready for even the biggest jobs. Both kits come with an attractive storage case to keep the assortment in order. The B260 Economy Universal Resonator Kit contains: 500 rivets for flat steel resonators, 200 long rivets for domed steel resonators, 50 each of 3/8”, 1/2”and 3/4” flat steel resonators, 12 each of the nine sizes of Selmer style brown plastic resonators, 12 each of the nine sizes of Ferree’s cone style resonators 3/8”, 1/2”. 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”, 12 each 1 -5/16” domed steel resonators, one each of the D28 Rivet Punch and the D41 Heat Staking Tool.

The B265 Deluxe Universal Resonator Kit contains: 2000 rivets for flat steel resonators, 800 long rivets for domed steel resonators, 200 each of 3/8”, 1/2” and 3/4” flat steel resonators, 48 each of Selmer style brown plastic resonators, 48 each of the nine sizes of Ferree’s cone style plastic resonators, 96 each of the domed steel resonators, one each of the D28 Rivet Punch and the D41 Heat Staking Tool.

B260 Economy Resonator Kit ITEM NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

B56RA

Alto Sax Set

B56RT

Tenor Sax Set

B56RB

Baritone Sax Set

**HEAT STAKING TOOL REQUIRED**

128

B265 Deluxe Resonator Kit

B45R SELMER “SUPER 80” TYPE METAL DOME RESONATORS SIZE

O.D. IN

O.D. MM

Fits MM Pad Sizes

B45R

1

3/8”

9.5mm

B45R

2

1/2”

12.7mm

B45R

3

5/8”

15.9mm

26 thru 32

B45R

4

3/4”

19.1mm

34 thru 40

B45R

5

1”

25.4mm

44 thru 46

B45R

6

1-5/16” 33.3mm

52 thru 63

SETS OF B45R DOMED METAL RESONATORS

RESONATORS & MISC.

RESONATORS & MISC. B53R SELMER TYPE RESONATORS This is like the resonator used on the popular Selmer Mark VI Saxophone. Available only in the color BROWN. SIZE

O.D.

Fits 32nd Fits MM Pad Sizes Pad Sizes

B53R

1

.312”(7.9mm)

20-28

16-22.5

B53R

2

.445”(11.3mm)

29-33

23-26.5

B53R

3

.570”(14.5mm)

34-38

27-30

B53R

4

.700”(17.8mm)

39-43

30.5-34.5

B53R

5

.820”(20.8mm)

44-48

35-38.5

B53R

7

.950”(24.1mm)

49-54

39-43

B53R

8

1.075”(27.3mm)

55-61

43.5-48.5

B53R

10

1.200”(30.5mm)

62-71

49-56.5

B53R

11

1.325”(33.7mm)

72-88

57-70

ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION

ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION

B45RA

Alto Sax Set

B53RA

Alto Sax Set

B45RT

Tenor Sax Set

B53RT

Tenor Sax Set

B45RB

Baritone Sax Set

B53RB

Baritone Sax Set

(Note: Be sure to order B235 extra long rivets to attach these resonators.

**HEAT STAKING TOOL REQUIRED**

D41 HEAT STAKING TOOL

FLAT METAL RESONATORS (Type used on B43 and B44 sax pads) O.D. IN O.D. MM Fits 32nd Pad Sizes

Fits MM Pad Sizes

B220

3/8”

9.5mm

26 thru 35 20.6 thru28

B221

1/2”

12.7mm

36 thru 46

B222

3/4”

19mm

B223

7/8”

22.2mm

28.5 thru 36.5

47 thru 88 37.5 thru 70

This is the tool used to install individual Plastic Resonators. Heat the tool and use it to bend over the resonator tower on the back of the pad. D41

Heat Staking Tool

129

WOODWIND SPRINGS

Woodwind springs F6 BENCH HAMMER

D73 PHOSPHOR BRONZE FLAT SPRINGS

A few years back the price of the blued flat springs increased dramatically. Immediately, Ferree’s started looking for a less expensive source. Now we’ve found it. The phosphor bronze flat springs are not only less expensive than the blued flat springs, they have several other advantages. ~A special size to fit flutes. ~Phosphor bronze color with a round back (except flute, which has a square back). ~Rust and corrosion resistant. ~Available in “generic sizes” to fit more horns. Can be cut to match the needed size exactly. ~Being used on most of the newer horns, so you will be able to keep your customer’s horn “original equipment.” ~Longer lasting. The springs are available in individual sizes (specify thickness and length), sold in dozens or hundreds. Also, available are two handy assortments, packaged in individual vials, mounted in an attractive wood holder, in 350 and 500 quantities. Order today and start saving money.

This is a utility hammer for flattening needle springs and other light uses.

F6

Bench Hammer

B230 & B235 SAX PAD RIVETS Sold by the 100’s or 1000’s B230 Regular rivets 7/32” L (5.6mm) B235 Extra long rivets (used to attach B45R Resonators) 10/32” (7.9mm) (Semi-Hollow)

D28 PAD RIVET PUNCH

Phosphor Bronze Flat Springs with Round Back D73A——— Length .660”

Thick. .010”, .012”, .014” or .016”

D73A——— Length .800”

Thick. .010”, .012”, .014” or .016”

D73B——— Thick. .010”, .012”, .014” or .016” Length 1.000” D73B——— Thick. .012”, .016”, .018”, .020”, Length 1.185” or .022”

Used to form the end of a tubular rivet after it has been inserted through sax pad hole. D28

Pad Rivet Punch

D73C——— Thick. .012”, .020” or .029” Length 1.555” D73C——— Thick. .014” Length 1.725” D73C——— Thick. .010” or .012” Length 2.075” D73D——— Thick. .009” Length 1.125” (for flute, with square back)

130

D73E Assortment of 350 with vials and holder D73F Assortment of 500 with vials and holder D73W Extra wood block to hold vials

One of Ferree’s early locations in Battle Creek, Mi

D60 NORTON SPRINGS FOR BUESCHER SAXES

The first two digits of the style number indicates the music wire gauge. The second two digits indicate the length in millimeters. This information should help you determine what springs you need. The style numbers available are the longest length of each gauge so you can cut them to length. D60 Sizes: 0830, 1240, 1650, 2065, 2485

D60B NORTON SPRING BUSHING

You can make the hole in the D60 Norton Spring Bushings. With these machine solid brass bushings you can install any size spring you want with any type material (blue, bronze, nickel or stainless) with any useable diameter YOU want...Just drill .024” pilot hole larger, if necessary.

D61 BLUED NEEDLE SPRINGS

Traditional blued needle springs. Now you can match the springs in the woodwinds that use this type of spring. Also, useful for fitting into the small spring hook on some woodwind keys that the standard round spring will not fit into. Leave the needle end alone and cut the spring at the other end to any required length. Comes with wood block.

D61A

D61B

Dia.

Len. Dia.

Len.

Dia.

Len. Dia.

Len.

(in)

(mm) (in)

(mm)

(in)

(mm) (in)

(mm)

The first two numbers are the diameter in wire gauge. The second two numbers are the length in millimeters. #08=.024” wire We carry size 0830, which is 30mm long #12=.028” wire We carry size 1240, which is 40mm long #16=.036” wire We carry size 1650, which is 50mm long #20=.046” wire We carry size 2065, which is 65mm long #24=.064” wire We carry size 2485, which is 85mm long ~All Norton springs are a American 3-48 thread.~

D80 STAINLESS STEEL ROUND SPRINGS

These are the round springs like the ones used by most manufacturer’s student instruments today. Rust proof with smoother, more fluid action. Each spring comes pre-flattened on one end. The other end can be cut to the required length. Comes with wood block.

D80A O.D.

Length

D80B O.D.

Length

.018” X 30mm

.042” X 60mm

.020” X 30mm

.044” X 60mm

.022” X 30mm

.046” X 60mm

.024” X 40mm

.048” X 60mm

.026” X 40mm

.050” X 60mm

.028” X 40mm

.052” X 60mm

.030” X 50mm

.054” X 85mm

.032” X 50mm

.056” X 85mm

.0138x30

.030x50

.0374x56

0472x62

.0157x30

.0315x56

.037x50

.050x60

.0177x54

.032x50

.0394x62

.0512x62

.0197x54

.0335x58

.0433x55

.0551x90

.0217x56

.0354x60

.043x60

.0630x90

.022x58

.036x31

.044x38

.034” X 50mm

.058” X 85mm

.0236x56

.036x32.5

.044x39.5

.036” X 50mm

.060” X 85mm

.023x16

.036x35

.044x42.5

.038” X 50mm

.062” X 85mm

.023x20

.036x36.5

.044x42.86

.040” X 50mm

.064” X 85mm

.0256x52

.036x39

.044x46

.0276x56

.036x41.5

044x54.6

.0295x56

.036x50

D61A D61B D61C D61D

Blued Needle Springs size .0138”-.036” Blued Needle Springs size .0374”-.0630” Assortment of 100 springs Assortment of 350 springs sorted in vials and a wood holder D61E Assortment of 500 springs sorted in vials and a wood holder D80VS Small vials (work with D61) D80VL Large vials (work with D61) D61W Wood block to hold vials

WOODWIND SPRINGS

Woodwind springs

D80A Stainless Steel Round Springs.018”-.040”, state size, dozens or hundreds D80B Stainless Steel Round Springs.042”-.064, state size, dozens or hundreds D80C Assortment of 100 Stainless Steel Round Springs D80D Assortment of 350 Stainless Steel Round Springs D80E Assortment of 500 Stainless Steel Round Springs D80W Wood block to hold vials D80VS Small vials for D80 D80VL Large vials for D80

131

WOODWIND SPRINGS

Woodwind springs D62 VITO FLAT SPRINGS Springs to fit the genuine LeBlanc/Noblet/Vito keys listed below. We have both the Beryllium Copper Flat Springs to fit the Vito Soprano Clarinet and the Blued Steel Springs to fit the Vito Bass Clarinet D62 Beryllium Copper Springs-Soprano Clarinet

Item Number

Description

D62A

A Key

D62B

Bb Trill Key

D62C

Register Key

D62D

F# - C# Trill Key

D62E

C Trill Key

D62F

Eb - Bb Trill Key

D63 Blued Steel Springs-Bass Clarinet Item Number

Description

D63A

A Key

D63B

Register Key

D63C

Eb - Bb Trill Key

D63D

Bb - C Trill Key

D63E

F# - C# Trill Key

D63F

G - D Key

D70 FLAT SPRINGS FOR CLARINET These blackened steel springs are rust resistant. THICKNESS LENGTH

SUGGESTED USE

.010” X 44mm

Octave key short

.011” X 58mm

Octave key long

.011” X 13mm

A key short

.011” X 17mm

A key long

.011” X 29.5mm

Side Bb Trill

.016” X 16.5mm

Trill Keys

.016” X 19mm

Trill Keys

.016” X 22mm

Trill Keys

.016” X 30mm

Trill Keys

D70 D70A D70B

Flat Clarinet Springs-state size Assortment of 100 Clarinet Flat Springs Assortment of 500 Flat Springs for clarinet and sax. Comes sorted in plastic vials in a wood holder. D70C Assortment of 350 Flat Springs for Clarinet and sax. Comes sorted in plastic vials in a wood holder. D70VS Small vial to hold flat springs D70VL Large vial to hold flat springs D70W Wood block to hold vials

FLAT SPRINGS FOR SAXOPHONE Thickness

FLUTE AND PICCOLO SPRING WIRE Phosphor Bronze and Nickel Silver .025” Nickel/Silver (.6mm)

.032” Nickel/Silver (.8mm)

.036” Nickel/Silver (.9mm)

D72 Piccolo & Flute Spring Wire-Nickel Silver D72-ASST 1 foot of each size Spring Wire .020” .025” .032” .036” Phos/Brnz Phos/Brnz Phos/Brnz Phos/Brnz (.5mm) (.6mm) (.8mm) (.9mm) D74 Piccolo & Flute Spring Wire-Phos/Bronze D74-ASST 1 foot of each Spring Wire

132

Length Thickness

Length

.006” X 25mm

.018” X 30mm

.013” X 30mm

.022” X 30mm

.015” X 30mm

.029” X 36mm

.017” X 25mm

D71 Flat Saxophone Springs-State size D71A Assortment of 100 Sax Flat springs D70B Assortment of 500 Flat Springs for sax and clarinet. Comes sorted in plastic vials in a wood holder. D70C Assortment of 350 Flat Springs for sax and clarinet in plastic vials in a wood holder D73W Wood block to hold vials (use D70VS and D70VL vials above)

The C70 Screw Assortment Kit of 100 Screws includes: 5 sizes of lyre screws 2 sizes of baritone bell screws 2 sizes of large wing screws for saxophone or sousaphone mouth pipes 5 sizes of ligature screws 4 sizes of sousaphone bell screws Designed to fit both foreign and domestic instruments. A chart in the lid of the partitioned plastic box shows the kind of screw, thread size and brand of instrument the screw will fit. All screws are precision made and are available in brass or nickel finish. The kit has screws of both finishes. C70

INSTRUMENT SCREWS

INSTRUMENT SCREWS

Screw Kit

REPLACEMENT SCREWS & NUTS FOR THE C70 KIT

We stock only one length in the lyre and baritone bell screws. These can be cut off with a jeweler’s saw, if a shorter length is needed. After cutting off the screw, then gently round the edge of the cut end with a file or Z2 Band Sander LYRE SCREWS

BARITONE BELL SCREWS C72DB

8-32 thread, brass

SOUSAPHONE BELL SCREWS

6-32 thread, nickel

C72DN

8-32 thread. nickel

C75HB

1/4-20 thread, brass

C70BB

6-36 thread, brass

C72GB

10-32 thread, brass

C75HN

1/4-20 thread, nickel

C70BN

6-36 thread, nickel

C72GN

10-32 thread, nickel

C75JB

5/16-24 thread, brass

C70CB

6-40 thread, brass

C75JN

5/16-24 thread, nickel

C70CN

6-40 thread, nickel

C75KB

1/4-28 thread, brass

C70DB

8-32 thread, brass

C75KN

1/4-28 thread, nickel

C70DN

8-32 thread, nickel

C75LB

1/4-24 thread, brass

C70EB

8-36 thread, brass

1/4-24 thread, nickel

8-36 thread, nickel

SAX & SOUSAPHONE NECK SCREWS

C75LN

C70EN

C73DB

8-32 thread, brass

C73DN

8-32 thread, nickel

SOUSAPHONE BELL NUTS

C73EB

8-36 thread, brass

C73EN

8-36 thread, nickel

C73GB

10-32 thread, brass

C73GN

10-32 thread, nickel

C70AB

6-32 thread, brass

C70AN

LIGATURE SCREWS

BARITONE BELL NUTS C76DB

8-32 thread, brass

C76GB

10-32 thread, brass

C71AB

6-32 thread, brass

C71AN

6-32 thread, nickel

C71BB

6-36 thread, brass

C71BN

6-36 thread, nickel

C71DB

8-32 thread, brass

C71DN

8-32 thread, nickel

SAX NECK SCREWS

C71EB

8-36 thread, brass

C74FB

4-.75mm thread, brass

C71EN

8-36 thread, nickel

C74FN

4-.75mm thread, nickel

C71FB

4-.75mm thread, brass

C71FN

4-.75mm thread, nickel

C77HB

1/4-20 thread, brass

C77JB

5/16-24 thread, brass

C77KB

1/4-28 thread, brass

C77LB

1/4-24 thread, brass

To keep your C70 Screw Kit ready for everything, reorder screws frequently. You will find replacement screws listed in the columns on this page.

133

W/W SCREWS & FL. PARTS

Woodwind screws & flute parts

C1CF5 C1F1 C1F4 C1F6 C1F7 C1F8 C1F9

ARMSTRONG Clar./flute flat spring screw Flute pivot screw Flute adjustment screw Flute pad screw Flute pad washer Flute spuds Flute grommets (for open hole)

C1F10 C1F11 C1SA2

Flute crown, silver plate Flute crown, nickel Sax key guard screw

C2C1

ARTLEY Clarinet pivot screw

C47

CONN, PAN AMERICAN Alto sax, toolsteel set screw(.110 L X .070D)

C48

Pivot screw, Conn clarinet and flute

C5CF5

Clar./flute flat spring screw

C5F1

Flute pivot screw

C5F6

Flute pad screw

C5F7

Flute pad washer

C5F8

Flute pad cup spuds

C5F10

Flute crown, silver plate

C5F11

Flute crown, nickel

C5NC1

New clarinet pivot screw

C20SA1

Clar/flute flat spring screw Flute pivot screw Flute adjustment screw Flute pad screw Flute pad washers Flute spuds Flute grommets Flute Crown, silver plate Flute Crown, nickel BLESSING Saxophone pivot screw

C5OC1

Old clarinet pivot screw

C5SA2

Key guard screw

C5SA5

Saxophone flat spring screw (0-80)

C3AC1

BUNDY, BUESCHER Alto clarinet pivot screws

DEFORD Flute pivot screw

C2CF5 C2F1 C2F4 C2F6 C2F7 C2F8 C2F9 C2F10 C2F11

134

C3SA5

Saxophone flat spring screw

C4B1A

BUFFET Bassoon pivot screw, new, headless

C4NC1

New model clarinet pivot screw

C4OC1

Old clarinet pivot screw (1-72)

C4SA2(S) Sax key guard screw, small (3-.5mm) C4SA2(L) Sax key guard screw, large (4-.7mm)

*Fits all Conn instruments (also known as grub screw)

C3ARC1

Alto clarinet/bass clarinet adjustment screw

C6F1

C3B1

Bassoon conical pivot screw, all models

C6F4

Flute adjustment screw, w/o head

C3BC1

Bass clarinet pivot screw

C6F5

Flute flat spring screw

C3C1

Clarinet pivot screw

C6F6

Flute pad screw (1-64)

C3C3

Clar. G# adjustment screw(nylon, no head)

C6F7

Flute pad washers

C3C5

Flat spring screw, clarinet and flute

C6F8

Flute spuds

C3F1

Flute pivot screw

C6F9

Flute grommets

C3F4

Flute adjustment screw

C6F10

Flute crown, silver plate

C3F5

Flat spring screw, clarinet and flute

C6F11

Flute crown, nickel

C3F6

Flute pad screw

C19F1

EMERSON Flute pivot screw

C3F7

Flute pad washer

C19F4

Flute adjustment screw, w/head

C3F8

Flute spuds

C19F5

Flute flat spring screw

C3F9

Flute grommets

C19F6

Flute pad screw

C3F10

Flute crown, silver plate

C19F7

Flute pad washers

C3OB1

Oboe pivot screw

C19F9

Flute grommets

C7B1 C7OB1

FOX, RENARD Bassoon pivot screw Renard, Oboe pivot screw

C8F1

GEMEINHARDT Flute pivot screw (6mm L, 2.1mm Round)

C8F4 C8F5 C8F6 C8F7 C8F8 C8F9 C8F10 C8F11

Flute adjustment screw, w/head Flute flat spring screw Flute pad screw (1-64) Flute pad washers Flute spuds Flute grommets Flute crown, silver plate Flute crown, nickel

C9F1

HAYNES Flute pivot screw

C9F6

Flute pad screw (1-64)

C9F7

Flute pad washers

C17BS2

HOLTON Holton baritone sax key guard screw (see Vito)

C11C1 C11C3 C11C5 C11F4 C11F5 C11F6 C11F7 C11F9 C11F10 C11F11 C11NF1

JUPITER Clarinet pivot screw Clarinet G# adj. screw (nylon, w/head) Clarinet flat spring screw Flute adjustment screw Flute flat spring screw Flute pad screw Flute pad washer Flute grommets Flute crown, silver plate Flute crown, nickel Flute pivot screw (1994 models and up)

C11SA1 C11SA2L C11SA2S C11SA5

Sax pivot screw Key guard screw, large Regular key guard screw Sax Flat Spring Screw

C12B1 C12C1 C12F1 C12F10 C12F11 C12SA2

KING & CLEVELAND Bassoon pivot screw Clarinet pivot screw Flute pivot screw Flute crown, silver plate Flute crown, nickel Key guard screw LEBLANC, NOBLET, NORMANDY

C13AC4

Leblanc, Noblet, alto/bass clarinet adj

C13C1 C13C12

Leblanc, Noblet, clarinet pivot screw, old w/ head Thumb rest screw

C13F1 C13F4

Noblet, Normandy flute/oboe pivot screw Noblet, Normandy flute adj. screw

W/W SCREWS & FL. PARTS

Woodwind screws & flute parts

(Head: .098, length: .285, uses 1-56 thread)

C13F6

Noblet, Normandy flute pad adj screw

C13NC1

Leblanc, Noblet, old Normandy clarinet pivot screw, headless (use 3-56 Tap) LINTON

C14OB1

Oboe pivot screw MARTIN

C15B1

Martin pivot screw, 3-48 thread

C15TS2

Martin tenor sax key guard screw (5-44)

C4B1A

SCHREIBER Bassoon pivot screw, new, headless

C4OC1

Clarinet pivot screw

C16B1 C16C5 C16F1 C16F4 C16F5 C16F6 C16F7 C16F8 C16F9 C16OB1 C16OB4 C16SA1 C16SA2 C16SA5

SELMER-NEW MODEL Bassoon pivot screw Clarinet flat spring screw Flute pivot screw-New model Flute adjustment screw Flute flat spring screw Flute pad screw Flute pad washers Flute spuds Flute grommet Oboe pivot screw Oboe adjustment screw Saxophone pivot screw (3-.5mm) Key guard screw (5-40) Saxophone flat spring screw (0-80)

135

W/W SCREWS & FL. PARTS

Woodwind screws & flute parts

C17AC4 C17AS1 C17BC1N C17NC1 C17C4

VITO Alto/bass clarinet adj. screw Alto sax pivot screw (5-40) Bass clarinet pivot screw headless-After 1990 Clarinet pivot screw Clarinet adjusting screw (metal)

C18B1 C18C1 C18C3 C18F1 C18F5 C18F6 C18F7 C18F10 C18F11 C18NS2 C18OB1 C18SA1 C18SA2

YAMAHA Bassoon pivot screw Clarinet pivot screw Clar. G# adjustment screw (metal) Flute pivot screw Flute flat spring screw Flute pad screw Flute pad washer Flute crown, silver Flute crown, nickel Yamaha neck screw 4mm X .70 Oboe pivot screw Saxophone pivot screw (3-.5mm) Saxophone key guard screw (5-44)

C30 C31 C32 C35

PIVOT SCREW ASSORTMENTS Clarinet, 100 assorted Saxophone, 100 assorted Flute, 100 assorted All instruments, 100 assorted

—New Selmer M3.0x0.5 (like Series III) and Old Selmer M3x0.6 (like Mk. VI) pivot screws. —New Selmer M4.0x0.7 (like Series III) and Old Selmer M4x0.75 (like Mk. VI) neck screws *We do not carry these. This is for reference only.

~It is difficult to rethread, using a finer thread over a coarser thread, as there is less material available and it may easily strip. Therefore, this is not suggested. You can always thread a coarse thread where a fine one was, because there is more material available and you will be in some “new” territory and is the preferred method.

MISCELLANEOUS

136

C46

French clarinet flat spring screw

C49 C50 C50T

Sax flat spring screw (0-80, Thread Length: .110”, Overall L:.140”,Head Dia:.100”, flat head, slotted) Nickel silver screw for thumb rests, etc. Tap for C50 screws

C51

Oversize thumb rest screw

A52

French plugs for open hole flutes, metal disc (set of 5)

A52P

French plugs for open hole flutes, plastic (set of 5)

SEE COMPLETE SCREW PRICE LIST ON OUR WEBSITE OR CALL FOR CURRENT PRICING

E13 THREE WAY ACCORDION PLIERS

E56 WAX SPOON

Special wax spoon made of copper to hold heat. Used to place wax around reeds.

E56 Wax Spoon

One end of both jaws is designed to crease and bellows corners. The center section has round lips with beveled hole enabling the plier to remove accordion pins without marring the pins or the accordion. The other edge of the plier is a nip nose cutting plier for nipping off accordion rods in the bass mechanism.

E13 Accordion Pliers

F17 TREBLE KEY ADJUSTING TOOLS Set of two Treble Adjusting Tools. One curved, one straight, each double ended. Designed to bend and adjust treble key rods when leveling the piano keyboard and correcting leaks over the tone holes.

G80 BASS MECHANISM AND BASS VALVE ADJUSTING TOOLS

ACCORDION TOOLS

ACCORDIoN tools

With this set of 6 tools practically any part of the bass mechanism can be reached and adjusted.

G80 Accordion Bass Adjusting Tool

G81 REED TESTING AND TUNING TOOLS A set of three hand made accordion reed tuning and adjusting tools.

Tuning Tools

G81

Testing and

F17 Key Adjusting Tools

H56 PIN VISE TOOL HOLDER D43 BASS BUTTON ADJUSTING TOOL A double-ended tool used to straighten bass buttons without removing the complete bass mechanism.

D43 Bass Button Adjusting Tool

G93 BEESWAX

Pure refined beeswax for waxing in accordion reeds.

G93A 1/2 lb (227g) of beeswax G93B 1 lb (454g) of beeswax

Quick on and off handle for small tools such as counter sinks and pivot screw key reamers. Two chucks. Chuck capacity is 0 to .128” (3.25mm).

H56 Pin Vise Holder with Two Chucks

137

SPECIALTY W/W TOOLS

138

SUGGESTED SPECIALTY W/W TOOLS While minimal in the total scheme of things, this work is specialty for some. So, for future consideration, perhaps. We don’t sell lathes, so we will recommend www.grizzley.com as a possible source for lathes, THERE ARE OTHERS. I know Repairmen who have gotten them there and they are pleased. The models G9972Z, G4000 and G9729, look most useful. I’ve seen a couple of them and they look clean and substantial. G84 E31 G72B G72C G72C G72D G72E G72F G85 G71 G66 G106 G73 G73 G50 G50B G50C G51 G51A G51C G52 G52A G52C G86 G87

Small Tenon Set Inside Boring Bar (3) Wood Plug for Bb sop. (6) Plastic Plug for Bb sop. (2) Plastic Plug for Alto Clar. (1) Wood Plug for Bass Clar. (2) Plastic Plug for Bass Clar. (1) Wood Plug for Bass Clar. Oboe Tenon Set Bell Tenon Set Lower Tenon Plug Holder Bell Tenon Reamer (3) Plastic Plug for Bb sop. (2) Wood Plug for Bb sop. Bassoon Tenon Set (wing jnt) (3) Tenon Plug (abs) (2) Tenon Plug (aluminum) Bassoon Tenon Set (bass jnt) (3) Tenon Plug (maple) (2) Tenon Plug (aluminum) Bassoon Tenon Set (bell jnt) (2) Tenon Plug (maple) (2) Tenon Plug (aluminum) Clarinet Tone Hole Cutter St Set of 3 Tapered Tone Hole Cutters

G100 G104 G74S G74A

Lg. Solid Shortener Bass Clar. Tone Hole Cutter Raised Tone Hole Jig Raised Tone Hole Jig for Alto & Bass Clar. G53 Soprano Clar Tone Hole Undercutter Set (6 in set) G54 Bass Clar. Set as above (7 in set) G78 Socket Grafting Jig G76 Special Oboe Arbor for G78 G79B (2) ABS Graft G79A Wood Graft G77 Special Bass Clar. Arbor Kit E57A Small Post Body Countersink E57B Large Post Body Countersink *** Extra ABS for toneholes, sockets, tenons, ect..pg 110 F25 Dual Purpose Vise E67 Post Locking Screw Set E68/E69 Adj. Post Body Countersinks

CORK WASHERS

(Sold by the dozen or hundred) For Cornet and Trumpet 1/2” (12.7mm) O.D. A14

1/16” (1.6mm) thick

A15

1/8” (3.2mm) thick

A16

3/16” (4.8mm) thick

A17

1/4” (6.4mm) thick

For Baritone and Bass 5/8” (15.9mm) O.D.

A51

A1

1/16” (1.6mm) thick

A2

1/8” (3.2mm) thick

A3

3/16” (4.8mm) thick

A4

1/4” (6.4mm) thick

100 Assorted precut cork washers

PRECUT FLUTE KEY CORKS Come round. Cut into 3 or 4 pieces. Radius matches flute trills and thickness for D#/Eb keys. Sold by dozen or hundred. A26 Flute Trill Key Corks 1/4” (6.4mm) thick X 13/16” (20.6mm) O.D. These corks come pre-cut for specific brands Emerson A112ETR *A112EEF

CORK PRODUCTS

Cork products

Trill Key Corks E Flat Key Corks *Discontinued when gone

Gemeinhardt A112GTR Trill Key Corks A112GEF E Flat Key Corks United Musical Instrument A112UTR Trill Key Corks A112UEF E Flat Key Corks Yamaha A112YTR Trill Key Corks A112YEF E Flat Key Corks

WATER KEY CORKS

(Sold by the dozen or hundred)

FRENCH HORN STRAIGHT CORKS (Sold by the dozen or hundred)

Solid straight corks for French horns. All are 1 -1/2” (38.1mm) long. A18A 3/16” (4.8mm) thick

All water key cork is 3/16” thick Straight A27

5/16” (7.9mm) O.D.

A28

3/8” (9.5mm) O.D.

A29

7/16” (11.1mm) O.D. Tapered

A18B 1/4” (6.4mm) thick A18C 5/16” (7.9mm) thick

A33

5/16” (7.9mm) O.D.

A18D 3/8” (9.5mm) thick

A34

3/8” (9.5mm) O.D.

R70 CORK GREASE

Excellent non-drying cork grease in easy to use plastic lipstick-type tubes, or in a one pound A50 container. R70 (by the each, dozen or gross) R71 (by the 1 lb container)

A35

7/16” (11.1mm) O.D.

A36

1/2” (12.7mm) O.D.

100 Assorted precut straight and tapered water key corks

139

CORK PRODUCTS

Cork products A40 SLOTTED TUBE CORKS

STRAIGHT TUBE CORKS

(Sold by the dozen)

A40

(Sold by the dozen or hundred)

A43

Bassoon bocal

A44

Soprano sax, trombone slide bumper corks 1-1/4” (31.8mm) Length 3/4” (19mm) O.D. 1/2” (12.7mm) Hole

A45

Small Alto sax 1-5/8” (41.3mm) Length 3/4” (19mm) O.D. 3/8” (9.5mm) Hole

A46

Reg. alto sax, C melody, small, tenor sax 1-3/4” (44.5mm) Length 13/16” (20.6mm) O.D. 9/16” (14.3mm) Hole

A47

Tenor & Bari sax 1-7/8” (47.6mm) Length 7/8” (22.2mm) O.D. 5/8” (15.9mm) Hole

For Conn “Clickless” valves, 1-1/2” (38.1mm) long.

YOU cut to length needed for various models.

FLUTE AND PICCOLO HEAD CORKS (Sold by the dozen and hundred)

A41

A42

Piccolo

Flute

A42A Alto Flute

7/8” (20.6mm) Length 7/16” (17.5mm) O.D. 1/8” (3.2mm) Hole 1-1/4” (31.8mm) Length 11/16” (17.5mm) O.D. 1/8” (3.2mm) Hole 1-1/4” (31.8mm) Length 1-1/8” (28.6mm) O.D. 1/8” (3.2mm) Hole

1-1/4” (31.8mm) Length 5/8” (15.9mm) O.D. 3/8” (9.5mm) Hole

TAPERED TUBE CORKS (Sold by the dozen or hundred)

A20 & A21 NEOPRENE BUMPERS Bumpers are made of neoprene, preferred by some players, because it bounces the valve back faster than cork.

A20 A21

Neoprene Bumpers-French Horn Yamaha Neoprene Bumpers for tuba(.175)

A48

Alto and C Melody Sax, 1-3/4” (44.5mm) long, 3/4” (19mm) O.D. Hole tapers 1/2”to 5/8” (12.7mm to 15.9mm)

A49

Tenor and Baritone Sax, 1-3/4” (44.5mm) long, 7/8” (22.2mm) O.D. Hole tapers 9/16” to 11/16” (14.3mm to 17.5mm)

Cliff’s Tips……

140

For trombone slide bumper corks, buy the A44 Straight Tube Corks. Slice a washer off to the correct length and install on the inner slides. Sometimes a very tight fit can be eased by cutting the cork ring. The slight gap that results will not hurt and the slide will push the ring tightly into place. To remove these corks easily use the G41A or B Trombone Bumper Remover. Quick, inexpensive and easy.

A54 PREMIUM PRECUT CORK PADS Searching for a perfect portion of sheet cork to make a cork pad has become obsolete. Our A54 Premium Precut Cork Pads have perfect surfaces on the face of the pad. Precut cork pads come from size 6mm thru 17mm and all half sizes in between. Thickness of the cork pads are .100” (2.54mm) for sizes 6mm thru 7.5mm and .110” (2.8mm) for sizes 8mm thru 17mm. The .100” (2.54mm) thickness is so the cork pad can be slipped into the pad cup on oboes without removing the key from the instrument. Minimum order one dozen per size on sizes 6-13. Sizes 13.5 thru 17 are sold individually or by the dozen.

A54

A63 VERY THIN SHEET CORK

This cork consists of 2 very thin layers of cork which are bonded over a material that discourages tearing. It is a good product for quality woodwind repairs. This cork is slightly thinner than our A55 sheet cork. It bonds securely to metal surfaces using our H70 Cork Cement.

Use the A63 for:

*Bridge keys and other linkages of all woodwinds *Key surfaces that are under an adjustment screw. *Key surfaces that must glide over or under key arms or spatulas (example: F ring key on all clarinets and sax sliders. When used in the applications above, this cork helps resist ripping, denting and balling up.

A63

CORK PRODUCTS

Cork products

Very Thin Sheet Cork

Premium Precut Cork Pads, 6-17m in .5 mm steps—Specify Size.

A54A Assortment of 100 Cork Pads A54-ALL A dozen of each size Cork Pad from 6 thru 13mm

Cliff’s Tip….Order yourself a few new D2 knives because although this sheet cork cuts to a very nice clean edge it does require a sharp knife.

FITTED MUTE CORKS

NATURAL SHEET CORK 12” of high quality sheet cork. Items with a * are cut in half by our vendor. You will get 2-6” pieces when ordering those part numbers. A55 1/64”* (.4mm)

A59 1/8”*

A56 1/32”

(.8mm)

A60 3/16”* (4.8mm)

A57 1/16”

(1.6mm) A61 1/4”*

(6.4mm)

A58 3/32”

(2.4mm) A62 3/64”

(1.2mm)

COMPRESSED CORK

(3.2mm)

(Replacements by dozen or hundred) These composition corks can be used to replace most mute corks. They are concave on the bottom for a better fitting surface and glue bond. Additionally they are rounded on the top for a snug “ mute to bell” contact area. A66 Small Mute Cork, 2” X 7/16” X 1/8” (50.8mm X 11.1 X 3.2mm)

A67

Large Mute Cork, 2-3/8” X 1/2” X 1/8” (60.3mm X 12.7mm X 3.2mm)

A56A 1/32” (.8mm)

A60A 3/16” (4.8mm)

A57A 1/16” (1.6mm) A61A 1/4”

(6.4mm)

This natural, compressed cork is great for tenon and necks, key corks and mute corks. You will find it A58A 3/32” (2.4mm) A62A 3/64” (1.2mm) very quiet and forgiving. There is NO rubber, neoprene or vinyl smell to this cork. There is NO A59A 1/8” (3.2mm) A64A 7/32” (5.6mm) odor! Great for Rental instruments; as it will recover if left compressed over the weekend. NOT GASKET A65A Asst. of each size including A63 CORK. 4” X 12” sheets.

141

CORK & FELT

Cork & FELT PRODUCTS P32 OBOE PAD HOLE CUTTER The P32 set is designed to cut a center hole in the A54 Cork Pads when replacing this type of pad on oboes. Our set has two cutters for cutting the center hole (One is 4mm the other is 5.4mm). The four Brass Centering dies are recessed on each end to hold cork pads. Since each centering die has a different pad size on each end, there are a total of 8 pad sizes available. They are 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 12, and 12.5mm. Also included with our set is a small version of our P28 Cutting Pad. This should be used under the cork pad to protect the cutting edges of the hole cutters.

P32

Oboe Cork Pad Hole Cutter Set

A tip that may be useful when installing these pads in the cup is to leave the cork pad on the cutter in the chuck of the bench motor. Using 240 grit Emery cloth, taper the sides of the pad before installation (case not included).

F12 CORK STRIPPER

Removes old cork clean and fast from tenons, mouthpieces, etc… Our cork stripper is simple to use. Both ends will remove the cork. One end is 8.5mm wide, the other end measures 9.5mm wide. It is not necessary to have a complicated and expensive gadget to do this job. Our hand tool is easy to use and of simple design. Made of hardened tool steel.

F12

E70 CORK PROTECTOR Used to place over the end of a sax neck during the installation of a neck cork using shellac. Will prevent burning of the cork while heating the tube.

E70

(Sold by the dozen or hundred)

Stainless steel cutting gauges for tenon corks. The stepped notches on both ends are used for measuring the width of the cork groove. The other side is a straight edge.

142

Cork Protector

WHITE FELT BUMPERS

D12 CORK STRIP CUTTING GAUGES

D12A 4” (102mm) Cork Strip Cutting Gauge D12B 12” (305mm) Cork Strip Cutting Gauge

Cork Stripper

A96

A70

5/16” (7.9mm) O.D. 1/4” (6.4mmm) Thick

A71

3/8” (9.5mm) O.D. 1/4” (6.4mm) Thick

A72

7/16” (11.1mm) O.D. 1/4” (6.4mm) Thick

A73

1/2” (12.7mm) O.D. 1/4” (6.4mm) Thick

A74

9/16’ (14.3mm) O.D. 1/4” (6.4mm) Thick

A75

3/8” (9.5mm) O.D. 3/8” (9.5mm) Thick

A76

7/16” (11.1mm) O.D. 3/8” ( 9.5mm) Thick

Assortment of 100 White Felt Bumpers

WHITE SAX KEY FELTS

SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS

(Sold by the dozen or hundred)

A97

A77

1/2” (12.7mm) O.D. 1/16” (1.6mm) Thick

A78

9/16” (14.3mm) O.D. 1/16” (1.6mm) Thick

A79

5/8” (15.9mm) O.D. 1/16” (1.6mm) Thick

BLACK

A120-BL A121-BL A122-BL A123-BL

BROWN

A120-BR A121-BR A122-BR A123-BR

Assortment of 100 White Sax Key Felts

WHITE FELT WASHERS

WHITE

A120-WH A121-WH A122-WH A123-WH

(Sold by the dozen or hundred)

Item

O.D.

I.D.

Thickness

A80

1/2” (12.7mm)

3/16” (4.8mm)

1/16” (1.6mm)

A81

1/2” (12.7mm)

3/16” (3.8mm)

3/32” (2.4mm)

A82

9/16” (14.3mm)

3/16” (4.8mm)

1/16” (1.6mm)

A83

9/16” (14.3mm)

3/16” (4.8mm)

3/32” (2.4mm)

A84

5/8” (15.9mm)

7/32” (5.6mm)

1/16” (1.6mm)

A85

5/8” (15.9mm)

7/32” (5.6mm)

3/32” (2.4mm)

A86

11/16” (17.5mm)

7/32” (5.6mm)

3/32” (2.4mm)

A88

11/16” (17.5mm)

3/8” (9.5mm)

1/8” (3.2mm)

A89

3/4” (19.0mm)

3/8” (9.5mm)

1/8” (3.2mm)

A90

3/4” (19.0mm)

7/16” (11.1mm)

1/8” (3.2mm)

A91

13/16” (20.6mm)

3/8” (9.5mm)

1/8” (3.2mm)

A92

13/16” (20.6mm) 7/16” (11.1mm)

1/8” (3.2mm)

A93

7/8” (22.2mm)

A95

Assortment of 100 White Felt Washers

7/16” (11.1mm)

1/8” (3.2mm)

A19W WHITE FELT SQUARES A19W 1/16” (1.6mm) thick white felt. For cut ting Felt washers. 12” square (305mm sq).

.5mm thick (1/64”) .9mm thick (1/32”) 1.2mm thick (3/64”) 1.5mm thick ( 1/16”)

FELT PRODUCTS

FELT PRODUCTS

.5mm thick ( 1/64”) .9mm thick ( 1/32”) 1.2mm thick (3/64”) 1.5mm thick (1/16”) .5mm thick (1/64”) .9mm thick (1/32”) 1.2mm thick ( 3/64”) 1.5mm thick (1/16”)

Many people prefer the performance, feel and quiet of this felt vs. cork. These felt sheets come in 4” X 12” sheets and are water repellent. Note, there are 4 different thicknesses.

E17 VALVE MIRROR By using this mirror you can see if you have used the proper thickness valve cork. This eliminates “stuffy” blowing in many instruments.

E17

Valve Mirror

ELKHART BUNDY/BUESCHER TOP CAP FELTS FOR CR/TR These woven felt washers fit all Bundy cornet and trumpet top valve caps and also can be used on many other brands. The A99 Bundy top cap felts measure 11/16” (17.5mm) O.D. X 7/16” (11.1mm) I.D. X .100” (2.54mm) thick. A99

Bundy Cornet/Trumpet Top Cap Felts

143

BUFFING & POLISH-

BUFFING & POLISHING HEAVY DUTY BELTSANDERS

Z2 BELT/DISK SANDER

Ferree’s Industrial quality Belt Sanders are 16” (406mm) deep with a 33” (83.8mm) span. Used primarily for sanding and polishing brass after dents have been taken out and to remove scratches and fine pits before buffing. Frames are made of heavy duty square tubular steel with totally enclosed 3450 rpm motors. Plenty of room to maneuver horns. For small brass, the Z110, 1/3 hp Belt Sander with 1” (25.4mm) belt would be satisfactory. If you work on many larger instruments, we suggest either the Z111, 1/2 hp or the Z112, 1 hp. Both use the 1” or 2” (25.4mm or 50.8mm) belts interchangeably. Z111 and Z112 have 2” wide pulleys.

This Belt/Disk Sander is a much improved version of our old Z1. The obvious improvement is the addition of an 8” (203mm) disk sander. This machine is ruggedly built and features tilting tables for both the band sander and disk sander. The Z2 does a number of jobs quickly and easily. For instance, shaping and sanding corks and stringed instrument bridges, grinding the ends of newly cut brass tubing , polishing pits out of brass tubing and a seemingly endless number of other jobs. Features include: automatic belt tension, belt guards, 115 volt 1/3 hp motor, an adjustable arm to permit the use of belts or different lengths and adjustable rubber feet.

PRICE INCLUDES MOTOR AND THREE BELTS (Shipped with no switch or plug so you can wire it for your local electric code).

Z110 Z111 Z112 Z113

1/3 hp, 1” (25.4mm) belt only 1/2 hp, 2” (50.8mm) belts 1 hp, 2” (50.8mm) belts 1 hp, (3 phase) 2” (50.8mm) belts 220 or 440

BELTS FOR Z110 THRU Z113

Z2

Belt/Disk Sander

REPLACEMENT DISKS FOR Z2 These 8” (203mm) sanding disks have self-adhesive backs.

H125 80 grit disk H126 120 grit disk H127 240 grit disk

1” (25.4MM) Belts for all model Belt Sanders.

Z115A 220 grit Z115C 400 grit

Z115B 320 grit

Belts measure 1” (25.4mm) wide x 42” (1.07mm) long.

BELTS FOR Z111 THRU Z113 2” (50.8MM) Belts for 1/2” hp Belt Sanders.

Z116A 220 grit Z116C 400 grit

144

REPLACEMENT BELTS FOR Z2

Z116B 320 grit

www.ferreestools.com

E62 E63 E64 E65 E66

Extra coarse, 80 grit Coarse, 120 grit Medium, 150 grit Fine, 240 grit Extra fine

We are open Monday-Friday

WALL MOUNT BUFFERS

FLOOR MOUNT BUFFERS

Ferree’s heavy duty floor model buffers are designed with a 1/4” (6.4mm) steel housing for extra strength and rigidity. The shaft is 1-1/2” (38.1mm) in diameter, ground and polished, stress-proof steel. This shaft size also helps prevent vibration. Total shaft length is 54” (1.37m) with 5/8”-11 threads. The shaft extends 18” (45.7cm) on each side. Floor to the center of the shaft is 40” (1.02m). The belt, pulley and motor are totally enclosed for operator safety. These buffers have provisions for the Z51BL Buffing Brackets. The shaft accepts Z56 Buff Shims that allow adjusting for various widths of buffs, so the flange nut is flush with the end of shaft as required by OSHA. See page 146. Each model is shipped without switch and cord as it must be wired to comply with local electrical codes. The motor is included in the price. Z100 Z101

SINGLE SPEED FLOOR MODELS 2hp Single Phase 3hp Single Phase

(Single Speed models are convertible to variable speed)

VARIABLE SPEED FLOOR MODELS

Z102 2hp Single Phase Z103 3hp Single Phase Z104 3hp Three Phase Z105 5hp Three Phase Approximately 450 lbs,. (204kg)

Note on Single Speed Models: The single speed

buffers have one speed, which is 2800 rpm. But, they can be converted to variable speed by adding a variable speed unit pulley and belt. The conversion price will be quoted upon request. Buffing hood & bracket see page 150.

BUFFING & POLISH-

Buffing & polishing

Our wall mount buffer is good for all buffing chores, but not for heavy production work as it is only 1-1/2 h.p. Not for sousaphones and tubas The shaft is 1-3/8” (34.9mm) in diameter, ground and polished, stress-proof steel. Total shaft length is 40” (1.01m) with 5/8”-11 threads. The shaft extends 12-1/2” (31.75cm) on each side. The shaft accepts Z56 Buffing Shims that allow adjusting for various widths of buffs, so the flange nut is flush with the end of the shaft as required by OSHA. Provisions are provided to mount the Z51BS bracket and Z51A Buffing Hood. The 3/16” (4.8mm) thick steel frame and sheet metal cover totally enclose the belt and pulleys. Lifetime lubricated bearings and the heavy duty 1-1/2 h.p. capacitor motor are included in the price. Both models are shipped without switch or cord, as they must be wired to comply with your local electrical codes. (Can be wired for either 110 or 220 volts)

Z71 Z73

1-1/2 hp Single Speed (Is convertible to variable speed, see note) 1-1/2 hp Variable Speed. Truck Ship only. 220 lb. ( 100kb)

VARIABLE vs SINGLE SPEED MODELS

The variable speed buffers are easily adjusted from 3000 rpm down to 1000 rpm. The advantages of having a variable speed unit are, the slower speed that is available for finer color buffing and the capability of using 10” (254mm) buffs for economic reasons. The buffer speed can be increased as the buffs get smaller so you will still get the same surface feet per minute. A slower speed for color buffing helps the rouge stay on the wheel better, making less mess and the buffs don’t wear out as fast. Color at 2400, hard buff at 2800. See G91R & G91L bushings on page 148.

145

BUFFING & POLISH-

BUFFING & POLISHING G90 TAPERED BUFFER SPINDLES

Z56 SAFETY FLANGE NUTS

To hold leather center buffs, Scratch brushes, and R2 & R3 tapered bell buffs on buffers that use 5/8”-11 (15.9mm-11) threads.

Z56 Safety Flange Nuts are used to replace hex and acorn nuts on buffing machine shafts. The flanged design provides OSHA safety for the operator. They are used with the Z55 Spacers to position the buffing wheels near the end of the threads. The Safety Flange Nuts are tightened with a special spanner wrench. There is less chance for clothes or aprons to get caught on exposed threads. The Z56 Safety Flange Nuts are 2” (50.8mm) O.D. and 3/8” (9.5mm) thick. They are threaded 5/8”-11 (15.9mm-11) for right and left hand threads. A set comes with a spanner wrench.

G90R Right hand thread G90L Left hand thread

E7 TAPERED SPINDLES Mount on motor shaft for scratch brush or small buffs. Fit over motor shaft affixed by set screw. Comes in two sizes, in both right and left hand.

E7AL 1/2” (12.7mm) left hand thread E7AR 1/2” (12.7mm) right hand thread E7BL 5/8” (15.9mm) left hand thread E7BR 5/8” (15.9mm) right hand thread

IMPORTANT: When installed and spaced properly, the Z56 Safety Flange Nuts will completely cover the exposed threads on the shaft.

Z56 Z56L Z56R Z56W

Safety Flange Nuts (including wrench) Nut-Left Hand Thread Nut-Right Hand Thread Wrench Only

Z55 SPACERS SHAFT UTILITY ARBORS Arbor to hold small buffs or grinding wheels. Fits over motor shaft, affixed by set screw. Comes in two sizes, in both right and left hand. See X116A and B on page 91.

RIGHT HAND ARBOR D34R 1/2” (12.7mm) shaft size D36R 5/8” (12.7mm) shaft size LEFT HAND ARBOR D34L 1/2” (12.7mm) shaft size D36L 5/8” (15.9mm) shaft size

146

The Z55 Buffing Wheel Spacers are used to position the buffs near the end of the threaded shaft so the Z56 Flanged Nut will screw on and still cover the end of the threads. The spacers are 2” (50.8mm) O.D. and have a 5/8” (15.9mm) hole in the center. A set contains three different thicknesses of spacers: 3/8”, 5/8” and 7/8” (9.5mm, 15.9mm,& 22.2mm).

Z55 Spacers

COLOR BUFFS

LOOSE MUSLIN BUFFS

Loose buffs with single stitching around hole. Ideal for buffing with Red Rouge or Nuwhite compound.1/2” (12.7mm) hole.

SPIRAL STITCHED MUSLIN BUFF Usually used in doubles when “cutting” with Tripoli. Singles or triples can be used when needed. Also used with emery. 3/8” (9.5mm) thick with 1/2” (12.7mm) hole. R9 Muslin Buff, 8”(203mm)dia,

R18

R8A 8” (203mm), 1/4” (7mm) thick Muslin Buff R8B 10” (254mm), 1/4” (7mm) thick Muslin Buff

BUFFING & POLISH-

Buffing & polishing

Muslin Buff, 11” (279mm) dia,

TAPERED MUSLIN BUFFS Requires G90 tapered spindles

These buffs are used buffing inside horn flares.

SINGLE FLANNEL BUFFS

Soft cotton flannel on one side. Single stitching around the hole. 1/2” (12.7mm) hole. 18 ply. Softest buff for coloring with red rouge.

R2

R7 8” (203mm), 3/4” (20mm) thick Flannel Buff

R3

SINGLE FLANNEL BUFF

for

2” (50.8mm) Tapered Buff for Cornets, etc.. 3-1/2” (89mm) Tapered Buff for Trombones, etc..

Soft 80/80 cotton blend 8”(203mm) x 3/4”(19.05mm) thick, 60 ply buff. These buffs have stitching around the 1/8” (3.175mm) hole .

4” and 5” CHAMOIS BUFFS

R11 8” (203mm), 3/4” (20mm) thick Flannel Buff

LEATHER CENTERED BUFFS

RAZOR EDGE BUFF

Very thin, ideal for buffing around clarinet posts. Eliminates the hazard of tearing posts out of the body.

R1

4” (102mm) Razor Edge Buff

LEATHER CENTER BUFF

For use with your bench motor This 5/8” (15mm) thick 50 ply buff can be used with the L8 and E7 tapered spindles and adaptors. Spiral stitching.

R6

6” (152mm) Leather Center Buff

These leather center chamois buffs can be used on Ferree’s N99 Bench Motor, using the E7 tapered spindle, or on any 1725 rpm tapered spindle. Touch up and bring out the luster of clarinet and flute keys still mounted on the body. Excellent buff to use on better clarinets that do not have plated keys. Timesaver for flutes that are demo’s and covered with fingerprints, using, silvo. Use R49 Key Buffing Compound ONLY with chamois buffs. These buffs are 12 ply, 3/8” (10mm) thick. BR5A BR5B BR5C BR5D

4” (102mm) Chamois Buff, Spiral Sewn 5” (127mm) Chamois Buff, Spiral Sewn 4”(102mm)Chamois Buff, Center Stitched 5”(127mm)Chamois Buff, Center Stitched

147

BUFFING & POLISH-

Buffing & polishing RU1 GOOD USED MUSLIN BUFFS Used Muslin Buffs with a 1” center hole. This buff is similar to our R8A buff, but thinner. These are good quality buffs. Size varies 7-1/2” thru 8”. See aluminum G91R and G91L bushings to the right.

RU1

Used Buff

R22 SPECIAL BUFFING GLOVES Good quality reversible buffing gloves with nap side out. Made of heavy -duty 10oz. (340g) material. Reversible with centered thumb, so they can be used on either hand. When worn or dirty, simply reverse and wear on the opposite hand. Twice the wear, half the expense. Can also be used while operating Z60 dent machine.

R22

Pair of Buffing Gloves

G91 ALUMINUM BUSHINGS To hold buffs with larger holes

These are all aluminum bushings for 5/8”11 buffing shaft 1-1/4” (31.8mm) O.D. for holding buffs with larger holes or use buffs with a larger punched hole. G91R Right hand thread G91L Left hand thread

R80 BUFFING RAKE Keep your buffs in good condition with a Buffing Rake. These rakes recondition and shape buffs quickly. They open up the face, eliminate glaze and prolong the useful life of the buffs. The R80 comes complete with the rake, but since the rake is easily replaceable, the handle can be used over and over.

R80 R82

Buff Rake, Complete Replacement Rake only

H1 ASSEMBLY GLOVES Put on a pair of these fine white knit cotton gloves after buffing and polishing. When you assemble the horn you will avoid getting fingerprints on your freshly polished metal. One size fits all.

H1

Assembly Gloves

POLISHING WHEEL FOR STEEL

6” (152MM) polishing wheel for polishing steel. Has a 1” (25.4mm) center hole. Please specify 1/2” (12.7mm) or 5/8” (15.9mm) adaptor for your shaft. Recommended for removing rust from all steel mandrels, tools and parts. Will not distort the surface. Polishing compound is built into the wheel. Leaves a fine satin finish. No additional compound is necessary.

148

H200 Polishing Wheel for Steel (comes w/bushing) H200P Replacement Bushing

STANDARD RAGGING TAPE

Here’s an answer to the problem of finding a good cloth for hand ragging. This ragging tape resists fraying, lasts much longer, and will hold the rouge. It doesn’t bunch up and makes getting around valves ports, etc. very easy.

R25 R26 R27 R28

1/2” (12.7mm) wide, 100ft (30.5m) roll 1/2” (12.7mm) wide, 25ft (7.62m) length 3/4” (19mm) wide, 100ft (30.5m) roll 3/4” (19mm) wide, 25ft (7.62m) roll

ULTRA THIN RAGGING TAPE

This thin 3/16” (4.8mm) ragging tape is ideal for polishing in small areas such as between valve casing braces and ports.

R30

Ultra Thin Ragging Tape 100ft. (30.5m) roll

STEP 2

SUGGESTED BUFFING PROCEDURE

May be omitted by some buffers

NUWHITE

Following is a procedure which we have found to be safe and reliable. This procedure is used: AFTER THE HORN HAS BEEN REPAIRED AND BRITE DIPPED. Experienced Repairmen may have other methods or be able to skip certain steps, but the techniques detailed below will always work and the buffing compounds used are the same.

STEP 1A

This step can be omitted on normal jobs

Sometimes used after Tripoli operation. Works best on white brass, commonly called, “nickel” (3 lbs-1.4 kg).

R47A Nuwhite Cake, Single R47B Nuwhite Cake, Dozen STEP 3 RED ROUGE

EMERY For use on a horn which had a sand blasted, silver plated finish. After stripping, use a R9 Spiral Stitch Buff and Emery Cake to smooth the sandblasted surface in preparation for buffing (weight~ 3 lbs.-1.4 kg each).

R45A Emery Cake, Single R45B Emery Cake, Dozen

STEP 1B

BUFFING & POLISH-

Buffing & polishing

Color buffing is the final process and the most important one for a professional job. It brings out the finest, richest color of the brass and removes minute scratches. Use R7, R12 or R8A, R8B for coloring. Some prefer muslin color buffs, some prefer flannel color buffs. It is personal, depending on the finish wanted. Red also works on smooth silver plate (weight~3 lbs-1.4 kg).

TRIPOLI This is a hard buffing and cutting compound. Used R48A Red Rouge Cake, Single after Step 1A or in place of Step 1A on normal R48B Red Rouge Cake, Dozen relaquering jobs. Use a R9 or R18 Muslin Buffs. You STEP 4 almost NEVER use a single section. Running 2 Following the red rouge buffing, the horn should be prevents flopping, which dents (weight~3 lbs.-1.4 kg). thoroughly degreased. The best way to degrease a horn is with a hot vapor spray degreaser. This is the fastest, most complete method of removing buffing residue from a horn. Removing this residue is very important, because lacquer WILL NOT STICK to a greasy surface. After completing the necessary steps listed above, the horn is ready to be assembled and lacquered. Use a clean pair of H1 Assembly Gloves to avoid finger prints when handling the horn.

R46A Tripoli Cake, Single R46B Tripoli Cake, Dozen

R49 KEY BUFFING COMPOUND A special shining compound to be used with BR5A and BR5B chamois buffs. Used to polish nickel clarinet and flute keys still mounted on the body. White color. 1 lb. 14 oz. (.85 kg).

R49

Key Buffing Compound

149

BUFFING & POLISH-

BUFFING & POLISHING Z46 COLLECTION BAG TYPE BLOWER UNIT

Z51 BUFFING HOOD Our Z51A Buffing Hood is made from heavy, galvanized steel and has an adjustable wheel opening. It can be set on your base or on the Z51B Folding Bracket. By using the bracket, you can move the hood back when buffing larger instruments.

Z51A Buffing Hood Only Z51BS 11-1/2” Bracket for wall mounted buffer Z51BL 17-1/2” Bracket for floor mounted buffer For buffing room exhaust systems. Used where collection bags are necessary or with permanent collection box. Sturdy welded 16 gal. steel housings. Balanced self-paddle-type wheels. With or without a motor.

DIMENSIONS

Wheel diameter 10-5/8” (270mm) Motor: 1 h.p. Wheel bore 3/4” (19mm) Inlet 6” (152mm) Outlet 4”(H) x 3-1/2” (W) (102mm high x 89mm wide) Overall 18” x 21” x 16”(457 x 533 x 406mm)

Z46

Complete Blower with Motor, 1hp 3450 rpm, 115/220v, single phase

Z58 COLLECTION ASSEMBLY

Adaptor pipe and bag to attach at discharge ing for collection.

Z58

Collection Assembly complete

www.ferreestools.com 150

open-

Z52 Z54

INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES 4” (102mm) Flexible Tubing 6” (152mm) Y tube, two 4” (102mm) inlets

Z35 PORTABLE AIR BUFFER This portable air operated buffer is handy for cutting down “make ready” time on brass overhauls. It has a special spindle for small buffs for those hard-to-reach solder spots and marks. No more scraping. Terrific on large instrument overhauls such as French Horns, Baritones or Sousaphones. Used in many instrument factories. Very practical if you do much brass overhauling. Hooked to your air compressor, this tiny high speed buffer goes 16,000 rpm with 1/3 hp capacity. Watch the solder disappear. A 2” (50.8mm) buff at this speed gives 8350 surface feet (2545 surface meters) per minute. Compare this to an 8” (203mm) buff at 2800 rpm which gives only 5850 surface feet (1783 surface meters) per minute. This tool has a handy lever control and a built in hang up hook. Requires 4 cu. ft. (113.3 cu. L.) of air per minute at 90 to 100 lb (6.3 to 7 kg/cm²) pressure. Price includes four R10 buffs.

Z35

Portable Air Buffer

R10

Extra 2” (50.8mm) Buff

Z35S Shaft only

SCRATCH BRUSHES

Used to clean satin finish, silver plated instruments with soap bark and water. If necessary, boil out the instrument in Z15 Combination Lacquer Strip and Silver Clean Solution, followed by a clear water rinse. Drip “a detergent solution” on the brush while using, to keep it wet during the scratch brushing process. All brushes are of crimped brass wire. H5 H7 H11 H12 H13 H14 H3 H4

GOBLET 2” (50.8mm) 6 row for cornet 3” (76mm) 8 row for trombone Both goblets have .004” wire ROUND 4” (102mm) 2 row, .0035”, 1-1/2” hub 4” (102mm) 2 row, .005”, 1-1/2” hub 6” (152mm) 2 row, .0035”, 2” hub 6” (152mm) 2 row, .005”, 2” hub CYLINDRICAL 4” (102mm) X 3/4” (19mm) Cylindrical scratch brush 5” (127mm) x 1-1/4” (31.8mm) Hand held have wooden handles

Z97 SCRATCH BUFFING MACHINES

BUFFING & POLISH-

BUFFING & POLISHING

The Z97 Scratch brush machine includes a mounted 1/4 hp totally enclosed motor. This machine incorporates a permanent tapered spindle, plastic covering and is available either right or left handed to fit the area of use. The motor furnished with the Z97 is a totally enclosed motor to help prevent humidity problems that could occur internally. Nothing is water proof, but close. With the resurgence of silver-plate as a finish, both brilliant and satin (sand blasted), Ferree's introduces a special machine specifically for the job. Depending on which wheel you use, you can somewhat determine the finish. Many Repairmen also use a scratch brush to clean -up other things, including both plated and monel pistons, French horn, trombone and tuba rotors, as well as woodwind keys and sax bodies of any particular finish.

Z97L Left handed scratch buff machine with motor Z97R Right handed scratch buff machine with motor Use with H11-H14 Scratch brushes.

151

BRASSWIND BENCH 152

Suggested brasswind bench Here is the list of tools by Gary Ferree, for a brasswind bench; for most repairing less than overhauls. I have listed everything as a one of, to make it simple. These are hand tools, the Z60 dent machine and related accessories are treated separately (pg. 96). Z10B F7 J88A L54 F33 E40 F13 F14 F15 F31B F41 F42 F46B F49 F32 J45 N13 N19 N66A N66B N66C D33 H114 H115 H116 E29A F57 G62 G97 G25 L14A L22 E90 E92 E94 G18 G16 G16A F48 F61B X21 Z30 H70 H70S H72 F72 F67 J20SS J22SS

Cold Cleaner Premium Metal Polish “Cracker” Oil Torch Kit Soldering Torch (2) Triangular Scraper Solder Scraper Solder Scraper Solder Scraper Cutting Pad Soft Solder Flux Solder Solder Flux, Quart Tix Anti-Flux Striker 12 x 12 Millboard Bell Mounting Jig Large Solder Clamp Mthpiece Rec Reamer-Cor Mthpiece Rec Reamer-Trpt Mthpiece Rec Reamer-Tb/Br Bench Knife 220 Emery Cloth Roll 320 Emery Cloth Roll 400 Emery Cloth Roll Fine Narrow File Side Cutters Metal Back Saw 6” Ruler 6” Digital Caliper V-Block Lead Jaws Cor/Trpt Slide Pliers Baritone Tuning Slide Pliers Sousa/Tuba Pliers Pad Gauge Sm. Center Punch Med. Center Punch Utility Pliers Parallel Jaw, Scored Plier Cabinet For Corks/Felts Tool Chest Cork Cement Solvent Extra Can Large Screwdriver Medium Screwdriver Round Nose Plier Small Duckbill Pliers

E15D D44 L20 G88 S70 S71 S80-S96 S90-S93B D49 A14/A15 A16/A17 A1/A2 A3/A4 A27 A28 A29 A33 A34 A35 A36 A18A-D A80 A84 A90 A92 A93 A99 N75 N76 H65 H66 N16S O70S O70D N72 N73 N80AS N80BS N80CS N80DS N80ES N57G N57X N82 N59 N81S N65S N70 N71

Bench Plier Pin Vise Bench Block Mouthpiece Puller (2) Cleaning Rod (2) Cleaning Rod (1dz of ea) Valve Springs (1dz of ea) Waterkey Springs Waterkey Installing Jig (1c of ea) Cork Washers (4dz of ea) Cork Washers (1c of ea) Cork Washers (4dz of ea) Cork Washers (4dz) Straight Waterkey Corks (2c) Straight Waterkey Corks (4dz) Straight Waterkey Corks (4dz) Tapered Waterkey Corks (2c) Tapered Waterkey Corks (4dz) Tapered Waterkey Corks (2dz) Tapered Waterkey Corks (1dz of ea) Fr Horn Corks (2c) Felt Washers (1c) Felt Washers (1c) Trombone Felts (2c) Trombone Felts (1c) Trombone Felts (2c) Trumpet Felts Flute Head Mandrel Flute Body Mandrel Piccolo Head Mandrel Piccolo Body Mandrel Set, Dent Rod Guides Set, Wood Mandrels Wood Mandrel Sax Body Bow Rod Sax Neck Rod (2) Dent Ball Set Dent Ball Set Dent Ball Set Dent Ball Set Dent Ball Set 101 Dent Ball Set 4 Barrel Dent Balls Dent Ball Holder For N80’s Magnet Locator Slotted Sax Dent Balls Barrel Ball Set, Rod Mounted French Horn Rod French Horn Rod

N54S N55S N31/A/B N69/N74 N32/N33 N34 N56 N17 P50 P58 P56 P52 P53 P54 F11/11A F10S F9 N68 E17 N1/2/3 N2A N15 L3/L4 L13 N4 L17/L18 L19 F5/5A/5B N14A/B N51S N58A,C,D

(5) Knuckle Tools (5) Knuckle Tools Dent Rods Dent Rods Dent Rods Dent Rod Mouthpipe Cable Kit Bassoon Bocal Cable Trpt Dent Ball Driver Sax Neck Dr/Retriever Fr Horn Bell Driver Dent Ball Hammer Trmb. Dent Ball Retr. Trombone Hammer Canvas Hammers Set, Steel Dent Hammers Brass Hammer Right Angle Mandrel Valve Mirror Burnisher (3) Handles Shank Truing Tool Bell Irons Tuning SL Removal TL Yamaha Tool Burnishing Rings Handle Leather Hammers Mandrels Mouthpiece Arbors Ground Casing Mandrels *You select sizes for above N28A,C,D Ground Sleeve Mandrels *You select sizes for above G45A/B Cork Barrel Tools P102 Yamaha Thread Tool G35 Spacers N87A Trombone Pliers N53A #4,5 Trb. Slide Mandrels N53B #6,7,8,9,10 Mandrels N52A/C Slide Mandrels N35/36/37 Right Angle Expanders N91S Set, Tapered Mandrels N90 Tapered Mandrel N93 Sax Body Rod P60 Rotary Valve Tool P60C #5,6,7 Collets P89 Steel Trombone Slide Plate G41A/B Trb. Bumper Removers Z6/Z8/T85 Lubricants

Here is a list of tools by Gary Ferree, for a woodwind bench for most repairing, less than overhauls. Everything is listed as a one of, to keep it simple. Sax pads are quite an expense and are handled separately. Clarinet, Flute and other woodwind pads are more of an individual thing, so that IS the way I handled them, they are here. I have also, in good conscience, put some tools into a “community” bench because the less incidence of repair vs. cost of tooling makes me go this way. N99A D5 D57 N130 E40 D42 L24 E34 N79 P28 D2 D33 D45 D101 D118 H77 E97-4 E29 E29A E18 R88 E30 G60 D27-2,4 D20 D21 D29S F76 G62 D32A/B D15S E47 E197 G44 G5A E46 G97 H56 D44 E12 L20 G18 L62 F97A F48 F61A

Bench Motor Adaptor Chuck Grinding Wheel Sanding Rod Set Triangular Scraper Tenon Scraper Lead Block Flute Pad Iron Flute Pad Punch Cutting Pad Cork Knife Bench Knife Utility Knife 1-60 Drill Set 61-80 Drill Set Fine Oilstone Tonehole Set Wide Fine File Narrow Fine File Swiss Pattern File Set Filing Wood Block File Cleaner Jewelers Saw Blades Sm. Solid Shortener Lg. Solid Shortener Set of 5 Tubular Shorteners Music Wire Cutters Metal Back Saw Broaches Set of 11 Pvt Scrw Cntersnks Pivot Screw Key Reamers Pad Set Reamers Screw Slot Tool 4” Caliper Pad Gauge 6” Scale Small Pin Vise Pin Prick Holder Brass Jaw Pliers Bench Anvil Center Punch Butane Bunsen Thin Jaw Duckbill Utility Pliers Parallel Pliers

J99 G67B G19 H75 H75C H75D H75E H70 H70S H72 R50 F20 F66 F67 F72 F77-0 F77-1/1L F77-2/2L F77-3/4/5 D6 D6A D6B D1A/D1B D38 D35 J20SS/J22SS F75 E2A E15A/B/C/D E1 E3/E4/E5 N78 E41 D14 Q65-1 J90 thru J94 G23 O38 E36 E61 F12 G82 G26 G38A (100) D13 G21

Hi-Heat Gun Amber Shellac Clear Magic Epoxy “Hot Stuff” Kit Spray Solvent Tubing Cork Cement Solvent Extra Can Testing Corks Knock Pin Tool Small Screwdriver Medium Screwdriver Large Screwdriver PowerDriver PowerDrivers PowerDrivers PowerDrivers Bench Peg-Traditional Reverse Peg Reverse Peg-large Medium/Large Sprghooks Spring Punches Testing Feeler Holder Rnd Nose/Sm. Duckbill Pliers Sax Bumper Adjuster Large Swedging Plier Swedging Pliers Hook Nose Key Bending Plier Spring Pliers Flute Cup Tool Flat Spring Tool Neck Screw Extractor Leak Light Kit Assembly Boards Bench Oiler Octave Tubing Flute Pad Pliers Flute Leveling Gauge Cork Stripper (18) Flute Clips (6) Flute Clips Wood Wedges Sax Pad Height Gauge Sax Key Leveling Tools

F27

Sax Key Bending Levers

B215C 500 Clarinet Pads w/Cabinet B311 (3) 100 Flute Pad Assortments B371 (2) 100 Piccolo Pad Assortments X14 Cabinet for Flute and Oboe Pads F98 3/32” Nut Driver F99 1/8” Nut Driver A55 1/64” Natural Sheet Cork A56 1/32” Natural Sheet Cork A57 1/16” Natural Sheet Cork A58 3/32” Natural Sheet Cork A62 3/64” Natural Sheet Cork A63 Laminated Very Thin Cork D12A 4” Cork Gauge G100 Set of Oboe Tone Hole Cutters E100 Flute Arm Key Bending Set

W/W SHOP SET UP

Suggested woodwind shop set up

153

LACQ. & CLEANING

Lacquering & cleaning equip. WOOD LACQUERING MANDRELS

Used to hold an instrument during lacquering with less chance of dropping the instrument. Also, handy for storing instruments in the lacquer room between coats.

O4 For cornet or trumpet

O5 For trombone (Saxophones and larger instruments should be hung instead of held.)

J85 RUST INHIBITOR Keeps your tools rust free. Fortified lanolin absorbs up to five times its own weight in water. Sets up a protective barrier film to provide lasting rust protection. It is a natural lubricant. Spray on tools or machined surfaces. Lubricants can be applied over J85 Rust Inhibitor without reducing their effectiveness. If removal is desired, use Z10 Cold Cleaner. Cannot ship by mail.

J85

Z19 Lime and Scale Remover was designed to completely replace acid based materials in lime and scale removal. Deposits are removed rapidly and effectively with a minimal attack on brass, copper, aluminum, etc.. Great for slides and valves that are corroded with lime. Shipped in crystal form, just add water. Mix is 1 lb (.45 kg) to 1 gallon (3.79 liters) of water. 9 lbs or less NO hazard fee. Cannot ship by mail. UPS charges hazard fee on 10 lbs or more of this remover. Z19A Lime and Scale Remover, 1 lb (454 g) Z19B Lime and Scale Remover, 10 lb (4.5kg) Z19C Lime and Scale Remover, 25 lb (11.3kg)

Z27 PLASTIC FLUTE TRAY This deep tray will accommodate most flute bodies and parts for dipping in Z25 Tarnish Remover. It measures 15” X 6” X 2” (381mm x 76mm x 50.8mm). Z27

Plastic Flute Tray

X68 WORK BASKET It will be useful in many dipping type operations. Lighter gauge, with a 14-1/2” (368mm) handle, it has a wooden bar to hold so it doesn't get too hot. 9-3/4” OD X 6” Deep.

X68

Work (Aluminum)

Basket

Rust Inhibitor 11 oz (312 g)

FEEL FREE TO CALL 800-253-2261, 24 HOURS A DAY TO PLACE YOUR ORDER. FAX YOUR ORDER TO 269-965-7719 EMAIL ORDERS TO [email protected]

154

Z19 LIME AND SCALE REMOVER

SILVER STRIP FORMULA Add 4 oz (113.4 gr) salt peter (potassium nitrate) to each gallon (3.79 L) of sulphuric acid. Needs to be stored in the plastic lined barrel. This is used to remove silver plate from silver plated instruments. You will then be down to the original brass finish. Now the instrument may be buffed and lacquered. Be careful not to leave it in the solution too long or it will become pitted.

WENOL POLISH

Z40 SAND BLASTER

For use on the outside surface of instruments. Excellent for gold, silver, brass and copper. No grit. Quickly removes oxidation, tarnish, paint and most stains. Cannot ship by mail.

For sand blasting instruments or parts before plating. The new model F “Sandy Jet” siphon sand blaster is equal in performance and power to equipment many times larger. The user serviceable pistol grip type blast gun connected to the sand and air hose, is the only weight you hold.

J31

Wenol Polish 100 ml tube

Z25 TARNISH REMOVER

Cleans flute bodies like magic Tarnish Remover is the best silver cleaning agent on the market today. It can penetrate and clean the darkest tarnish off all silver plated items in seconds. It is exceptionally useful when cleaning flute bodies in the areas of post rib construction and rolled tone holes. Size is not a factor. Tarnish Remover can do the job on anything from a tuba to a flute body. Please note that a PLASTIC container MUST be used to store TARNISH REMOVER. Cannot ship by mail.

LACQ. & CLEANING

Lacquering & cleaning

OPERATING AIR PRESSURE

Volume of air required at 80 lbs. (5.5kg/cm2) is: 7cu.ft./min. with 13/64” nozzle & 5/64” airjet; 15cu.ft./min. with 1/4” nozzle & 1/8” airjet; 20 cu.ft./min. with 5/16” nozzle & 5/32” airjet. Regardless of the nozzle/jet used, the amount of air that is used is very conservative. Airjet and nozzle must be paired correctly for best results. The outfit consists of: Power gun, container of 50lbs (22.7kkg) of sand, which is 10qts. (9.5L, 7ft {2.13m}) of hose connecting the gun to the sand container. Operator’s face shield and hood, nozzles, airjets, Allen wrench.

Z40 Z42A Z42S Z43A Z43S

Sand Blasting Outfit Air Jet 1/8” Sand Nozzle 1/4” Air Jet 5/32” Sand Nozzle 516”

Z25A 1 qt (.95 L) Tarnish Remover Z25B 1 gal (3.79 L) Tarnish Remover

Feel free to call for current pricing on items or go to www.ferreestools.com for updated price lists.

Call 24 hours a day to place your order!! 800-253-2261

One of Ferree’s early locations in Battle Creek, MI

155

LACQ. & CLEANING

Lacquering & cleaning equip. CLEANERS

3M Silver Cleaner available in 10 oz and Copper/ Brass Cleaner available in 8 oz. Besides cleaning

and polishing beautifully, these cleaners contain an anti-tarnish protector that helps keep your fine silver or copper and brass pieces tarnish free. Cannot ship by mail. T71 3M Silver Cleaner 10 oz (296 ml) T72 Copper & Brass Cleaner 8 oz (296 ml)

METAL POLISH Features: • This item is offered in a 12 oz. (353ml) bottle. • It can be use on Stainless Steel, Chrome, Brass, Copper and Pewter. • This cleaner/polish also contains a metal protecting agent.

F7

Premiere Multi-Use Metal Polish, 12 oz bottle

SILVERSMITH’S POLISH AND SPRAY

X50 CHEESECLOTH

Cheesecloth is the best and most economical material there is for cleaning valve casings and trombone slides. A continuous piece of cloth is very useful for a brass technician because of the different lengths needed for cleaning trombone slides and valve casings. Dirty cloth can be snipped off and clean cloth can be rethreaded through the cleaning rod quickly for the next cleaning operation. This box of continuous cheesecloth will eliminate waste and save money.

X50 X51

Cheesecloth. Full box of 80 yds (3.15m) Cheesecloth. Specify yards wanted

X56 COTTON FLANNEL

This cotton flannel has nap on both sides of the cloth and is woven to be extra soft. This is the type of cloth used to wipe spots off brass instruments after degreasing and prior to lacquering. Some polyester types of cloth will scratch the brass. With this flannel you will never have that problem. Excellent for color ragging with R48 Red Rouge. Works great when using Silvo or Wenol polishes.

X55 X56

156

Cotton flannel by the bolt of 50 yds (45.72m) by 48” (68.6cm) Cotton flannel, specify the yards wanted

Great for making instruments shine like new. Cannot ship by mail. T73 12 oz Silversmith’s Polish T74A 8.5 oz Silversmith’s Spray

J34 RED BEAR Similar to Brasso, but has no grit and is water soluble. Good for trombone and cornet slides. Cannot ship by mail. J34

Red Bear Polish 180 gram can

X57 MOLESKIN POLISH CLOTH X57

Blue moleskin polish cloth 6” x 6”

CYLINDRICAL TANKSBARREL LINERS

Both the 30 and 55 gallon sizes of these barrel liners have a cuff type flange to cover the barrel edge. NOTE: NOT self-standing! MUST be used inside the correct sized steel barrel for support. Will hold your Silver Strip or Z21 Cold Strip when properly installed inside the correct steel barrel. The 5 and 10 gallon sizes will stand alone when used with thinner such as Cyanide and Brite Dip. Price Includes cover. Cap Gals.

Outside Flange Dia. In. Dia. In.

Overall Dpth. In.

X32

5

11

12-3/8

15-1/8

X33

10

13-3/8

14-3/4

20-3/8

X30

30

17-13/16

19-1/2

28-1/4

X31

55

22

23-11/16

34-1/2

Cap. Liters

Outside Flange Dia. Dia. Cm. Cm.

O6 TUBING CLEANER BALLS

Brushes are fine for cleaning the inside of brass tubing, but getting material out of the bottom bow in a trombone slide or other curved tubing is another thing. A brush with bristles stiff enough to remove the stubborn deposits probably wouldn’t make the curve without putting scratches in the bore. Here’s a better way. Put a small quantity of these O6 Tubing Cleaner Balls inside dirty tubing. Add some lukewarm, detergent water and shake. You may have to repeat this process a few times, to get the tubing thoroughly cleaned. The balls can be reused many times. We’ve put 600 of these brass balls in a handy plastic storage bottle. We think you’ll be pleased with the job they do. O6

Tubing Cleaner Balls

Overall Dpth. Cm.

COMBINATION LACQUER REMOVER AND SILVER CLEANING SOLUTION This product will effectively remove most cellulose lacquer. Mix 1/2 lb (.226 kg) per 1 gallon (3.79 L) of water. Use at 180° to 210° F (82.2° to 98.9° C). Will also remove old orange King lacquer. Removes most oridnary lacquer in 10 minutes. Safe on all metals EXCEPT Aluminum (Hazardous. Can ship by UPS Ground ONLY).

X32

18.9

27.9

31.4

38.4

X33

37.9

34.0

37.5

51.8

X30

113.6

45.2

49.5

71.8

X31

208.2

55.9

60.2

87.6

World’s Largest Manufacturer of Quality Band Instrument Repair Tools. www.ferreestools.com

LACQ. & CLEANING

Lacquering & cleaning equip.

Z15A 10 lbs (4.5 kg) Z15B 25 LBS (11.3 kg)

157

LACQ. & CLEANING

Lacquering & cleaning SUGGESTED LACQUER ROOM LAYOUT

X70 FERREE’S CLEAR LACQUER An excellent quality cellulose lacquer. The same lacquer used by many band instrument manufacturers on instruments too large to use bake -on type epoxy lacquer. Excellent color retention, better perspiration resistance and surface hardness than older types of lacquer. Use on brass, nickel and silver. We do NOT recommend buying larger than gallon lots of lacquer, unless you have a very large volume of work. Should be used up within 6-8 months for best results. No mail.

X70A 1 qt. (.95 L) Clear Lacquer X70B 1 gal. (3.79 L) Clear Lacquer X70C 5 gal. (18.9 L) Clear Lacquer

X71 FERREE’S THINNER (Used with X70 Lacquer)

The drawing above is a suggested lacquer room layout. We have used the basic design as described below several times in different buildings. The overall space needed is about 10 ft. (3 meters) by 12 ft. (3.66 meters) OR about 6 ft. (1.8 meters) by 20 ft. (6 meters) if you put the above drawing in halves, end to end. The lacquer room must be basically, air tight. The exhaust fan MUST be on an outside wall. You can mount air filters over, beside, or in the door to draw fresh, warm, dry air into the room and filter out the dust and lint at the same time. IF you can, you may mount the filters in the ceiling, where they are NOT in the booth. The room is divided by a wall that extends two-thirds of the way across the room. This wall confines the spray to a small area. On the other side of the divider, put racks to hold our O4 thru O5 lacquer mandrels. Place instruments on these mandrels after spraying or while waiting to be sprayed. With either layout, you don’t have to open and shut the door during spraying time. This avoids raising a lot of dust and lint. The baffle on the spraying side is important because it creates a venturi effect. **NOTE: All lacquer, Thinner, Retarder, and Dye MUST, by law, ONLY be shipped by UPS or FedEx Ground or Truck….They are Considered Hazardous. We are NOT able to ship these items Overseas due to Regulations. Can ship to Canada by UPS or FedEx ONLY!

158

X71A 1 qt. (.95 L) Thinner X71B 1 gal. (3.79 L) Thinner X71C 5 gal. (18.9 L) Thinner Cannot ship by mail.

X72 FERREE’S RETARDER

To be used when the humidity is between 50% to 90% (if higher, wait until another day to lacquer). This retarder will slow the drying action to prevent blushing (whitening) of lacquer. Cannot ship by mail.

X72A 1 qt. (.95 L) Retarder X72B 1 gal. (3.79 L) Retarder

FERREE’S SPECIAL GOLD DYE No more light and dark dyes needed, this new concentrate is all you will need. This 2 ounce concentrate is available in place of the light and dark dyes that are now discontinued. Cannot ship by mail.

X73

Dye Concentrate

IMPORTANT! Call your local environmental agency before disposing of any chemicals.

Highly concentrated, non -oily, non-staining odor suppressant and deodorizer. Formulated to control bad odors by three way action: Deactivates the source, neutralizes the malodor, and provides a fresh, pleasant fragrance in the surrounding area. Eliminates foul organic odor from carpets, floors, dirty linen baskets, cages, kennels, and garbage compactors. USDA C1, NSF registered. pH: 6.5 Odor Counteractant Fragrance: Spring Scented Dilution: Up to 1:3

Z26A Z26B Z26C Z26D

32 oz Bottle 1 Gallon Bottle No Leak Trigger Sprayer 32 oz Round Bottle

Q1 NIKOLAS CLEAR & Q1G GOLD SPRAY LACQUER

HOSE AND FITTINGS Hose, 1/4” (6.4mm) ID, 1/2” (12.7mm) O.D. for use between spray guns and the F29 air transformer and pressure regulator.

F30 E6 E48

Hose, sold by the foot Female hose connection 1/2” (12.7mm) air valve controlling air lines. Leak proof.

for

LACQ. & CLEANING

LACQUERING & CLEANING EQUIP.

F1 RECOILING AIR HOSE Non-kinking**No age deterioration **Oil resisting Micro-finish**Light Weight **Compact Storage Spray guns, air dusting guns, grinding and polishing tools. This permanently coiled nylon hose with reusable connections keeps the hose off the floor and out of the way when not in use. 1/4” I.D. and 25 feet (7.6mm) long and recoils to about 8” (203mm). Ends are 1/4” NPS(M). F1

25 ft (7.6mm) Recoiling Air Hose

E35 QUICK DETACHABLE AIR CONNECTIONS Fast, twist lock air connections for all types of spray guns. Save time, money and hose. Positive lock, no leaks, lightweight, reusable. For 1/4” (6.4mm) inside diameter hose.

Don’t dirty up your spray gun for those little touch up and spot lacquering jobs. Ferree’s carries the solution: Q1 Nikolas Clear and Q1G Gold tint spray lacquers in E35B Quick connection stem—female pressurized cans. Can’t ship by mail. Q1 Clear Spray Lacquer 12 oz Q1G Gold Spray Lacquer 12 oz

CALL 800-253-2261 TO PLACE YOUR ORDER 159

LACQ. & CLEANING

Lacquering & cleaning equip. F38 LARGE PRECISION GUN A PRECISION SPRAY GUN...but, with larger capacity and larger spray pattern than the smaller version above. Feather weight and precision built to handle all band instruments including sousaphones. Cup attachment and cups must be ordered separately.

F38 F39 F40

Large Spray Gun Cup attachment for F38 Gun Cup for F38

Above gun has a built-in air gun feature to blow dust and lint off horns just before spraying.

COLD STRIP BRUSH ON or IMMERSION A special lacquer stripping solution used cold. Removes cellulose lacquers and most epoxy type lacquers. Many dealers like it because of the “no heating” feature. It comes in two types. Order Z22 for brush on use or Z21 for tank use ( immersion ). Must be used in plastic tank. Z21A 5 gal ( 18.9L) Immersion type cold strip—Hazard fee Z21B 15 gal (57L) Immersion type cold strip—Hazard fee Z22A 1 pt (473ML) Brush on cold strip Z22B 1 qt (.95L) Brush on cold strip Z22C 1 gal (3.79L) Brush on cold strip

Z10 COLD CLEANER NOT a degreaser, but, it is a VERY GOOD cold cleaner. It is useful for wiping valves, casings, and trombone hand slide after they have been cleaned with F7 Brasso. It is very important to wipe out valves and slides with the Z10 Cold Cleaner to be sure any abrasive is removed.

Z10A 1 qt (.95L) Z10B 1 gal ( 3.79L) Z10C 5 gal (18.9L)

F43 DUST GUN

160

Z21, Z22 and Z10 items cannot be sent by mail. UPS or FedEx Ground only.

This is an OSHA approved model dust gun. These guns are very useful. Blow out cases, clean benches and other places where a dust brush cannot reach.

F43 Dust Gun F43A Coupling to attach F43 Gun to air hose

CLIFF’S TIPS... Here is a lacquer mixture we have used successfully for over 50 years. FIRST TWO COATS 2 qts. (1.9 L) X70 Lacquer 1-1/2 qts (1.42 L) X71 Thinner 1 pt (473 ml) X72 Retarder Add gold color if desired THIRD “BRIGHT” COAT Take equal parts; one of the above mixture and one of the thinner and mix them together.

Don’t have an oven to bake Perma-Laq? An old refrigerator with metal insides and a hook installed through the top makes a good oven. 3-275 watt infrared bulbs inside will provide all the heat you need to bake the lacquer. Set an oven candy thermometer inside the box or through the door to be sure.

Like all epoxies, Perma-Laq has a 8 -10 months “pot life”, if properly stored We don’t package it until the order is received. Transfer it to a glass container as soon as you receive it. Store it at room temperature out of direct sunlight. Using these precautions, you may extend the shelf life as long as one year. Don’t order more than you can use in 6 months.

FERREE’S PERMA-LAQ

AN EPOXY TYPE LACQUER Ferree’s Perma-Laq is an epoxy modified lacquer developed for use where chemical and abrasion resistance as well as clearness are primary requirements. This is the same lacquer used by many of the band instrument manufacturers. Perma-Laq can be used in any repair shop, small or large. It can be sprayed with the same gun, at the same pressure, used for the regular cellulose lacquer. No additional lacquering equipment is needed. Remember, clean gun after every use. Perma-Laq is premixed epoxy lacquer. Recommended mixture is: add 5% catalyst and 510% reducer to the Perma-Laq. Reducer needs vary according to local humidity. After lacquering the horn, bake it at 200-250 degrees F (93.3°-121.1°C) for 20 minutes. BAKING IS MANDATORY. ONE COAT APPLICATION ADVANTAGES OUT-WEIGH THE HIGHER PRICE

LACQ. & CLEANING

Lacquering & cleaninG

Perma-Laq is more expensive, but requires only one coat. This saves on both time and material and cuts down the possibility of spraying errors. This system eliminates time in the lacquering room. *TRANSFER TO GLASS CONTAINER WHEN YOU RECEIVE*

X80A 1 qt. (.95L) Perma-Laq X80B 1 gal. (3.79 L) Perma-Laq X80C 5 gal. (18.9 L) Perma-Laq

X81A 1 qt. (.95 L) Perma-Laq Reducer X81B 1 gal. (3.79 L) Perma-Laq Reducer X81C 5 gal. (18.9 L) Perma-Laq Reducer X82A 4 oz (118 ml) Perma-Laq Dye X82B 1 pt (473 ml) Perma-Laq Dye X83A 1 pt (473 ml) Perma-Laq Catalyst X83B 1 qt. (.95 L) Perma-Laq Catalyst

Most chemicals cannot ship by air. We can ship them by UPS/ FEDEX ground only. CLIFF’S TIPS…

Always use 1/2” (12.7mm) galvanized pipe between your air compressor tank and your air compressor regulator to cut down resistance. The same type of pipe should also be used between the compressor and the air regulator for a torch.

Lacquer, etc. cannot be shipped overseas.

www.ferreestools.com 161

SOLDERING

SOLDERING L1 BERNZ-O-MATIC TORCH

This kit includes: burner wand, hose, oxygen regulator, fuel gas valve, cylinder stand, MG9 16 oz MAPP Gas Cylinder, OX9 1.1 cubic foot oxygen cylinder, spark lighter, 5 brazing/welding rods. **Solid brass regulators for durability. **Adjustable flame for a wide variety of applications **Metal stand provides increased cylinder stability for ease of use. **Applications include: silver soldering, brazing; cutting bolts up to 5/8” diameter; cuts light weight steel and sheet metal; welds up to 3/16” steel.

We are open Monday-Friday. But, you can place an order 24 hours a day/7 days a week and it will be processed as soon as we return. Feel free to order by phone, fax, email or web store! www.ferreestoolsinc.com [email protected] L54 TORCH KIT This L54 torch kit is used with a “B” tank, which you must purchase locally. This type of torch set has been used for over 50 years and is time tested and proven to be very dependable. Has 12-1/2” ft. hose.

L1 Bernz-O-Matic Torch Refills must be purchased locally. **Hazardous** Extra shipping costs may apply.

**1 L54-1 (small tip) comes with the L54.

L63 PENCIL TORCH L54 Torch Kit L54-1 Tip Only ”B” TANKS MUST BE PURCHASED LOCALLY**

This little torch gives you the same flexibility you had with a blowpipe. A hotter flame than the Butane bunsens, good for use on saxes with nickel plated keys. Uses butane.

L63

162

Pencil Torch (uses butane)

Most items are in stock for quick delivery!! We accept Visa, Master Card & Discover

SOLDERING SOLDERING

SCRAPERS

G43 FERREE’S SOLDERING JIG

HALF ROUND SCRAPER This is a high strength, industrial quality, heavy duty soldering jig. It features full steel construction for durability and rigidity. Parallel type, screw set jaws. Arms are 100% adjustable and chrome plated.

Half round scraper is used to remove solder from inside of tubing. About 8” (203mm) long including the handle.

F16

Half Round Scraper

G43 G43CL G43CR G43CS

F13 F14 F15

Curved Solder Scraper-Narrow Curved Solder Scraper-Medium Curved Solder Scraper-Large

Soldering Jig Left Angle Clamp Only Right Angle Clamp Only Straight Clamp Only

TRIANGULAR SCRAPERS

F32 SPARK LIGHTER Handy flint-sparked lighter. No more hunting for matches.

Triangular Scrapers are used for scraping and cleaning solder from inside of tubing, for trimming tight tenon joints and many other general uses, including use as a fine lathe cut-off tool.

E38 E40

Solid sides, straight edges Hollowed sides, straight edges

F32 Spark Lighter F32A Extra Flints (Box of 5) for F32

World’s Largest Manufacturer of Quality Band Instrument Repair Tools!! Place an order 24 hours a day by phone, fax or email. www.ferreestools.com

Early picture of one of Ferree’s first locations We do not have a retail store, HOWEVER, feel free to stop in for a tour and to pick up items. Call ahead to schedule a time!! 800-253-2261/269-965-0511

163

SOLDERING

SOLDERING SOLDER JOINT CLEANING BRUSHES

Internal

External

This line of wire brushes is used to clean ferrules and tubing for stronger solder joints. These brushes quickly clean the corrosion off pieces to be soldered. H41 H42 H43 H44

3/8” (9.5mm) Internal ferrule brush 1/2” (12.7mm) Internal ferrule brush 5/8” (15.9mm) Internal ferrule brush 3/4” (19mm) Internal ferrule brush

H45 H46 H47 H48

3/8” (9.5mm) External ferrule brush 1/2” (12.7mm) External ferrule brush 5/8” (15.9mm) External ferrule brush 3/4” (19mm) External ferrule brush

F31 SILVER SOLDER

This easy flowing silver solder has been used by manufacturers and repairmen alike for many years. Melts at 1125° (607°C), flows at 1295°F (701.6°C). 35% silver. Diameter .030”.

F31A Silver solder, 1/2oz (14.2gm) F31B Silver solder, 1oz (28.4gm)

F41 SILVER SOLDER FLUX

This flux has special components to work well with copper, nickel, silver and brass. Best suited for band instrument work. Will not discolor silver. Can’t ship by mail.

F41

Flux for Silver Solder 7oz. (198g)

J60 LOW TEMPERATURE SILVER SOLDER KIT The J61 Solder contains only silver and tin. This makes it a much stronger solder although it melts easily. The unique feature of Ferree’s J61 Silver Solder is although it melts at 430°F (221°C), it doesn’t flow until 535° F (279°C). This gives a plastic range of 105°F (40.6°C) which makes it very easy to fill a hole. It is unlike other suppliers brands of solder which melt and flow freely at the same temperature. We are making this solder available in a kit, which includes 8oz (227g) or about 45ft (13.7m) of J61, 1/16” (1.6mm) O.D. and 3.5 oz (103.5ml) of the special F46A flux to use with it.

164

Visiting us? Look for the red, white and blue sculpture out front!!

J60 Low Temperature Solder and Flux Kit J61 Low Temperature Solder only, 8oz (227g) F46A Flux for J61, 3.5oz (103.5ml)

SOLDERING

General use soldering torch burns most natural or artificial gases. Torch permits use of either compressed air or oxygen using the optional F33A oxygen tip.

Torch complete with large and small gas and air tips F33A Oxygen tip F33B Replacement Large gas and air tip F33C Replacement Small gas and air tip

Our F8 National Torch comes with two standard tips which will work efficiently for compressed air and either natural or artificial gas. This torch has a patented proportional gas mixer.

SOLDERING

F8 SOLDER TORCH

F33 HI HEAT TORCH

F33

L2 PROPANE TORCH KIT

F8 F8A F8B F8C

National Solder Torch Small gas and air Tip for F8 Torch Large gas and air Tip for F8 Torch Oxygen Tip for F8 Torch LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

This great torch is especially useful when natural gas is not available and as a portable source of heat. Has an all brass burner tip. Flame similar to the natural gas F33 and F8. It “uses” like a real torch. Ideal for soldering. The kit includes the burner unit and a fuel cylinder.

L2 L2A

Propane Torch Kit Complete Replacement Propane Cylinder 14 oz (400g)

LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

165

SOLDERING

SOLDERING SOFT SOLDER

F46 SOFT SOLDER FLUX

70/30 SOFT SOLDER

Special for use with non-ferrous metals: Copper, Nickel, Silver and Brass. Nonevaporating. Can’t ship by mail.

A special alloy 70% tin, 30% lead, recommended for band instrument repair work. Same type originally used by many makers. Makes a stronger, more enduring bond and therefore requires slightly more heat. .062” O.D. (1.58mm).

F46A 3.5oz (103.5ml) bottle F46B 1qt (.95L) bottle

F42 1lb (454g) spool 70/30 soft solder

60/40 SOFT SOLDER

Another special alloy. 60% tin, 40% lead. Requires less heat to use. Buffs off easier than 70/30. .062” O.D. (1.58mm). F45 1lb (454g) spool 60/40 soft solder

F49 TIX ANTI-FLUX

Tix Anti-Flux is used to stop solder from flowing over silverplate. Heat and flux pieces to be soldered, then apply anti-flux and reheat before applying solder.

F49

Tix Anti-Flux

Note: We do not sell 50-50 or 40-60 solder LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

F95 RIBBON SOLDER This thin strip of flat solder is useful for many applications. Excellent for using in tight places, on silver plated instruments, under sax posts and flute or sax ribs. Using this special formed solder helps avoid the over use of solder. Uses less heat; burned lacquer can be minimized. Made from 60-40 solder.

F95 Ribbon Solder 50ft (15.2mm) Roll

F44 94/6 LEAD FREE SOLDER This lead free solder solves your environmental concerns. It is alloyed from 94% tin and 6% silver, NO LEAD. Stronger than 70/30, “works” like 70/30. Superior to 96/4, because the 94/6 is more “workable”. .062” (1.58mm) O.D.

F44

1 lb (454g) of lead free solder

www.ferreestools.com 166

SOLDERING SOLDERING CLAMPS

N19 N13

These stainless steel solder clips will not rust and do not corrode as easily from the heat and flux. Hold braces and flanges while silver soldering. Hold nibs when soldering on crooks, finger rings, etc.. Save time by eliminating wiring. Makes a neater solder job.

E45A Small Solder Clip E45B Large Solder Clip

D42 REVERSIBLE SCRAPER

This clamp is designed to be used with the largest tubas as well as small instruments. Its distinguishing features include a threaded shaft that is long enough to eliminate the need to disassemble the clamp and reverse the slide, one bearing pad that rotates to give a solid bearing surface when soldering nonparallel tubes or tapered bells and tubing, and a bearing pad that can be adjusted up or down to compensate for different tubing diameters or placements that are being clamped. Although this clamp is designed to be used with larger brass instruments it will provide excellent solder clamping for smaller instruments. Note that the bottom of the heavy-duty slide fitting has been tapered to allow fitting between slide tubes when necessary.

N19

Plated 4-1/2” (114mm) adjustable handle has knurled adjustment nut and collet type chuck for blade adjustment. The 3/16” (4.8mm) blade is thinner than most scrapers.

D42 Scraper D42A Replaceable blades

L10

Binding Wire

This jig will hold a mouthpiece or a bell on a cornet or trumpet in place while it is being soldered. Will also hold all braces securely in place.

N13

Bell Mounting Jig for Cornet and Trumpet

NON-ASBESTOS MILLBOARD Protect your bench from open flame when silver soldering keys or braces with this high strength, solid, longer life material, which will not crumble. J45 J48

World’s Largest Manufacturer of Quality Band Instrument Repair Tools.

Soldering Clamp

N13 CORNET/TRUMPET BELL MOUNTING JIG

L10 BINDING WIRE 1/4 lb. (113g) specially annealed iron wire for binding parts to horns for soldering. 19 gauge. 50 feet.

SOLDERING

SOLDERING CLIPS

12” X 12” X 1/2” (305 X 305 X 12.7mm) 6” X 12” 1/2” (152mm X 305 X 12.7mm)

Email orders to us at: [email protected] 167

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods MOUTHPIECE BRUSHES

MASTER DUSTER BENCH BRUSH

The master Duster is excellent for general shop cleaning. H21 Master Duster Bench Brush

O21 O22

For reed instruments For brass instruments

VALVE BRUSH

LONG HANDLED PLATERS BRUSH Long handled platers brush for cleaning work to be plated or to use in removing hard to get at buffing compound. Approximately 13” ( 330.2mm) long with 1” ( 25.4mm) bristles. H22

Long Handled Platers Brush

O23 For brass instruments

BASSOON BODY LOCK PARTS This is a one piece BASSOON BODY LOCK with a spring loaded pin. The weak link pin breaks off if the instrument is taken apart without releasing the lock. Safer than the old style two piece body lock.

GLUE BRUSH For use with the glue pot on page 91.

H23

Hot Liquid Glue Brush

KEY BRUSH

1/2” (12.7mm) brush for cleaning under woodwind keys. H24 Key Brush

CLEANING RODS S70 S71 S72 S73 S74 S75 S76

168

For valve instruments. Made of steel. For trombone slides. Made of steel. For flute. For trombone slide cleaning w/handle For cornet and trumpet cleaning (1-1/2” longer w/handle) For tuba/sousaphone. Made of Delrin. Piccolo cleaning rod. Made of aluminum.

M56 Bassoon Body Lock M56A Replacement Pin and Spring

BASSOON CRUTCH ASSEMBLY M57

Bassoon Crutch Assembly

M57A Bassoon Crutch Only(shaft .187) M57B Crutch Holder Only

GUITAR FRET WIRE We do not normally sell supplies or tools for guitar repair, even though every so often someone asks about fret wires. Guitar repair is an entirely other ball game from band instrument repair, so we have decided not to even start something we are not familiar with. However, we inherited a large quantity of fret wire. 3 sizes. Since this is not one of our usual products, we are offering this at a very big savings for you. The three sizes are:

T42 Standard Banjo fretwire, a bit smaller than pre-war Martin guitar wire, but with more bulk than the smaller wire used on pre-war banjos.

HEAVY DUTY MODULAR CABINETS

X14 X14AS X14AL X14BS X14BL

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General ITEMS & small goods

26 Drawer plastic cabinet 20” L X 6-3/8” W X 10-11/32” H Small drawers Large drawers Small dividers Large dividers

T44 Fret wire for electric or acoustic guitar. T46 For electric guitar. This fret wire is as wide but much lower in height than modern jumbo rock frets. It’s good for partial fret jobs, to match large worn frets. All 1 Foot Lengths.

An early photo of founder Cliff Ferree working with an employee

X18 Compact plastic cabinet with 44 drawers 20” L X 6-3/4” W X 15-13/16” H X18AS Small drawers X18BS Small dividers X18AL Large drawers X18BL Large dividers

X21 Deep compact cabinet with 18 drawers 18” W X 9” H X 6-1/4” D Steel X22 Drawers for X21 2-3/4” W X 2-1/2” H X 5-3/5” D X23 Cross dividers for X22 drawers (Sold each or package of 25)

169

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General ITEMS & Small Goods CLARINET BORE CLEANING BRUSH

CLARINET ▪ FLUTE ▪ PICCOLO SWABS

For cleaning clarinet bores.

H25

Clarinet Bore Brush

SAX BORE CLEANING BRUSH

H26

Extra stiff horsehair for cleaning sax body bores.

H26A Sax bore cleaning brush with an extension handle. Handle can be soldered or pressed on. H26B Handle Only for H26/26A

Made of absorbent cotton.

O14 O15 O16 O24 O25

Clarinet Swab Flute Swab Piccolo Swab Alto Clarinet Swab Bass Clarinet Swab

O20 FELT SWAB

FLEXIBLE WIRE CLEANING A nickel plated, flexible coil with a stiff brush on each end. Different designs to clean different Instruments. O7A

French horn cleaning brush, on one end conical and one end round.

O7B

Bassoon bocal cleaning brush. Brushes are sized to pass through with small reed end. The wire is covered with plastic tubing to prevent scratching the inside of the bocal.

O9A

Trombone cleaning brush.

O9B

Cornet-Trumpet cleaning brush

O20

Felt Clarinet Swab

O17-O19 OBOE SWAB

R75 SAX NECK CLEANER Sax neck cleaner is a flexible coil with a stiff brush on one end and a soft brush on the other. Fits all saxophone necks.

R75

170

Sax Neck Cleaner

O17

Oboe swab, double end

O19

Bassoon swab set; one thick, one thin

BASSOON SWABS

L71 & L72 STERISOL GERMICIDE

ML170 & M71 THUMB RESTS

Deodorizes ▪ Disinfects ▪ Cleans

Made especially for wind instruments, mouthpieces and reeds. Useful in the studio, band room, repair shop, etc. Concentrated. Can’t ship by mail.

L71 L72

Concentrated Sterisol 2 oz (59ml) makes 1 qt Concentrated Sterisol 8 oz (237ml) makes 1 gal (3.79L)

L73 & L74 SANIMIST MOUTHPIECE DISINFECTANT This product is from the people that give us the old reliable Sterisol. Sanimist is designed to disinfect an instrument mouthpiece with just a push of the pump sprayer. Leaves only a minty aftertaste. The pump sprayer eliminates the need of harmful aerosol dispensing cans. Also is a very convenient way to get rid of the germs on a mouthpiece. It comes in either a 2 oz (59ml) or 8 oz (236ml) size. The smaller size is convenient for carrying in an instrument case. The larger size for band directors or repair shops. Can’t ship by mail.

L73 L74

Sanimist disinfectant, 2 oz (59ml) size Sanimist disinfectant, 8 oz (237ml) size

Call TOLL FREE to place your order at 800-253-2261!!

ML170 Thumb rest only for clarinet and oboe-approx. .400” at body. Fits Bundy.

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods

M71 Clarinet thumb rest with screws for Leblanc-appox. .270” at body, with screws. Fits Vito.

O26 SOUSAPHONE GRILLS Easy to sell to band directors, especially if they consider the cost of removing a foreign object that is stuck way down inside a sousaphone. These grills fit inside sousaphone bells during pep rallies, parades, football games or anytime there is a chance of a practical joker playing basketball with the sousaphone bell as the basket. The grill has a handy ring for easier insertion and removal

O26

Sousaphone Grill

O27 SOUSAPHONE HOLDER Attention band directors, repairmen, etc.. Ferree’s now has invented a way to get that Sousaphone off the floor and out of the way. Clean up those band rooms. Our steel holder mounts to the wall and has plastic covered ends to keep from scratching the sousaphone.

O27 Sousaphone Holder

171

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods Z30 TOOL CHESTS

Z4 TOOL CHESTS Metal tool chests. Reinforced case with boxed ends. Front panel slides out of the way under the drawers when the chest is open, but is used to lock all the drawers when desired. Drawers slide easily on compound slides that stop only when fully extended. Very strong. Felt lined drawers. Adjustable partition in all drawers except bottom. Protect your tool investment by protecting your tools from misuse and loss.

Z4 Tool Chest

20-1/8” long x 13-5/8” high x 8-1/2” deep (511mm long x 346mm high x 216mm deep) Weighs 32 lbs (14.5kg)

Seven drawers and a top till

26-5/8” long x 13-5/8” high x 8-1/2” deep (67.6cm long x 346mm high x 216mm deep) Weighs 42 lbs (19kg)

Eight drawers and a top till Z30 Tool Chest, wider model with an extra drawer Z32 Two Drawer Chest

Two drawer model can be used alone or as a base for the Z4 or Z30. Felt lined top drawer. Both drawers lock simultaneously. 26-5/8” long x 9-1/2” high x 12-9/16” deep (67.6cm long x 241mm high x 319mm deep) Weighs 24 lbs (10.9kg) Top drawer depth 1-1/2”, bottom 3-9/16” (top 38.1mm, bottom 90.5mm)

PLASTIC BOXES Heavy duty plastic yellow storage boxes. Much stronger than the typical “variety” store type. Convenient and easy to handle. Keeps pads or parts clean and easy to find. Tight fitting cover prevents mixing if box is overturned. Ideal for storing pads, small parts, taps, dies and springs. G3A 6 section box

8-1/4” long x 4-1/2” wide x 1-1/4” high (209mm long x 114mm wide x 31.8mm high)

S2B LYRE SOCKETS SOLDER-ON TYPE S2B

Brass lyre socket

S5B FINGER RINGS SOLDER-ON TYPE

S5B

Brass finger ring Inside Diameter: .825”

G3C 18 section box

10-7/8” long x 6-3/4” wide x 1-3/4” high (276mm long x 172mm wide x 44.5mm high)

172

www.ferreestools.com

S13N REPLACEMENT PEARL BUTTONS FOR CORNET AND TRUMPET S13N Nickel Replacement Pearl Button 6-32 thread

L40 MEDIUM DUTY BENCH VISE A medium duty, swivel base vise with 4” (102mm) jaws. A vise like this is necessary for general and woodwind use. It holds a wood mandrel securely, so the instrument will not move.

L40 Medium Duty Bench Vise

L14 & L14A V-BLOCK

L41 HEAVY DUTY FLOOR STAND This stand gets your vise away from the workbench and makes the vise much more useful. The stand secures to the floor for stability. Can also be used to mount a bench grinder or the Z2 band sander. It has a 4” (102mm)diameter pipe with 9” X 9” (229 x 229mm) plates on each end. The floor plate is predrilled to make it easy for you to install. Total height is 33” (83.8cm). It can be shipped by UPS or Fedex..

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods

L41 Heavy Duty Floor Stand

L22 LEAD JAWS

L14

Angled thick sheets of soft rolled lead fit over vise jaws to protect fragile items. 4” L (101.6mm), 1/8” thick.

L22 Lead Jaws

F26 HAND VISE L14A

Newly redesigned V-Block. Holds round mandrels in any several repair position in a vise. Mandrels will not slip under pressure. Now has a vertical groove for knuckle tools.

L14

V-Block

L14A

V-Block with locking screws.

Used to hold small pieces when drilling, milling, grinding or polishing

F26 Hand Vise

See L42 rod holding vise on page 25

173

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods E46 SMALL SLIDING CALIPER

Small Sliding Caliper, marked in inches and limeters. Handy for a multitude of jobs, cluding measuring pads and tenon joints.

D110A & B SCREW EXTRACTOR Will remove most instrument screws that are .125” (3.15mm) in diameter or larger. Drill a #51 drill size hole into the center of the screw. Use a larger drill bit where the size of the screw allows. Insert the D110A or D110B Screw Extractor and remove the screw.

milin-

E46 Small Sliding Caliper

STEEL RULERS

D110A

Small Screw Extractor for Cornet, Trumpet, Baritone, Saxes neck and lyre.

D110B

Medium Screw Extractor for Tuba, Sousaphone bell screws, Drums, etc.

P24 TELESCOPING GAUGES

Satin chrome finish steel. Graduated in 8ths, 16ths and 32nds. G97 6” (152mm) long by 3/4” (19mm) wide G97M Same Size Metric Reading Ruler G98 12” (305mm) long by 1” (25.4mm) wide

FLEXIBLE STAINLESS RULER Stainless steel. Graduated in 32nds, 64ths, mm and .5mm. 12” (305mm) long 15/32” (11.9mm) wide G99 Stainless Steel Ruler

These gauges are used with micrometers or dial calipers for measuring inside diameters. They are very useful when doing tenon repair work, or when determining valve casing sizes. Gauges feature satin chrome finish, precision ground and polished contact rods of hardened steel. A set comes complete with vinyl case. Six gauges from 5/16” (7.9mm) thru 6” (152mm).

P24 Telescoping Gauges

World’s Largest Manufacturer of Quality Band Instrument Repair Tools. 174

Call us toll free at 800-253-2261

DIAL CALIPERS

Stainless steel hardened throughout with measuring faces precision ground and micro lapped for ultimate accuracy. Scale surface has a satin chrome finish with clear crisp engraved graduations in inches or millimeters. Has a clamp for repetitive settings. Protective case.

DIVIDERS AND CALIPERS

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods

These spring dividers and calipers are preferred by toolmakers and other mechanics.

G12 4” (102mm) Spring Divider G13 4” (102mm) Outside Caliper G14 4” (102mm) Inside Caliper

TWEEZERS

G24A 6” length by .001” G24B 15cm length by .05mm

P19 & P20 MICROMETERS

These high quality Mititoyo micrometers have the anvil and spindle hardened and precision ground with micro-lap finish on ends. Clear graduations on satin chrome finish. Positive locking clamp. Has a ratchet stop for exact and repetitive readings. Quick and easy zero adjustment. Protective case included.

P19 0 thru 1” by .001” P20 0 thru 25mm by .01mm

P18 STUDENT MICROMETER

E49 E50 E51 E52

Plain steel, soldering tweezers, inexpensive, 6” (152mm) Slide lock tweezers blunt smooth tips, nickel plated 6-1/2” (165mm). Holds parts snugly. Light, medium sharp point, made of plain steel, 4-1/2” (114mm) Extra long curved smooth points. Nickel plated. Handy to use. 6-1/2” (165mm)

G25 DIGITAL CALIPERS

Reads from 0 thru 1” by .001”. Cast steel frame. Ratchet stop for exact readings. Satin chrome finish. Excellent value.

P18 Student Micrometer

instructions and battery.

0-6” (0-150mm). Inch and metric conversion. Inside and outside measurements, plus depth gauge. Comes with case,

175

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods FABRICUT

H83 FINE WET AND DRY PAPER

Fabricut is emery cloth that appears like a window screen to be self cleaning. It is excellent for sanding tenon corks on clarinet joints and for sax necks as well. Sanding time will be decreased because the cork particles will fall through the screen and not hinder the abrasive action of the emery. Because it doesn’t load up, the fabricut lasts longer than regular emery. The finer 400 grit may be used for lightly cleaning brass tuning slides. Sold by strip or roll.

Sheets of extremely fine abrasive on waterproof paper. Excellent for sanding file marks or scratches off clarinet grafts, refinishing bassoons, guitars, refacing mouthpieces, etc.. (400 grit)

Fabricut is available in three grits,1-1/2” (38.1mm) wide and comes in 75 foot (22.9m) rolls or 15” (381mm) strips.

H101 220 grit roll H102 320 grit roll H103 400 grit roll

H101A 220 grit strip H102A 320 grit strip H103A 400 grit strip

CRYSTOLON OILSTONES For sharpening knives and other cutting edges. Made from Crystolon abrasive (fine silicon carbide) and oil saturated. Can be used wet or dry. 6” X 2” X 5/8” thick (152mm x 50.8mm x 15.9mm thick).

H77 Fine H78 Medium

EMERY CLOTH

ABRASIVE TAPE AND CORD

Sand corks, refinish grenadilla wood and ebonite, smooth out brass parts. Removes file marks from keys before buffing. Finds hard to see dents in brass.

You’ll find yourself reaching for these handy products again and again. Especially useful for sanding in inaccessible places. They’re also excellent for cleaning up around solder fillets or cleaning up keys that have been soldered. The flat tape is 1/4” (6.4mm) wide and impregnated on all sides with aluminum oxide abrasive in 150 grit size. Both the tape and the cord can be used on metal, wood or plastic.

ROLLS-1” (25.4mm) X 50 Yards (45.7m)

H110 H111 H112 H113

80 grit roll 120 grit roll 150 grit roll 180 grit roll

H114 220 grit roll H115 320 grit roll H116 400 grit roll

STRIPS-1” (25.4mm) X 15” (381mm) H110A 80 grit strip H113A 180 grit strip H111A 120 grit strip H114A 220 grit strip H112A 150 grit strip H115A 320 grit strip ROLLS-2” (50.80mm) X 50 Yards (45.7m) H120 220 grit roll H121 320 grit roll

H122 400 grit roll H123 No abrasive

Over 70 years of satisfying customers like you!!! 176

H83 Wet and Dry Paper

H80

Abrasive 1/4” (6.4mm) Tape, 50 ft. (15.2m) Roll H80A Abrasive 1/4” (6.4mm) Tape, 15” (381mm) Strip H81 Abrasive .040” (1mm) Cord, 50 ft. (15.2mm) Roll H81A Abrasive .040” (1mm) Cord, 15” (381mm) Strip

FOR FASTER SERVICE USE YOUR CUSTOMER NUMBER CALL 800-253-2261

MOUTHPIECE ADAPTORS

X195 DREMEL VARIABLE SPEED MOTO-TOOL KIT

French Horn to Alto Horn

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

GENERAL ITEMS & SMALL GOODS

S3BA Brass S3SA Silver Plated

French Horn to Mellophone

S3BM Brass S3SM Silver Plated

MOUTHPIECE ADAPTORS S3BTB Adaptor to use tenor trombone mouthpiece on bass trombone

Built in speed dial gives you fingertip control, 5.000 through 35,000 rpm. Dial slow speeds when working on soft materials, faster speeds for working on hard materials. Model X195 DREMEL VARIABLE SPEED MOTO-TOOL lets you select the right speed for the job. 100% ball bearing construction for long life smooth operation. Permanent magnet motor gives steady, dependable power. The durable storage case holds 24 accessories.

X195 Moto-Tool and Accessories, 115 volt S3BT Adaptor to use cornet mouthpiece on trumpet receiver

LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

FLEXIBLE VINYL TUBING Two sizes of flexible vinyl tubing to run from the gas valve to your Bunsen burner or blowpipe. This tubing is sold by the foot.

O60 O61

Vinyl tubing, 3/8” (9.5mm) O.D. X 1/4” (6.4mm) I.D. for blowpipes. Vinyl tubing, 7/16” (11.1mm) O.D. X 5/16” (7.9mm) I.D. for Bunsen burners.

FERREE’S TOOLS, INC. 1477 E. MICHIGAN AVE. BATTLE CREEK, MI 49014-8950

177

TAP WRENCH

DIE STOCKS

Adjustable tap wrench. Top centered for use on back center of a lathe when that is revolving in a chuck.

D108 Tap Wrench D108A Tap Wrench 1/4-1/2”

TAPS AND DIES (DOMESTIC THREADS) We have all sizes of taps and dies available for most musical instruments. Taps and dies are listed with corresponding drill sizes. Dies have 13/16” (20.6mm) outside diameter. D200 Taps 0-80 1-56 1-64 1-72 2-56 2-64 3-48 3-56 4-36 4-40 4-48 5-40 5-44 6-32 6-36 6-40 8-32 8-36 8-40 10-24 10-32 12-24 12-28 12-32 1/4-20 1/4-24 5/8-27 7/8-27

Drill No. 55 or 56 54 53 53 50 50 47 45 44 43 42 38 37 36 34 33 29 29 28 25 21 17 15 13 7 4

D210 Dies 0-80 1-56 1-64 1-72 2-56 2-64 3-48 3-56 4-36 4-40 4-48 5-40 5-44 6-32 6-36 6-40 8-32 8-36 8-40 10-24 10-32 12-24 12-28 12-32 1/4-20 (1” O.D.) 1/4-24 5/8-27 7/8-27

TAP AND DIE SETS Complete set of domestic thread taps and dies in a plastic box. D200D Set of Taps and Dies (No drills)

13/16” (20.6mm) die stock to holds D210 dies D120D metric up to 4mm. 1” (25.4mm) holds 5mm and up.

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods

D109 Die Stock 13/16” (20.6mm) D109A Die Stock 1” (25.4mm)

METRIC TAPS AND DIES Tap Size D120T

Woodwind 1.6-.35 1.7-.35 2.0-.25 2.0-.40 2.2-.45 2.5-.45 3.0-.50

Die Size D120D Brasswind 3.0-.60 3.5-.60 4.0-.70 4.0-.75 5.0-.80 6.0-1.00 8.0-1.25

Woodwind 1.6-.35 1.7-.35 2.0-.25 2.0-.40 2.2-.45 2.5-.45 3.0-.50

Brasswind 3.0-.60 3.5-.60 4.0-.70 4.0-.75 5.0-.80 6.0-1.00 8.0-1.25

D120A Metric Tap & Die Set 1.6-.35 thru 3.0-.50 D120B Metric Tap & Die Set 3.0-.60 thru 8.0-1.25

SCREW PITCH THREAD GAUGES This gauge has 24 blades covering .025” to 6.mm pitch. For gauging of American National or U.S. Standard 60° threads. Precision made set of 51 screw pitches combining all sizes from 4 to 84, including 11-1/2 and 27 Pipe Thread size in a case.

G15 Thread Gauge G11 Metric Thread Gauge

179

ALL PURPOSE FILES

E30 FILE CLEANER This combination file card (for coarse files) and brush (for fine cut files) with a specially designed pick, is a handy file cleaning tool.

E30 File Cleaner

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

GENERAL items & small goods

Files to fill any technician’s needs. All types for use on brass or nickel, and cork. G60 ADJUSTABLE E19 6” Round, straight “0” cut JEWELERS E20 10” Round, smooth SAW FRAME E21 8” Flat, bastard cut E22 6” Warding, second cut E23 10” Flat, smooth cut Adjustable Jewelers Saw E24 8” Cantsaw, single cut Frame. The finish is polished. E25 10”, Pillar, smooth cut Blade length is 5” (127mm) E26 6”, Double, slim taper, 3 corner overall length is 11 -12” (292mm). Blade is NOT included, see below.

FILE HANDLES

Inexpensive file handles. A properly fitted handle means quicker, better work done easier and safer. Two sizes.

O11 O12

Fits up to 6” (152mm) files Fits 6” (152mm) to 10” (254mm files)

G60 Adjustable Jewelers Saw Frame

D27 JEWELERS SAW BLADES Jewelers saw blades, sizes 0, 2, 4, 6. Fine is 0 and coarse is 6. Sold by the dozen. D27

E28 HINGE TUBING FILES

Jewelers Saw blades, sold by the dozen, State size

R88 FILING BLOCK

These files are cylindrically shaped and are used inside certain sizes of hinge tubing to take out dents or sharp kinks. E28A 1/16” (1.6mm) file for clarinets, flutes, oboes E28B 3/32” (2.4mm) file for saxophone

An inexpensive wood filing block used to brace small parts while filing. Use it in a 3/4” (19mm) bench hole.

R88 Filing Block

181

Z6 SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT

It is important to use this NEW Z6 synthetic lubricant in all friction producing actions. This product, when mixed with your petroleum jelly is Great! It makes all of your movements easier; burnishing, rubbing or contouring. It also tends not to allow as much, if any, scratching of the raw brass or lacquered surfaces. It is also very good with silver plated surfaces. Z6 should be mandatory for all burnishing jobs. Especially rod and ball work. Comes in 4 oz can.

Z6 Z6A Z6B

Synthetic Lubricant 4 oz Pint Quart

Z8 MONEL ADDITIVE

Can’t ship by mail.

Z8 Z8A Z8B

Made specifically for Monel. It can be used on brass, stainless, plated valves or trombone slides. Use oil and cold cream (remove cold cream, apply Z8, work slides together, remove slides and wipe them off, then reapply cold cream). This gives you long lasting performance, without the recurring drag that sometimes occurs.

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

GENERAL ITEMS & SMALL GOODS

1-1/4 oz Pint Quart

T85 TUNE LUBE

T70 3M PROTECTOR STRIPS These strips are a breakthrough product that can keep the finish on a horn in storage looking as if it were just polished. The strips are effective protection for silver, gold, copper and brass. Protection can last as long as six months in a closed area (as in a horn case). The product has already become popular with instrument manufacturers around the world. You may have seen one of the strips in new horn cases. Now this same protection is available to the retailer as well. Using a protector strip in a rental return after it has been cleaned and polished will insure that the horn will still be gleaming, when you open the case, up to six months later. 3M Protector Strips work by absorbing airborne contaminants which cause tarnish to form on silver and other precious metals. The strips are completely nontoxic. Simply place the strip in the case of the horn you wish to protect and forget if for up to six months.

T70 3M Protector Strips

Sold by the dozen or hundred

Using this tune lube on your tuning slides makes them work great. Formula includes our Z6 as a lubricant.

T85 Individual size .5 oz T85A Shop size 4 oz jar—Can’t ship mail

Ferree’s Tools, Inc. 1477 E. Michigan Ave. Battle Creek, MI 49014 183

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods Q10 TRUMPET –CORNET LYRE

CLARINET LYRES

Nickel plated with an adjustable center ring for wood or ebonite clarinets.

Q15M Lyre for Clarinet middle joint (wood/ebonite) Q10S Straight Q10B Bent-5/8” (15.9mm), 90° bend at bottom of shank

Q11 LONG STEM LYRES Q11

Extra long straight lyre for Baritone, Tuba and Sousaphone

Q16M Middle joint ring only for lyre Q16S Lyre ring screws Q17

Lyre only. Nickel plated without the center ring for metal Clarinets

Q19 FLUTE OR PICCOLO LYRES

TROMBONE LYRES Q13A Adjustable Trombone lyre with 9/16” ring Q13B Adjustable Trombone lyre with 3/4” ring bone lyre with 9/16”ring

Q19 Wrist Flute or Piccolo lyre

Q12A 1 piece Trom-

Q12B 1 piece Trombone lyre with 3/4” ring

Q14 SAXOPHONE LYRE

ALTO, BASS CLARINET AND BASSOON LYRES

Designed to fit the built in socket on most saxophones.

Q14

Saxophone lyre

www.ferreestools.com 184

Q21A Alto clarinet lyre Q21B Bass clarinet lyre

BASS CLARINET FLOOR PEGS

M70K

Leblanc floor peg rod only-7.2

M70D

Leblanc peg holder

M70S

Selmer floor peg assemblycomplete

M75A

Universal peg holder

M75B

Universal lock pin

M75C

Universal knurl nut

M75D

Universal peg rod w/bumper

M75E

Universal peg assemblycomplete

LEFT BLANK FOR FUTURE ITEMS

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods

NECK STRAPS Made of genuine leather. It has a plastic neckpiece, durable cord, patented non-slip adjustable slide. Each strap is individually packaged. Color is black.

O34

Bassoon Strap

Here is a genuine leather sax strap with an extra wide felt lined neckpiece. It is adjustable and comes in an individual box. Tan only.

O36

F24 SIX SIZE TUBE HOLE PUNCH

Saxophone Strap

Six tube, revolving head to change hole sizes quickly. A spring automatically locks the tubes into position. Made of durable cold-rolled steel with self opening spring handles. Great for punching accordion and sax straps.

F24 Six Size Hole Puncher

185

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods O30 CELLO SET These cello sets fold up, and are very compact. The chrome plated holder has two legs which fasten around the cellist’s chair legs. A third leg has a series of holes in which the cello end pin can be placed for solid positioning of the instrument during playing. O30 CELLO SET BEING USED

S39 DRUM HEAD TUCKER

O30

Cello Set

HEAVY DUTY TOOL HANGERS

Tucker has a wood handle and brass tongue.

Heavy duty hangers are made from 5/16” (7.9mm) wide by 3/32” (2.4mm) thick, zinc plated steel. All hangers have pre-punched holes for securing to the wall or a bench. Two different shapes to choose from.

S39 Drum Head Tucker

MAGNIFIERS J1 OptiVISOR This frame is made of lightweight, durable impact resistant materials. The comfortable continuous headband is fully adjustable to fit any size, quickly and easily. Adjustable pivot knobs hold visor in any position for easy flip-up viewing.

J2 Half Frame Magnifier

This is the popular Telesight magnifier with high quality, prismatic lenses mounted in lightweight plastic frames. It can be flipped up out of the way when magnification is not required. 2 power with a 10” thru 11” (254mm thru 279mm) focus range for easy use while working.

186

L STYLE HANGER P40 P41

2” (50.8mm) 3” (76.2mm)

J STYLE HANGER P42

1/2” (12.7mm)

Over 70 years of satisfying customers like you! World’s Largest Manufacturer of Quality Band Instrument Repair Tools.

CASE LATCHES T2

T9

Flush Latch Set 1-1/4” X 2-1/4” Brass only

T14

Flute case latch, in nickel, 1-1/2” X 1-1/4” (H) (W)

Flute case latch, Sold brass only. 1-5/8” X 5/8” Sold in Pairs

Same as T17(below), but smaller.

**Only rights available**

T5

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods

Latch with lock 1-3/4” X 1-1/4” Brass or Nickel

T17

Large Flush Latch set, Brass only Includes: latch, body, hasp & Key T17C Hasp only

T7

T18

Latch without lock 1-3/4” X 1-1/4” Brass or Nickel

Latch with Lock Nickel only 1-3/4” X 1-1/4”

MOLDED CASE LATCHES T8

Drawbolt latch No lock 2-3/4” X 1-1/2” Brass or Nickel

These two case latches have a hidden talent. All the rivets and the top are completely covered when installed. With one finger the lever is raised to a vertical position. Let go and it pops open. T12 Small molded case latch 2-1/8” X 5/8” Nickel Only

www.ferreestools.com

T13 Large molded case latch 1” X 2-1/4” Nickel Only

187

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods SPLIT RIVETS

STOP HINGES

T10B Stop Hinge 1-1/4” X 1-5/8” Brass Plated

T11B Stop Hinge 1” X 2” Brass Plated

T10N Stop Hinge 1-1/4” X 1-5/8” Nickel Plated

T11N Stop Hinge 1” X 2” Nickel Plated

Specify brass or nickel or finish (Sold in 100’s only)

T23

T24

5/16’ (7.9mm) diameter head, 5/32” (3.96mm) diameter body. Lengths available are 6/16”, 8/16”, 10/16”, and 12/16” (6/16” in brass have been disc.) 5/16” In brass only

T25

3/8” (9.5mm) diameter head, 5/32” (3.96mm) diameter body. Lengths available are 8/16”, 10/16”, and 12/16” (8/16” in brass have been disc.)

T26

100 assorted T23, T24 and T25 rivets. Brass and nickel finish.

HANDLE LOOPS T15B Handle loop 1-3/8” X 5/8” Brass Plated T15N Handle loop 1-3/8” X 5/8” Nickel Plated

WASHERS FOR T24 AND T25 RIVETS

T20 CASE STUDS T20

Specify brass or nickel finish (Sold in 100’s only)

Black Plastic Bottom Stud 5/8” X 1/2”

T27

1/2” (12.7mm) O.D. washers

Sold by the dozen

T28

5/8” (15.9mm) O.D. washers

T29

100 assorted T27 and T28 washers, brass and nickel.

T21 CORNER BRACE T21

7/32” (5.6mm) diameter head, 1/8” (3.2mm) diameter body. Lengths available are 6/16”, 8/16”, 10/16” and 12/16”

Case reinforcement angle corner brace. Available in nickel

HELPFUL CONVERSIONS: 5/16” = 7.9mm

10/16” = 15.9mm

6/16” = 9.5mm

12/16” = 19.1mm

8/16” = 12.7mm

188

T50

Post handle. 5-1/4” (133mm) long. Avail able in black, brown and tan. SPECIFY COLOR.

T56

Leather handle with rings and white stitching. 6” (152mm) long. Black only.

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods

POWER TONE FLUTE PLUGS

T53

Flat black handle. 5-1/2” (140mm) long.

Replace standard flute head cork with the new Power Tone Plug made of super strong delrin plastic with a rubber “ O” ring which seals the air 100%. No loss of power and stability in pitch and tone. The rubber “O” ring only contacts the metal in the head to produce a more resonant sound. Available in 3 threads sizes. PT-5 Flute Plug (8/32 thread size)

(King, Artley, Blessing, Conn, Emerson, Deford, Haynes, Gemeinhardt, Armstrong)

PT-7 Flute Plug ( 4 x .7mm thread size) (Jupiter, Yamaha)

T54

5-1/2” (140mm) black handle.

NONE FOR ALTO FLUTES

FOR FASTER SERVICE USE YOUR CUSTOMER NUMBER T55

Long, flat, black, 8-3/4” (222mm) handle with spring steel support for amps

Consistently the lowest prices in the industry.

If you do not have this number, be sure to have your billing address and/or accurate name on the acct. Ph:800-253-2261 or Fax:269-965-7719

189

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods CASE HANDLES

T30

Leather post handle. 5-1/4” (133mm) long. Specify black or brown.

T33

End Buckle leather emergency handle. Handle length without buckles is 5” (127mm). Specify black or brown.

T37

Heavy duty vinyl case handle. 5-3/4” (146mm) long. Black only.

T39

Heavy, black leather handle, with steel reinforcement in handle.

Z26 ODOR COUNTERACTANT FOR INSTRUMENT CASES

T34

190

Side buckle leather emergency handle. 5” (127mm) long. Specify black or brown.

One of the World’s Largest Manufacturers of Quality Band Instrument Repair Tools.

For use on instrument cases that have strong odors due to mold/ mildew. This product has many other uses and is a true deodorant that refreshes the air. Springtime floral scented odor counteractant.

Z26A Z26B Z26C Z26D

Quart Gallon Trigger Sprayer 32 oz Plastic Bottle

ROCHE’-THOMAS FAMILY OF FINE LUBRICANTS

ALISYN OIL AND GREASES

VALVE OIL T60A R.T. 2 oz Valve/Slide Oil T61A MI-T Valve/Slide Oil 16 oz

SPRAY BOTTLE

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods

T66 Roche’-Thomas “Bone Bottle” Sprayer

BORE OIL T67 Roche’-Thomas Bore Oil 2 oz (59ml)

TROMBONE SLIDE OIL T62 Roche’-Thomas Slide Oil 2 oz (59ml)

TROMBONE SLIDE CREAM T64 Roche’-Thomas Trombone Slide Cream 1 oz

KEY OIL T68 Roche’-Thomas Key Oil 2 oz(59ml)

CORK/TUNING SLIDE GREASE R72 Roche’-Thomas cork/tuning slide grease Chapstick style, .15ml tube. Each /Doz/Gross

T80 LEATHER PAD PRESERVATIVE

BORE OIL/WOOD CONDITIONER

T81 Alisyn Bore Oil & Wood Conditioner 1 oz (29.57ml)

CORK & TUNING SLIDE GREASE

T82 Aliysn Cork & Tuning Slide Grease .35 oz(10gm)

SOLVENT/CLEANER

T83 Alisyn Solvent/Cleaner 4 oz(118ml)

VALVE-SLIDE-KEY OIL

T69 Alisyn Valve-Slide-Key Oil .6 oz(17.7ml)

HEAVY DUTY KEY OIL

T84 Alisyn Heavy Duty Key Oil .6 oz(17.7ml)

FERREE’S HEAVY DUTY SHOP APRON This smart apron has an adjustable buckle strap, tie in back waist straps and NO DANGEROUS POCKET to get caught and or/entwined and wrapped up by a motor or buffer. These high quality aprons are Repairman Blue and are embroidered with Ferree’s new logo. Call today to order a Shop Apron!!

Sugar water and saliva are a leather pad’s worst enemies. Our silicone treatment helps prevent moisture absorption and extends the life of the pad. Sell the treatment as an extra when doing re-pad jobs or offer it as a free service for customer good will. The bottle has a built-in applicator (for leather only).

T80 Leather Pad Preservative

191

GENERAL & SM. GOODS

General items & small goods MOUTHPIECE CAPS

LIGATURES

Comes in either nickel finish or gold lacquered.

S60 S61 S68 S69

Eb Clarinet, nickel Bb Clarinet, nickel Alto Clarinet, nickel Bass Clarinet, plastic Soprano Saxophone

S62N Nickel S63N Nickel

S62G Gold lacquer

Alto Saxophone

S63G Gold lacquer

C Melody Saxophone

S64N Nickel S65N Nickel

S64G Gold lacquer

Tenor Saxophone

S65G Gold lacquer

Baritone Saxophone

S66N Nickel

S66G Gold lacquer

S50 S51 S58 S59

Clarinet

Eb Clarinet, nickel finish Bb Clarinet, nickel finish Alto Clarinet, nickel finish Bass Clarinet, nickel finish

Soprano Saxophone

S52N Nickel finish S52G Gold lacquered

Alto Saxophone

S53N Nickel finish S53G Gold lacquered

C Melody Saxophone

S54N Nickel finish S54G Gold lacquered

Tenor Saxophone

S55N Nickel finish S55G Gold lacquered

Baritone Saxophone

S56N Nickel finish

SAXOPHONE NECK PLUGS (END PLUGS)

Bass Saxophone

S57N Nickel finish S57G Gold lacquer

REP-ENV REPAIR ENVELOPES

S18P Plastic

Tenor Sax

Alto Sax S19G Gold Lacquered S19P Plastic

192

Keep your repairs in order with these repair envelopes. Includes detachable piece to give to customers

REP-ENV Sold in 100’s or 1000’s

REPAIR KITS Take a look at these handy kits. There is a size for every need and they’re easy to sell to: *Band Directors *Salesmen *“On the road” musicians

Q30 STANDARD REPAIR KIT

REPAIR KITS

EMERGENCY REPAIR KITS

For band directors or salesmen who don’t want to get into emergency repairs deeply enough to buy the Q29, this Q30 Standard Kit will solve many problems.

CONTENTS

Q29 DELUXE REPAIR KIT This kit contains most items necessary for on the spot repairs to “keep ‘em playing.” The items come in a sturdy box. Take a look at what’s included.

TOOLS

Ferree’s Mouthpiece Puller, Jeweler’s Anvil, 2Swivel Top Screwdrivers, Valve Mirror, 2-Pad Leveling Tools, Tweezers, Spring Hook, Hammer, Rawhide Mallet, Bench Knife, Swedging Pliers, Chain Nose Pliers, Round Nose Pliers, Flat Nose Pliers, Heat Treated Diagonal Cutters, Spring Punching Pliers, Alcohol Lamp, Lead Block, Warding File, Parallel Round File, Testing Feeler Holder, Clamp on Vise, Pivot Screw Key Reamer, Solder Scraper, Flute Gauge, 6” Rule, Micro Torch.

Cork Cement, Round Nose Pliers, Spring Hook, Swivel Top Screwdriver, Key Oil, Cork Knife, Valve Oil, Slide Oil, Bore Oil, Cork Grease, Clarinet Pads, Sax Pads, Flute Pads, Water Key Springs, French Horn Cord, Flat Spring Screws, Alcohol Lamp, Flat Nose Pliers, Brasso, Pad Leveling Tool, Special Pad Prick, Rawhide Mallet, Pivot Screw Key Reamer, Shellac, 4 Thicknesses of Sheet Cork, Water Key Corks, Tapered Neck Corks, Valve Stem Felts, Valve Stem Corks, Felt Bumpers, Sax Key Felts, Stainless Steel Round Springs, Flat Springs, Valve Springs, Pivot Screws, Thumb Rest Screws, Valve Cleaning Rod, Valve Mirror, Emery Strip, Lyre Screws, Ligature Screws, Baritone Bell Screws, Sousaphone Bell Screws.

Q30 Standard Repair Kit

Q31 ECONOMY REPAIR KIT

SUPPLIES

2-Mouthpiece Brushes, Flexible Trombone Brush, Valve Brush, Wet & Dry Sand Paper, Clarinet Pads, Sax Pads, Piccolo Pads, Flute Pads, 4 Thicknesses Sheet Cork, Tube Corks, Water Key Corks, Valve Stem Felts, Sax Key Felts, Sax Bumper Felts, Pad and Cork Cement, Flat Springs, Flat Spring Screws, Stainless Steel Round Springs, Water Key Springs, Valve Springs, Valve Oil, Key Oil, Bore Oil, Wood Screws, Valve Cleaning Rod, Cork Cement, Soft Solder, Solder Flux, French Horn Cord, Split Rivets, Clarinet Swab, Cork Grease, Sax Pivot Screws, Clarinet Pivot Screws, Lyre Screws, Ligature Screws, Baritone Bell Screws, Sousaphone Bell Screws, Brasso, 3M Silver Cleaner, Cheesecloth, Bench Oiler, Testing Corks, Shellac, Wood Wedges, Binding Wire, Soldering Millboard, Valve Stem Corks, Emery Strip, Slide Oil.

Q29 Deluxe Repair Kit

mum price.

The Q31 Economy Repair Kit is for minimum repair emergencies. Take it with the band to the football game or parade. Also useful to the college music major. A lot of repair potential at a mini-

CONTENTS

Cork Cement, Swivel Top Screwdriver, Cork Knife, Clarinet Pads, Sax Pads, Valve Springs, Special Pad Prick, Tapered Sax Neck Corks, Sax Felts, Sax Bumpers, Water Key Corks, Valve Cleaning Rod, French Horn Cord, Chain Nose Pliers, Spring Hook, Key Oil, Flute Pads, Water Key Springs, Pad Leveling Tool, Sheet Cork, Valve Stem Corks, Stainless Steel Round Springs, Flat Spring Screws, Pivot Screws, Thumb Rest Screws, Pad Cement, Cork Grease

Q31 Economy Repair Kit

193

INDEX BY NAME

INDEX BY NAME ~A~

ABRASIVE CORD AND TAPE……………………..176 ABS GRAFT FOR G78………………………………..99 ABS PLASTIC GLUE, WELD-ON............................110 ABS PLASTIC ROD, BLACK………………………110 ACCORDION TOOLS……………………………….137 ADAPTOR CHUCK…………………………………...64 ADJUSTMENT SCREW DRILLING JIG…………..83 ADJUSTABLE FRENCH HORN HOLDING JIG.....53 ADJUSTABLE HACKSAW FRAME……………....108 ADJUSTABLE JEWELERS SAW FRAME……….181 ADJ. OBOE OCTAVE INSERT REMOVER.............71 ADJUSTABLE REAMERS…………………………...36 ADJUSTABLE SOCKET REAMER……………….100 AIR BUFFER...............................................................150 AIR VALVE, 1/2”.........................................................159 ALCOHOL LAMP.........................................................95 ALTO CLARINET SWAB .........................................170 ALTO/BASS CLARINET PADS................113, 115, 120 ALTO FLUTE BODY & HEAD MANDRELS...….92 ALTO SAX NECK HOLDERS………………….......67 ALUMINUM BUSHING, RIGHT HAND….........….148 ALUMINUM BUSHING, LEFT HAND…........……148 ALUMINUM HAND BRAKE.......................................63 ALUMINUM HAND VISE..........................................173 ANVIL, BENCH...........................................................109 ANTI-FLUX, TIX.........................................................166 APRON..........................................................................191 ARBORS, MOUTHPIECE............................................18 ARBORS, UTILITY MOTOR SHAFT................91, 146 ASSEMBLY GLOVES………………………….......148 ASSEMBLY BOARDS…………………………........106 ASSEMBLY MANDRELS, WOODEN...................53,56 AUTO LOCKING LUG FOR G88………........……..25 AUTOMATIC CENTER PUNCH…………........……93

~B~

BAG, DUST COLLECTOR........................................150 BALLS, DENT..............................................13, 14, 15, 22 BALLS, TUBING CLEANER.....................................157 BARREL LINERS, POLYETHYLENE....................157 BARITONE TUNING SLIDE PLIERS……………...11 BASE, DENT MACHINE................................................9 BASS CLARINET ARBOR KIT..................................99 BASS CLARINET PADS.............................113, 115, 120 BASS CLARINET SWAB…………………………...170 BASS CLAR. TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTERS……79 BASS TROMBONE ASSEMBLY MANDREL...........53 BASKET, WORK.........................................................154 BASSOON BELL RINGS……………………………79 BASSOON BOCAL CABLE………………………...104 BASSOON BOCAL CLEANER…………………….170 BASSOON BODY LOCK……………………………168 BASSOON CRUTCH ASSEMBLY…………………168 BASSOON PADS..........................................................115 BASSOON SWABS......................................................170 BASSOON TENON TOOLS.........................................97

194

~B cont.~

BEESWAX...................................................................137 BELL IRON, FRENCH HORN/TROMBONE……31 BELL IRON, TRUMPET/CORNET…………………31 BELL IRON UNIVERSAL…………………………....31 BELL JACK, SOUSAPHONE......................................27 BELL MANDRELS........................................................31 BELL MOUNTING JIG…………………………..…167 BELL NUTS & SCREWS............................................133 BELL TENON REAMER……………………………..97 BELL TENON SET…………………………………....98 BELT/DISK SANDER.................................................144 BELT SANDER BELTS……………………………..144 BELL STEM MANDREL..........................................32 BENCH ANVIL............................................................109 BENCH DUSTER BRUSH..........................................168 BENCH HAMMER......................................................130 BENCH KNIFE………………………………………..86 BENCH LATHE, WOODWIND……………………..91 BENCH MOTOR ADAPATOR...................................63 BENCH MOTOR SPINDLE………………………….63 BENCH MOTOR, COMPACT……………………….63 BENCH MOTORS…………………………………….63 BENCH OILER..............................................................82 BENCH PEGS………………………………………....86 BENCH VISE…………………………………………173 BENDING LEVERS, SAX KEYS.................................72 BERYLLIUM COPPER SPRINGS…………………132 BINDING WIRE……………………………….……..167 BLACK ABS PLASTIC ROD……………………….110 BLACK PIGMENT…………………………………....75 BLADES FOR BELL TENON REAMER…………...97 BLADE MAGNETIZER……………………………....66 BLADES, HACKSAW……………………….………108 BLADE, SCREW HOLDING SCRWDRIVER……...66 BLADES, SINGLE EDGE RAZOR.............................86 BLADES, SWIVELTOP SCREWDRIVER………….66 BLAZER TORCH……………………………………..95 BLOW PIPES..................................................................94 BLOWER WITH MOTOR…………………………..150 BLUED NEEDLE SPRINGS………………………...131 BLUED STEEL SPRINGS…………………………..132 BORE MEASURING TOOL………………………..110 BORE OIL.....................................................................191 BORE TOOL, INSIDE...................................................78 BOTTOM CASE STUD……………………………...188 BRACKETS FOR BUFFERS………………………..150 BRASS ANVIL………………………………………..111 BRASS HEAD HAMMER…………………………….44 BRASS JAW PLIERS....................................................90 BRITE BOY METAL POLSIH & RED BEAR POLISH.........................................................................156 BROACHES, PENTAGON…………………………...78 BUFFER, FLOOR & WALL MOUNT…………......145 BUFFING GLOVES, REVERSIBLE……………….148 BUFFING HOOD…………………………………….150

~B cont.~

BUFF RAKE.................................................................148 BUFFS………………………………………147, 148, 150 BUMPERS, FELT........................................................142 BUMPERS, NEOPRENE…………………………….140 BUMPER REMOVER, BASS AND TENOR………..18 BUMPER RUBBERS FOR TUBA…………………..140 BUNSEN BURNER..................................................94, 95 BURNISHING RINGS………………………..........35,49 BURNISHERS, CURVED.............................................30 BURNISHERS, DOUBLE END....................................30 BURNISHERS, HOOK..................................................30 BURNISHERS, STRAIGHT………………………….30 BUTANE REFILL……………………………………..95

~C~

CABINETS....................................................................169 CABLE SET, ROD TAYLOR.......................................17 CABLE SYSTEM, PRITCHARD (TUBA)..................15 CALIPER, MM & .001 INCHES..................................50 CALIPERS, DIAL..........................................51, 64, 175 CALIPERS, INSIDE....................................................175 CALIPERS, OUTSIDE................................................175 CANVAS MALLET/HAMMER...................................44 CAPS, MOUTHPIECE................................................192 CAPS, TENON................................................................78 CASE HANDLE LOOPS.............................................188 CASE HANDLES.................................................189, 190 CASE LATCHES..........................................................187 CASE REINFORCEMENT ANGLE BRACE..........188 CASE STUDS................................................................188 CASING MANDRELS...................................................45 CELLO SET..................................................................186 CEMENT, FRENCH......................................................87 CEMENT, PAD/CORK..................................................87 CENTER PUNCH...........................................................93 CHAIN NOSE PLIERS................................................109 CHAIN NOSE SWEDISH PLIERS......................38, 105 CHAMOIS CLARINET SWAB..................................170 CHEESECLOTH..........................................................156 CHESTS, TOOL...........................................................172 CHIPS, GRENADILLA.................................................75 CHUCKS, JACOBS........................................................63 CLARINET BARREL CENTERING TOOL..............62 CLARINET BARREL REAMER...............................110 CLARINET BODY CENTERING CLAMP................94 CLARINET BORE CLEANING BRUSH..................170 CLARINET KEY BUFFING COMPOUND..............149 CLARINET MOUTHPIECE MANDREL...................70 CLARINET PAD LEVELING TOOL/SLICK.....71,113 CLARINET PADS.....................................................114 CLARINET SOCKET GRAFTING KIT.....................99 CLARINET STRAP.....................................................185 CLARINET SWAB………………………………….170 CLARINET TENON CAPS...........................................78 CLARINET THUMB RESTS.....................................171 CLARINET TONE HOLE CUTTERS......................101

~C cont.~

CLARINET TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTERS..........79 CLEANING RODS.......................................................168 CLEAR MAGIC.............................................................75 CLIP-ON MAGNIFIERS.............................................186 CLIPS, FLUTE...............................................................85 CLIPS, SOLDER..........................................................167 COLD CLEANER........................................................160 COMBINATION FILE CLEANER...........................181 COMBO. SCRWDRVR/FL CLEANING ROD...........62 COMBO. SPRINGHOOK/SCREWDRIVER..............66 COMPOUND LEVERAGE PLIERS............................64 COMPOUND LEVERAGE TIN SNIPS....................108 CONCENTRATED STERISOL................................171 CONE SHAPED ROLLERS.........................................23 CONTOURED BELL ROLLERS............................23,31 CORD, FRENCH HORN...............................................28 CORK GREASE.............................................113,139,191 CORK KNIFE..........................................................86 CORK PAD CUTTERS.................................................93 CORK PADS.................................................................141 CORK PROTECTOR..................................................142 CORK SANDING ACCESSORY.................................74 CORK STRIP CUTTING GAUGE............................142 CORK STRIPPER........................................................142 CORK WASHERS…………………………………...139 CORK, SHEET.............................................................141 CORKS, E FLAT FLUTE...........................................139 CORKS, FRENCH HORN…………………………..139 CORKS, KEY……………………………………....…139 CORKS,MUTE.............................................................141 CORKS, TRILL KEY..................................................139 CORKS, TUBE & HEAD CORKS.............................140 CORKS, WATERKEY……………………………....139 CORNET TUNING SLIDE PLIERS............................11 CORNET & TRUMPET ASSEMBLY MANDREL...53 CORNET & TRUMPET POLISHING JIG.................53 CORNET/TRPT TUN. SL. DENT BL. HAMMER.....20 CORNET/TRUMPET BELL MANDREL...................31 CORROSION CRACKER OIL..............................11, 94 COUNTERSINKS..........................................................78 COUPLING FOR DUSTING GUN............................160 CRACK PINNING WIRE.............................................69 CRACK SLICK SPATULA...........................................88 CROWNS, FLUTE.....................................134, 135, 136 CRYSTOLON OILSTONE.........................................176 CURVED BURNISHERS..............................................30 CURVED NOSE PLIERS............................................107 CURVED SOLDER SCRAPERS................................163 CUTTING PAD...............................................................93 CYLINDRICAL SCRATCH BRUSH........................151

INDEX BY NAME

Index by name

~D~

DEEP COMPACT CABINET.....................................169 DELRIN, BLACK.........................................................110 DELUXE DOUBLE END SPRING HOOK.................70 DELUXE REPAIR KIT.........................................59, 193

195

INDEX BY NAME

Index by name ~D cont.~

DELUXE REVERSIBLE SCRAPER.........................167 DENT BALL HOLDER.................................................14 DENT BALL DRIVER/RETRIEVER SETS.........19-21 DENT BALL DRIVERS................................................13 DENT BALL HAMMERS.............................................20 DENT BALLS..............................................13, 14, 15, 22 DENT BALLS, TUBA....................................................16 DENT BALLS, UNDRILLED.......................................35 DENT CABLE, BASSOON BOCAL..........................104 DENT HAMMERS.........................................................12 DENT MACHINE & ACCESSORIES.......1-11 DENT REMOVAL/CABLE SYSTEM, TUBA............17 DENT REMOVER, CORK BARREL..........................34 DENT REMOVING RINGS..........................................34 DENT ROD HOLDING VISE.......................................25 DENT ROD THREADED ADAPTORS.......................15 DENT RODS.......................................................27, 28, 56 DENT RODS, FRENCH HORN...................................28 DENT ROLLER BALLS...............................................22 DENT ROLLERS.....................................................23, 51 DIAL CALIPERS.............................................51, 64, 175 DIAGONAL CUTTERS..............................................108 DIE STOCKS................................................................179 DISK/BELT SANDER.................................................144 DOMESTIC DIES........................................................179 DOMESTIC TAPS.......................................................179 DOMESTIC TAPS & DIES IN A BOX......................179 DOUBLE BUFF RAKE W/HOLDER........................148 DOUBLE HANDLE ROLLERS..............................22,23 DIE, SWEDGING.....................................................81, 90 DIES, FLUSHBANDING.............................................106 DIES, METRIC.............................................................179 DIES, HEAD SWEDGING (FL/PICC)........................81 DIES, THREADING....................................................179 DISINFECTANTS........................................................171 DISKS/SANDPAPER...................................................144 DIVIDERS.....................................................................175 DOUBLE END BURNISHERS.....................................30 DRAWRINGS...........................................................35, 37 DREMEL ......................................................................177 DRILL BIT GAUGE......................................................89 DRILL BITS....................................................................89 DRILL, HAND..............................................................107 DRILL ROD....................................................................74 DRILLING JIGS............................................................82 DRIVER/RETRIEVER, DENT BALL...................19-21 DRIVERS FOR BARREL TYPE DENT BALLS.......13 DRUM HEAD TUCKER.............................................186 DUCKBILL PLIERS......................................38, 105, 109 DUCKBILL PLIERS, THIN TIP................................109 DUSTING GUN............................................................160 DYE, CONCENTRATE...............................................158

~E~

ELDRED “WIDGET”....................................................90 ELECTRIC GLUE POT................................................87

196

~E cont.~

EMERY CAKE.............................................................149 EMERY, ROLL/STRIP...............................................176 END CUT NIPPERS....................................................108 ERICK BRAND REPAIR MANUAL...........................57 EXPANDABLE TROMBONE SLIDE DENT REMOVERS……….......................................................50 EXPANDER, ROTOR BEARING PLATE.................58 EXPANDERS, RIGHT ANGLE...................................26 EXPANDER, TENON..............................................80, 81 EXPANDERS, WOODWIND JOINT....................80, 81 EXPANDABLE TROMBONE DENT REMOVER, INNER/OUTER............................................................50 EXTERNAL FERRULE BRUSHES..........................164 EXTRACTORS, SCREW......................................67, 174 EXTRUDER, TRIPLE KEY.........................................80

~F~

FABRICUT, ROLL/STRIP.........................................176 FAN, EXHAUST...........................................................159 FEELER/HOLDER........................................................67 FELT SQUARE............................................................143 FELT BUMPERS.........................................................142 FELT SHEETS, SYNTHETIC....................................143 FELTS, SAX KEY/TOP CAP.....................................143 FELTS, VALVE WASHERS.......................................143 FERREES REPAIR MANUAL.....................................57 FERRULE BRUSH, INTERNAL...............................164 FILE/CLEANER COMBINATION...........................181 FILE, HANDLES..........................................................181 FILES........................................................................76,181 FILES, SWISS PATTERN & TONE HOLE FILES...76 FILES, TONE HOLE PAD SEAT..............................100 FILING BLOCK...........................................................181 FILING CLAMP, KEY................................................104 FINGER BUTTONS, PEARL.....................................172 FINGER RINGS, SOLDER ON TYPE......................172 FISH SKIN....................................................................102 FLANGE NUTS............................................................146 FLUTE PAD WASHERS, METAL ...112, 134, 135, 136 FLAKE GLUE................................................................87 FLAKE SHELLAC........................................................88 FLAT NOSE PLIERS..........................................107, 109 FLAT SPRING HOLE PUNCH....................................71 FLAT SPRINGS, CLARINET & SAX.......................132 FLANNEL.....................................................................156 FLEXIBLE COMBINATION RULER......................174 FLEXIBLE VINYL TUBING...............................73, 177 FLEXIBLE WIRE CLEANING BRUSHES..............170 FLINTS..........................................................................163 FLOOR PEGS, BASS CLARINET.............................185 FLOURESCENT BULBS FOR LEAK LIGHTS........84 FLOURESCENT LEAK LIGHTS................................84 FLUSH BAND DIES....................................................106 FLUSH BANDING DIE SHIM STOCK....................106 FLUSH BANDS.............................................................106

~F cont.~

FLUSH LATCH SET………………………………187 FLUTE/PICCOLO SPRING WIRE...........................132 FLUTE BODY MANDREL...........................................92 FLUTE BOOSTER PLIERS.........................................70 FLUTE BOOSTERS, NYLON....................................136 FLUTE CASE LATCH................................................187 FLUTE CLEANING ROD/SCREWDRIVER.............62 FLUTE CLIPS................................................................85 FLUTE CROWNS........................................134, 135, 136 FLUTE GAUGE.....................................................62, 112 FLUTE GROMMET BOOSTER REMOVER PLIER.....................................................................................70 FLUTE GROMMETS..........................................134, 135 FLUTE HEAD MANDREL.......................................6, 92 FLUTE HEAD SWEDGING DIES...............................81 FLUTE JOINT TENON EXPANDER.........................81 FLUTE KEY ARM BENDING SET.............................72 FLUTE KEY PIN REMOVAL TOOL.......................111 FLUTE KEY LEVELING TOOL.................................68 FLUTE MANDRELS.....................................................92 FLUTE PAD CUP TOOL............................................105 FLUTE PAD HEIGHT GAUGE...........................62, 112 FLUTE PAD IRONING TOOL...............................68,71 FLUTE PAD CUP LEVELING TOOLS......................71 FLUTE PAD HOLE PUNCH SET...............................93 FLUTE PAD SEATING CLIPS....................................85 FLUTE PAD SPRING WIRE......................................132 FLUTE PAD WASHERS, METAL............134, 135, 136 FLUTE PAD WASHERS, PAPER..............................112 FLUTE PADS................................................................115 FLUTE PLUGS, TONE HOLE...................................189 FLUTE ROLLER, PRECISION...................................92 FLUTE SWAB..............................................................170 FLUTE TENON SLEEVE...........................................100 FLUTE TONE HOLE LEVELING TOOL.................77 FLUTE TRAY...............................................................154 FLUX......................................................................164 FLUX, SILVER SOLDER...........................................164 FLUX, SOFT SOLDER................................................166 FOOT SWITCH..............................................................63 FORMING MANDREL MOUTHPIPE RECEIVER.36 FRACTION RULER....................................................174 FRENCH CEMENT.......................................................87 FRENCH HORN BALL.................................................22 FRENCH HORN CORD................................................28 FRENCH HORN BELL DRIVER................................19 FRENCH HORN/TROMBONE BELL IRON............31 FRENCH HORN DENT RODS....................................28 FRENCH HORN POLISHING JIG.............................26 FRENCH HORN HOOK-BACK DRIVER/ RETRIEVER...................................................................19 FRENCH HORN MOUTHPIPE RECEIVER FORMING MANDREL.............................................................36 FRENCH PLUGS, FLUTE..........................................136 FRET WIRE, GUITAR................................................169

~G~

GAUGE, DRILL BIT.....................................................89 GAUGE, FLUTE PAD HEIGHT..........................62, 112 GAUGE, SAX PAD CUP HEIGHT .............................67 GAUGES, CORK STRIP.............................................142 GAUGES, TELESCOPING.........................................174 GAUGES, THREAD....................................................179 GERMICIDE, STERISOL..........................................171 GLASSES, MAGNIFYING.........................................186 GLOVES, ASSEMBLY, BUFFING............................148 GLUE BRUSH..............................................................168 GLUE GUN KIT.............................................................88 GLUE PLUGS, TAPERED..........................................105 GLUE POT, ELECTRIC...............................................87 GLUE STICKS, CLEAR/WHITE................................88 GLUE, GRANULAR.....................................................87 GLUE, HOT STUFF.......................................................75 GLUE, JET MAGIC.......................................................75 GLUE, WELD ON........................................................110 GOLD TRADEMARK CRAYON..............................102 GOLDBEATERS SKIN (FISH SKIN).......................102 GOOSENECK DENT ROD FOR SAXES...................56 GOOSENECK EXPANDERS, SAX.............................81 GRAFTS SOCKET........................................................99 GREASE, CORK..........................................................139 GREASE, TUNING SLIDE.........................................191 GRENADILLA CHIPS..................................................75 GRILL FOR SOUSAPHONE BELL..........................171 GRINDING WHEEL, SILICON CARBIDE...............64 GRIT BANDSANDER BELTS...................................144 GROMMET/BOOSTER REMOVAL PLIERS...........70 GROMMETS, FLUTE.........................................134, 135 GROUND CASING MANDRELS................................45 GUIDE, VALVE FITTING TOOL/GUIDES..............38 GUITAR FRET WIRE.................................................169 GUN, DUST...................................................................160 GUN, GLUE KIT............................................................88 GUN, HEAT....................................................................86 GUN, SPRAY, ACCESSORIES..................................160

INDEX BY NAME

Index by name

~H~

HACKSAW FRAME, BLADES..................................108 HAMMER, BENCH.....................................................130 HAMMER, BRASS HEAD............................................44 HAMMERS, DENT........................................................12 HAND BRAKE FOR BENCH MOTOR......................63 HAND DRILL...............................................................107 HAND TUBING SHRINKER.......................................28 HAND VISE, ALUMINUM.........................................173 HANDLE LOOPS, CASE............................................188 HANDLE, BURNISHING RING..................................35 HANDLE, WOOD BURNISHER.................................30 HANDLES, CASE................................................189, 190 HANDLES, FILE..........................................................181 HANGERS, HEAVY DUTY TOOL...........................186 HEAD MANDREL, FLUTE......................................6, 92 HEAD TUCKER FOR DRUMS..................................186

197

INDEX BY NAME

Index by name ~H~

HEAT BLOWGUN.........................................................86 HEAT SHRINK TUBING, BLACK.............................73 HEAT STAKING TOOL.............................................129 HEAVY DUTY POST PUSHER/ DENT PULLER....23 HEIGHT GAUGES..........................................62, 67, 112 HINGE TUBE SHORTENERS.....................................76 HINGE TUBING FILES..............................................181 HINGES, STOP............................................................188 HOLDER, CORNET/TRUMPET.................................53 HOLDER, DENT BALL................................................14 HOLDER, FRENCH HORN.........................................26 HOLDER, SAX NECK...................................................67 HOLDING JIG, ADJ. FOR FRENCH HORN............53 HOLDING JIG, VALVE INSTRUMENTS.................53 HOLE PUNCH, FLAT SPRINGS.................................71 HOLE PUNCH SET, FLUTE PADS............................93 HOLE PUNCH, SIX SIZES.........................................185 HOOD, BUFFING........................................................150 HOOK BURNISHERS...................................................30 HOOK NOSE KEY LEVER PLIERS..........................68 HOOK, SPRING.............................................................67 HOSE, AIR & CONNECTIONS.................................159 HOT STUFF GLUE/ACCESSORIES..........................75

~I~

INHIBITOR, RUST......................................................154 IRONING TOOL FOR FLUTE PADS.........................71 IRONS, BELL.................................................................31

~J~

JACK FOR SOUSAPHONE BELL..............................27 JACOBS CHUCK...........................................................63 JAWS, LEAD................................................................173 JET MAGIC GLUE........................................................75 JEWELERS SAW BLADES/FRAME........................181 JIG, ADJUSTMENT SCREW DRILLING.................83 JIG, BELL MOUNTING, CORNET/TRPT..............167 JIG, POST DRILLING..................................................82 JIG, RAISED TONE HOLE........................................103 JIG, SOLDER...............................................................163 JIG, TUBING BENDING..............................................32 JIG, WATERKEY SPRING INSTALLATION..........54 JOINT EXPANDERS, WOODWIND..........................81 JOINT SEPARATORS, TROMBONE........................18

~K~

KEY BENDING LEVERS FOR SAX...........................72 KEY BRUSH.................................................................168 KEY BUFFING COMPOUND, CLARINET.............149 KEY FILING CLAMP.................................................104 KEY LEVELING TOOL, FLUTE................................68 KEY LEVELING TOOL, SAX.....................................72 KEY LEVER PLIERS, HOOK NOSE.........................68 KEY OIL.......................................................................191 KEY PIN REMOVAL TOOL.....................................111 KEY REAMERS, PIVOT SCREW..............................78 KEY SWEDGING TOOLS, WOODWIND ADJ........69

198

~K cont.~

KITS, REPAIR........................................................59, 193 KITS, SCREW..............................................................133 KNIVES..........................................................................86 KNUCKLE DENT TOOLS...........................................29

~L~

LACQUER MANDRELS.............................................154 LACQUER REMOVER/STRIPPER..................157, 160 LACQUER, AEROSOL SPRAY................................159 LACQUER/THINNER, CATALYST, DYE..............158 LAMP, ALCHOL, WICKS............................................95 LAMP, MAGNIFIER AND SHADE —Discontinued LAPPING BLOCKS, VALVE.......................................12 LAPPING COMPOUND...............................................12 LAPPING MOTOR, VALVE........................................12 LATCHES, CASE.........................................................187 LEAD BLOCK, PIG.......................................................52 LEAD MELTING LADLE............................................17 LEAD JAWS.................................................................173 LEAK LIGHTS, PARTS/BULBS...........................83, 84 LEVELING BLOCK....................................................109 LEVELING STONE, TROMBONE STAND..............48 LEVELING TOOLS, WOODWIND KEYS..........68, 72 LEVERS, SAX KEY BENDING...................................72 LIGATURE SCREWS.................................................133 LIGATURES.................................................................192 LIGHTER, FILE, FLINTS..........................................163 LIGHT FIXTURE........................................................159 LIME/SCALE REMOVER.........................................154 LINERS, BARREL.......................................................157 LIVE CENTER, WOODWIND....................................91 LOCK, BASSOON BODY...........................................168 LOWER TENON PLUG HOLDER.............................97 LYRE SCREWS...........................................................133 LYRE SOCKET, SOLDER ON..................................172 LYRES...........................................................................184

~M~

MAGNET, PENCIL STYLE.........................................13 MAGNETIC SCRIBER.................................................13 MAGNETIZER, SCREWDRIVER BLADE...............66 MAGNIFIER, LAMP...................................................169 MAGNIFYING GLASSES..........................................186 MALLETS, CANVAS....................................................44 MALLETS, RAWHIDE.................................................37 MANDRELS, BELL.......................................................31 MANDRELS, CASING..................................................45 MANDRELS, CLARINET MPC & JOINT.................70 MANDRELS, FLUTE....................................................92 MANDRELS, LACQUERING....................................154 MANDRELS, PICCOLO...............................................92 MANDRELS, SLEEVE..................................................45 MANDRELS, TAPERED..............................................33 MANDRELS, TROMBONE SLIDE.............................49 MANDRELS, VALVE CASING & SLEEVE..............45 MANDRELS, VALVE THREAD.................................39 MANDRELS, WOOD........................................53,56,154

~M cont.~

MEASURING TOOL, CLARINET BORE...............110 MEASURING TOOL, TUNING SLIDE......................32 METAL BACK SAW...................................................108 METAL SNIPS.............................................................108 MICROMETERS.........................................................175 MILLBOARD...............................................................167 MIRROR, VALVE.................................................38, 143 MONEL ADDITIVE...............................................44,183 MORSE TAPER ARBOR FOR CHUCKS..................90 MOTO TOOL KIT, DREMEL...................................177 MOTORS, ACCESSORIES..............................63, 64, 91 MOUNTING JIG, BELL.............................................167 MOUTHPIECE ADAPTORS......................................177 MOUTHPIECE BRUSHES.........................................168 MOUTHPIECE CAPS.................................................192 MOUTHPIECE DISINFECTANT.............................171 MOUTHPIECE MANDREL, CLARINET..................70 MOUTHPIECE POLISHING ARBORS.....................18 MOUTHPIECE PULLER.............................................25 MOUTHPIECE RECEIVER REAMERS...................36 MOUTHPIECE REFACING KIT.......................105,185 MOUTHPIECE TUNING BITS(ADAPTORS).........177 MTHPIECE SHANK STRAIGHTENING ARBOR...18 MOUTHPIPE CABLE KIT........................................24 MOUTHPIPE DENT ROD, TRPT...............................24 MOUTHPIPE DENT ROLLER KIT, TRPT...............24 MOUTHPIPE REC FORMING MANDRELS............36 MUSIC WIRE CUTTERS...........................................108

~N~

NECK CLEANER, SAX..............................................170 NECK HOLDER, SAX...................................................67 NECK PLUGS, SAX.....................................................192 NECK SCREW EXTRACTOR, SAX...........................67 NECK STRAPS.............................................................185 NECK TENON EXPANDER, SAX/BASS CLAR.......80 NEEDLE SPRING PLIERS..........................................68 NEEDLE SPRINGS......................................................131 NEEDLES, PINNING..................................................111 NICKEL SILVER PATCHING MATERIAL.............52 NORBECK CLARINET PADS...................................114 NORTON SPRINGS & BUSHINGS..........................131 NUT DRIVERS.............................................................102 NUTS, BELL.................................................................133 NUTS, FLANGE FOR BUFFING SHAFT................146 NUWHITE CAKE........................................................149

~O~

OBOE ARBOR/SOCKET GRAFTING JIG...............99 OBOE CORK PAD HOLE CUTTER........................142 OBOE OCTAVE TUBE REMOVERS.........................71 OBOE PADS.................................................................115 OBOE TENON TOOL...................................................97 OBOE TENON HOLE CUTTER...............................101 OCTAVE KEY LEVER TUBING, SAX......................73 OCTAVE/REGISTER TUBE REMOVERS...............71 OIL, BORE....................................................................191

~O~

OIL, KEY......................................................................191 OIL, PENATRATING..............................................11, 94 OIL, SLIDE...................................................................191 OIL, VALVE.................................................................191 OILER, BENCH.............................................................82 OILSTONES.................................................................176 OVEN, WOODWIND PAD.........................................112

~P~

PAD CUP TOOL, FLUTE...........................................105 PAD, CUTTING..............................................................93 PAD HEIGHT GAUGES.................................62, 67, 112 PAD HOLE PUNCHES, FLUTE..................................93 PAD IRONING TOOL, FLUTE.............................68, 71 PAD LEVELING TOOLS (CLARINET/FL)......71, 113 PAD OVEN....................................................................112 PAD PRESERVATIVE................................................191 PAD RESONATORS............................................128, 129 PAD RIVET PUNCH...................................................130 PAD SEAT REAMERS................................................100 PAD SEATING CLIPS, FLUTE...................................85 PAD SLICK, CLARINET......................................71, 116 PAD SLICKS, SAX........................................................73 PAD TESTING FEELER/HOLDER............................67 PAD WASHERS, FLUTE (METAL)..........134, 135, 136 PAD WASHERS (PAPER)..........................................112 PAD/CORK CEMENT...................................................87 PADS, BASSOON.........................................................115 PADS, CLARINET, ALTO & BASS CLAR......114, 115 PADS, CORK................................................................141 PADS, FLUTE...............................................................115 PADS, PICCOLO.........................................................115 PADS, SAX.............................................................120-127 PAPER FLUTE WASHERS........................................112 PARALLEL ACTION PLIERS..................................107 PATCH MAKING TOOL, MATERIAL......................52 PATCHING MATERIAL, BRASS...............................52 PEARL BUTTONS, CORNET/TRPT........................172 PEARL HOLDERS & CLOSING DIES....................102 PEARL PROTECTOR.................................................102 PEARLS, THUMB & FINGER...................................102 PEGS, BENCH................................................................86 PENCIL MAGNET........................................................13 PENETRATING OIL...............................................11, 94 PERMA/LACQUER/REDUCER, DYE.....................161 PICCOLO HEAD SWEDGING DIE............................81 PICCOLO JOINT EXPANDER...................................81 PICCOLO MANDRELS................................................92 PICCOLO PADS..........................................................115 PICCOLO SPRING WIRE..........................................132 PIN REMOVING TOOL, KEY..................................111 PIN VISE.................................................................67, 137 PIN/SPRING PARTS, BASSOON BODY LOCK.....168 PINNING NEEDLES...................................................111 PINNING WIRE, CRACK............................................69

INDEX BY NAME

Index by name

199

INDEX BY NAME 200

Index by name ~P cont.~

PIVOT SCREW COUNTERSINK, WOODWIND.....78 PIVOT SCREW KEY REAMERS...............................78 PIVOT SCREWS, WOODWIND...............134, 135, 136 PLASTIC GLUE ABS..................................................110 PLASTIC ROD, ABS...................................................110 PLASTIC STORAGE BOXES....................................172 PLATE, TROMBONE SLIDES....................................50 PLATERS BRUSH, LONG HANDLED....................168 PLIERS........34, 38, 64, 68, 69,70,90, 105, 107, 109, 137 PLIERS, ACCORDION...............................................137 PLIERS, CHAIN NOSE...............................................109 PLIERS, CURVED NOSE...........................................107 PLIERS, DUCKBILL.............................................38, 109 PLIERS, FLAT NOSE.........................................107, 109 PLIERS, FLUTE BOOSTER INSTALLATION.........70 PLIERS, FL BOOSTER/GRMT REMOV...................70 PLIERS, HOOK NOSE KEY LEVER.........................68 PLIERS, NEEDLE SPRING REMOVER...................68 PLIERS, NEEDLE SPRING REPLACEMENT.........68 PLIERS, PARALLEL ACTION.................................107 PLIERS, ROUND NOSE...............................................69 PLIERS, SLIDE REMOVER...................................34,37 PLIERS, SLIP JOINT..................................................107 PLIERS, SPRING PUNCHING....................................68 PLIERS, SWEDGING...................................................64 PLIERS, TUNING SLIDE REMOVER.......................11 PLUG HOLDER, LOWER TENON............................97 PLUGS, FLUTE............................................................189 PLUGS, GLUE..............................................................105 POLISHES, BRASS & SILVER.................................156 POLISHING HOLDER, COR/TRPT...........................53 POLISHING WHEEL, STEEL...................................148 POLYGON VALVE SPRINGS.....................................54 PORTABLE AIR BUFFER/ACCESSORIES............150 POST BODY COUNTERSINKS..................................62 POST DRILLING JIG/ACCESSORIES......................82 POST LCKNG SC CNTERSINKS/DRILL.................62 POST RAISING TOOL, SAX.......................................55 POST/BODY COUNTERSINKS..................................62 POSTS, SAX ASSORTMENT.......................................55 POWER DISCS.................................................................4 POWER DISC ROLLERS...........................................5, 6 PRESERVATIVE, PAD...............................................191 PRESSURE SENSITIVE TEFLON..............................73 PRITCHARD CABLE SYSTEM (TUBA)...................15 PROTECTOR, CORK.................................................142 PROTECTOR, PEARL................................................102 PROTECTOR STRIPS................................................183 PULLER, MOUTHPIECE............................................25 PUMICE..........................................................................12 PUNCH, FLAT SPRING HOLE...................................71 PUNCH, HOLE FOR STRAPS OR PADS................185 PUNCH, PAD RIVET..................................................130 PUNCHES, CENTER & DRIVE TAPER....................93 PUNCHES, SPRING......................................................67

~Q~

QUICK DRY CORK CEMENT....................................87

~R~

RAGGING TAPE.........................................................148 RAISED TONE HOLE JIG, CLARINET..................103 RAKE, BUFF................................................................148 RAWHIDE MALLETS..................................................37 RAWHIDE STRIPS.......................................................55 RAZOR BLADES, SINGLE EDGE.............................86 REAMER, CLARINET BELL TENON.......................97 REAMER, PIVOT SCREW KEY.................................78 REAMERS, ADJUSTABLE/BLADES.........................36 REAMERS, MOUTHPIECE RECEIVER..................36 REAMERS, PAD SEAT...............................................100 RECEIVER, MTHPIECE FORMING MDRLS.........36 RED ROUGE................................................................149 REDUCER/RETARDER, LACQUER...............158, 161 REED TESTING/TUNING TLS, ACCORDION......137 REFILLS, BUTANE TORCH.......................................95 REPAIR KITS.........................................................59, 193 REPAIR MANUALS.................................................57,58 RESONATOR/RIVET KITS.......................................128 RESONATORS, SAX PADS...............................128, 129 RETARDER, LACQUER....................................158, 161 REVERSIBLE SCRAPER, BLADES.........................167 RIBBON SOLDER.......................................................166 RIGHT ANGLE DENT TOOLS...................................38 RIGHT ANGLE EXPANDERS....................................26 RING SHRINKING DIES, WOODWIND.................104 RINGS, BURNISHING............................................35, 49 RINGS, DRAW.........................................................35, 37 RINGS, SOLDER ON FINGER..................................172 RIVET PUNCH, SAX PAD.........................................130 RIVET WASHERS.......................................................188 RIVETS...................................................................130,188 ROCKET ROLLER.......................................................51 ROD, ABS PLASTIC...................................................110 ROD, DELRIN..............................................................110 ROD, DRILL STACK....................................................74 ROD, SOLID BRASS...................................................107 ROD, TROMBONE VENTURI....................................22 RODS, CLEANING................................................62, 168 RODS, SANDING...........................................................64 ROLLER, CONE SHAPED...........................................23 ROLLER DENT BALLS...............................................22 ROLLER, ROCKET......................................................51 ROLLERS, DOUBLE HAND........................................23 ROLLER, EXTRA LONG.............................................23 ROLLERS, POWER DISC..............................................4 ROTOR BEARING PLATE TOOL.............................58 ROTARY VALVE BEARING TOOL..........................51 ROUND NOSE PLIERS....................................38,69,105 ROUND SPRINGS, STAINLESS STEEL.................131 RUBBER WEDGES.......................................................85 RULERS........................................................................174 RUST INHIBITOR.......................................................154

~S~

SAFETY FLANGE NUTS, BUFFER SHAFT...........146 SAND BLASTER, NOZZLES & JETS......................155 SANDERS, BELT/DISKS............................................144 SANDING RODS............................................................64 SANIMIST MOUTHPIECE DISINFECTANT.........171 SAW BLADES, JEWELERS......................................181 SAW, METAL BACK..................................................108 SAX ASSEMBLY MANDREL......................................53 SAX BELL SHOES..........................................................2 SAX BODY DENT REMOVER....................................58 SAX BODY BOW DENT REMOVER.........................56 SAX BODY HOLDING WHEEL.................................83 SAX BODY ROLLERS....................................................2 SAX BODY STRAIGHTENING TOOL......................56 SAX BORE CLEANING BRUSH...............................170 SAX BUMPER ADJUSTER..........................................90 SAX DENT BALLS SLOTTED....................................57 SAX DENT ROD GUIDES............................................57 SAX END PLUGS.........................................................192 SAX FLAT SPRINGS..................................................132 SAX GOOSENECK DENT ROD..................................56 SAX HOLDING WHEEL..............................................83 SAX KEY BENDING LEVERS....................................72 SAX KEY FELTS.........................................................143 SAX KEY GUARD SCREWS.....................134, 135, 136 SAX KEY LEVELING TOOLS....................................72 SAX KEY SWEDGING DIE.........................................90 SAX NECK CLEANER...............................................170 SAX NECK EXPANDERS............................................81 SAX NECK HOLDER....................................................67 SAX NECK PLUGS......................................................192 SAX NECK SCREW EXTRACTOR............................67 SAX NECK SCREWS..........................................133, 136 SAX OCTAVE KEY LEVER TUBING.......................73 SAX PAD HEIGHT GAUGES......................................67 SAX PAD RESONATORS...................................128, 129 SAX PAD RIVETS.......................................................130 SAX PADS..............................................................120-127 SAX POST ASSORTMENT..........................................55 SAX POST RAISING TOOL........................................55 SAX SLOTTED BARREL SHAPED PUSH BALLS..57 SAX STRAPS................................................................185 SCALE/LIME REMOVER.........................................154 SCRAPERS, CURVED/TRIANG/REVERS..............163 SCRATCH BRUSHES & BUFFING MACHINE.....151 SCREW EXTRACTORS.......................................67, 174 SCREW HOLDING SCREWDRIVER........................66 SCREW KITS...............................................................133 SCREW SLOTTING TOOL/BLADES........................82 SCREWDRIVER BLADE/MAGNETIZER................66 SCREWDRIVER, FLUTE ROD COMB.....................62 SCREWDRIVER/SPRING HOOK COMBO..............66 SCREWDRIVERS................................................62,65,66 SCREWDRIVERS, BLADES..................................65, 66

~S cont.~

SCREWS, BARITONE & BELL................................133 SCREWS, LIGATURE & LYRE ...............................133 SCREWS, SAX NECK.................................................133 SCREWS, SOUSAPHONE..........................................133 SCREWS, WOODWIND.............................134, 135, 136 SCRIBER, MAGNETIC................................................13 SEATING CLIPS, FLUTE PAD...................................85 SEPARATORS, TROMBONE JOINT........................18 SHAFT ARBOR, UTILITY...........................................91 SHAFT SAFETY FLANGE NUTS.............................146 SHAFT SPACERS, BUFFER......................................146 SHANK, MOUTHPIECE ARBOR...............................18 SHEET CORK..............................................................141 SHEETS, ABRASIVE & TEFLON......................73, 176 SHELLAC, STICK, FLAKE.........................................88 SHELLAC SPATULAS.................................................88 SHIM STOCK, FLUSHBANDING............................106 SHOP APRON..............................................................191 SHORTENERS, HINGE TUBE....................................76 SHRINKABLE TUBING...............................................73 SHRINKER, TUBING...................................................28 SHRINKING DIES, WOODWIND RING.................104 SILICON CARBIDE WHEEL......................................64 SILVER CLEANER.....................................155, 156, 157 SILVER POLISHES & SPRAY..................................156 SILVER SOLDER/ACCESSORIES...................164, 166 SILVER TARNISH REMOVER................................155 SKIN, FISH...................................................................102 SLEEVE MANDRELS, VALVE..................................45 SLIDE BUMPER REMOVER, TROMBONE............18 SLIDE CLEANING RODS..........................................168 SLIDE CREAM............................................................191 SLIDE DENT REMOVER, TROMBONE...................50 SLIDE DENT REMOVER, YAMAHA TUNING.......58 SLIDE DENT TOOL, TROMBONE ROLLING........49 SLIDE GREASE, TUNING SLIDE.....................113,191 SLIDE MANDRELS, TROMBONE.............................49 SLIDE OIL....................................................................191 SLIDE PLATE, TROMBONE......................................50 SLIDE PLIERS, TUNING SLIDE................................11 SLIDE PULLING TOOLS......................................55, 58 SLIDE REMOVING COLLARS, TROMBONE........18 SLIDE REMOVER PLIERS...................................11, 34 SLIDE SOLDER ROD...................................................53 SLIDE SPACING TOOLS, TROMBONE...................55 SLIDE SPRAY BOTTLE, TROMBONE...................191 SLUGS/HANDLES FOR TUNING SLIDES (online)...48 SNEAKY LIGHTS.........................................................83 SNIPS.............................................................................108 SOCKET GRAFTING JIG/ACCESSORIES..............99 SOCKET GRAFT BLANKS.........................................99 SOCKETS, SOLDER ON TYPE................................172 SOLDER, ALL TYPES........................................164, 166 SOLDER CLIPS, CLAMPS........................................167 SOLDER FLUXES, ANTI FLUX.......................164, 166

INDEX BY NAME

Index by name

201

INDEX BY NAME 202

Index by name ~S cont.~

SOLDER JIG................................................................163 SOLDER JOINT CLEANING BRUSHES................164 SOLDER ON FINGER RINGS...................................172 SOLDER SCRAPERS..................................................163 SOLDERING KIT, EXCALIBUR..............................162 SOLDERING CLAMPS...............................................167 SOLID HINGE TUBE SHORTENER..........................76 SOLVENT/CLEANER.................................................191 SOLVENT, CORK CEMENT.......................................87 SOLVENT, HOT STUFF GLUE..................................75 SOLVENT, JET/CLEAR MAGIC GLUE...................75 SOUSAPHONE BELL FLAIR ROLLER......................2 SOUSAPHONE BELL JACK.......................................27 SOUSAPHONE BELL SHOE.........................................2 SOUSAPHONE BRANCH ROLLERS..........................2 SOUSAPHONE EXPANDABLE DENT TOOLS.......25 SOUSAPHONE GRILL...............................................171 SOUSAPHONE HAND DENT ROD............................27 SOUSAPHONE HOLDER..........................................171 SOUSAPHONE SCREWS, NECK & BELL.............133 SOUSAPHONE SLIDE DENT TOOLS, EXP.............25 SPACERS, BUFFING WHEEL..................................146 SPATULA, CRACK SLICK & SHELLAC................88 SPINDLE ADAPTORS..................................................63 SPINDLES, BENCH MOTOR......................................64 SPINDLES, TAPERED BUFFER...............................146 SPRAY BOTTLE, TROMBONE SLIDE...................191 SPRAY GUNS/ATTACHMENTS..............................160 SPRAY LACQUER, AEROSOL................................159 SPRING HOLE PUNCH................................................71 SPRING HOOKS................................................66, 67, 70 SPRING INSTALLING JIG, WATERKEY................54 SPRING PUNCHES.......................................................67 SPRING PUNCHING, REMOVING PLIERS............68 SPRING REPLACING PLIERS...................................68 SPRING SCREWS, WOODWIND.............134, 135, 136 SPRING VIAL HOLDER, WOOD.....................131, 132 SPRING VIALS....................................................131, 132 SPRING WIRE, FLUTE/PICCOLO..........................132 SPRINGS, FLAT WOODWIND.........................130, 132 SPRINGS, NEEDLE/ROUND.....................................131 SPRINGS, POLYGON VALVE....................................54 SPRINGS, STAINLESS STEEL ROUND.................131 SPRINGS, VALVE & WATERKEY ...........................54 STACK ROD...................................................................74 STAIN, BLACK PIGMENT..........................................75 STAINLESS STEEL ROUND SPRINGS..................131 STAKING TOOL, HEAT............................................129 STAND, MEDIUM DUTY VISE.................................173 STAND, TROMBONE LEVELING STONE..............48 STERISOL....................................................................171 STICK SHELLAC..........................................................88 STOP HINGES.............................................................188 STORAGE BOXES......................................................172 STORAGE CABINETS, CHESTS..............................172

~S cont.~

STRAPS, SAX...............................................................185 STRIPPER, LACQUER...............................................157 STRIPS, TARNISH PROTECTOR............................183 STRIPS/ROLLS EMERY PAPER.............................176 STUDS, FOR CASE BOTTOMS................................188 SWABS..........................................................................170 SWEDGING DIES, FLUTE & PICCOLO..................81 SWEDGING DIES, SAX KEY......................................90 SWEDGING PLIERS....................................................64 SWEDGING TOOLS, WOODWIND KEY.................69 SWEDISH STYLE PLIERS..................................38, 105 SWITCH, FOOT OPERATED MOTOR.....................63 SWIVEL TOP SCREWDRIVERS...............................66 SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT...........................2,10,44,183

~T~

TANK/BARREL LINERS...........................................157 TAP WRENCH.............................................................179 TAPE, ABRASIVE.......................................................176 TAPE, RAGGING........................................................148 TAPER ARBOR, MORSE.............................................90 TAPERED MANDRELS.........................................32, 33 TAPERED MOUTHPIPE CABLE KIT......................24 TAPERED SPINDLES, BUFFER & MOTOR SHAFT.....................................................................63, 146 TAPS, SCREW THREADING & DIES.....................179 TARNI-SHIELD...........................................................156 TARNISH PROTECTOR STRIPS.............................183 TARNISH REMOVER................................................155 TEFLON SHEET, PRESSURE SENSITIVE..............73 TELESCOPING GAUGES..........................................174 TENON CAPS, WOODWIND......................................78 TENON EXPANDERS.............................................80, 81 TENON PLUG HOLDER..............................................97 TENON PLUG MATERIAL.......................................110 TENON PLUGS FOR REPLACEMENT....................97 TENON REAMER, CLARINET BELL.......................97 TENON REPLACEMENT TOOLS.......................97, 98 TENON SLEEVE, FLUTE..........................................100 TENON SWEDGER, HEAVY DUTY..........................80 TENON TOOL, OBOE CENTER TOOL....................97 TESTING CORKS.........................................................83 TESTING FEELER HOLDER.....................................67 THINNER, LACQUER........................................158, 161 THREAD GAUGES.....................................................179 THREAD MANDRELS, VALVE.................................39 THREAD RESTORING TOOLS.................................52 THUMB RESTS............................................................171 THMB REST SCRWS OVERSIZE/REG...........135,136 THUMB TUBE REMOVER..........................................90 TONE HOLE CUTTER SET/ACCESS.............101, 103 TONE HOLE FILES......................................................76 TONE HOLE PAD SEAT FILES...............................100 TONE HOLE REFACING TOOL, SAX......................77 TONE HOLE REPAIR, GLUE PLUGS....................105 TONE HOLE REPLACEMENT TOOLS..........101, 103

~T cont.~

TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTER TOOLS....................79 TOOL CHESTS............................................................172 TOOL HANGERS........................................................186 TORCHES/ACCESSORIES.........................95, 162, 165 TORX DRIVER..............................................................90 TRADEMARK CRAYONS.........................................102 TRANSFORMER, LEAKLIGHT.................................84 TRAY, FLUTE..............................................................154 TREBLE KEY ADJ TOOLS, ACCORDION............137 TRIANGULAR SOLDER SCRAPER........................163 TRIPOLI CAKE...........................................................149 TROMBONE BELL MANDREL.................................31 TROMBONE BUMPER REMOVER..........................18 TRMB BMPR, STRAIGHT TUBE CORKS.............140 TROMBONE CLEANING ROD, WOOD HDL.......168 TROMBONE CORK BARREL DENT REMOVER..34 TROMBONE CORK BARREL SPACERS.................18 TROMBONE DENT HAMMER..................................20 TROMBONE EXPANDABLE DENT TOOLS...........50 TROMBONE JOINT SEPARATORS.........................18 TROMBONE LEVELING STONE..............................48 TROMBONE ROLLING SLIDE DENT TOOL.........49 TROMBONE SLIDE BURNISHING RING...............49 TROMBONE SLIDE DENT REMOVER/EXP..........50 TROMBONE SLIDE MANDRELS..............................49 TROMBONE SLIDE PLATE.......................................50 TROMBONE SLIDE REMOVER COLLARS...........18 TROMBONE SLIDE SPACING TOOLS....................55 TROMBONE SLIDE SPRAY BOTTLE....................191 TROMBONE VENTURI RODS...................................22 TRUMPET MOUTHPIPE DENT ROD.......................24 TRUMPET MOUTHPIPE DENT ROLLER KIT......24 TRUMPET PEARL BUTTONS..................................172 TUBA DENT BALLS.....................................................16 TUBA DENT REMOVAL CABLE SYSTEM.......17, 20 TUBA POLYGON VALVE SPRINGS.........................54 TUBE CORKS..............................................................140 TUBES, FLOURESCENT LEAK LIGHT...................84 TUBING BENDING JIG...............................................32 TUBING CLEANER BALLS......................................157 TUBING TRUE TOOL..................................................48 TUBING, FLEXIBLE (BUFFING HOODS).............150 TUBING, FLEXIBLE VINYL......................................73 TUBING, HEAT SHRINK............................................73 TUBING, HOT STUFF GLUE......................................75 TUBING, SAX OCTAVE KEY LEVER......................73 TUBULAR HINGE TUBING SHORTENERS...........76 TUNE LUBE.................................................................183 TUNING BITS, MOUTHPIECE................................177 TUNG SL DNT BL HAMMER, FR/HORN.................21 TUNING SLIDE GREASE..................................113, 191 TUNING SL/VALVE PORT MEASURING TOOL...32 TUNING SLIDE PLIERS..............................................11 TUNING SLIDE REMOVAL TOOLS.............11,55,58 TWEEZERS..................................................................175

~U~

UNIVERSAL BELL IRON............................................31 UNIVERSAL TAPERED MANDRELS.......................32 UTILITY ARBOR, MOTOR SHAFT..................91, 146 UTILITY BENCH HAMMER....................................130 UTILITY KNIFE............................................................86

~V~

V-BLOCK................................................................29, 173 VALVE BEARING TOOL, ROTARY VALVES........51 VALVE BRUSHES.......................................................168 VALVE CASING/SLEEVE CHARTS...................46, 47 VALVE CASING MANDRELS....................................45 VALVE CLEANING ROD..........................................168 VALVE GUIDE FITTING TOOL................................38 VALVE GUIDES............................................................38 VALVE INSTRUMENT HOLDING JIG....................53 VALVE LAPPING BLOCKS........................................12 VALVE LAPPING COMPOUND................................12 VALVE LAPPING MOTOR.........................................12 VALVE MIRROR..................................................38, 143 VALVE OIL..................................................................191 VALVE SLEEVE MANDRELS....................................45 VALVE SPRINGS..........................................................54 VALVE THREAD CHARTS...................................40-43 VALVE THREAD MANDRELS..................................39 VENTURI ROD, TROMBONE....................................22 VIAL HOLDER, WOOD......................................130-132 VIALS, SPRING....................................................131-132 VINYL TUBING.....................................................73, 177 VISE STAND, MEDIUM DUTY & HEAVY.............173 VISES...........................................................3, 25, 137, 173

INDEX BY NAME

Index by name

~W~

WASHERS, CORK......................................................139 WASHERS, FELT........................................................143 WASHERS, METAL FLUTE PAD.............112, 134-136 WASHERS, PAPER FLUTE.......................................112 WASHERS, RIVET......................................................188 WATER KEY INSTALLING JIG................................54 WATER KEY SPRINGS...............................................54 WATER KEYS...............................................................54 WAX/WAX SPOON, ACCORDIAN..........................137 WEDGES, RUBBER & WOOD....................................85 WELD ON GLUE.........................................................110 WET & DRY ABRASIVE PAPER.............................176 WHEEL, BURNISHING.................................................3 WHEEL, SAX BODY HOLDING................................83 WENOL POLISH.........................................................155 WHOLE SPRING REMOVING PLIERS...................68 WICK, ALCOHOL LAMP............................................95 WIRE, BINDING..........................................................167 WIRE, CRACK PINNING............................................69 WIRE CUTTERS.........................................................108 WOOD ASSEMBLY MANDRELS..............................53 WOOD CONDITIONER OIL.....................................191 WOOD MANDRELS.........................................53,56,154 WOOD WEDGES...........................................................85

203

INDEX BY NAME

Index by name ~W cont.~

WOODEN SPRING VIAL HOLDER.................130-132 WOODWIND ASSEMBLY BOARDS.......................106 WOODWIND KEY LEVELING TOOLS.............68, 72 WOODWIND KEY SWEDGING TOOLS..................69 WOODWIND LIVE CENTER.....................................91 WOODWIND PIVOT SCREW COUNTERSINKS....78 WOODWIND REPAIR HOLDER...............................70 WOODWIND SCREWS.......................................133-136 WOODWIND SPRINGS......................................130-132 WOODWIND SWABS.................................................170 WOODWIND TENON CAPS.......................................78 W/W TENON CUTTER/ACCESSORIES.............97, 98 WORK BASKET..........................................................154 WRENCH, TAP............................................................179

~Y~

Y TUBE FOR BUFFING TUBES...............................150 YAMAHA TUNING SLIDE DENT REMOVAL KIT...................................................................................58

~SHOP SET UPS~

BRASSWIND BENCH.................................................152 DENT MACHINE & ACCESSORIES.........................96 SPECIALTY WOODWIND TOOLS.........................138 WOODWIND SHOP SET UP.....................................153

204

~A~

A1-CORK WASHERS.................................................139 A2-CORK WASHERS.................................................139 A3-CORK WASHERS.................................................139 A4-CORK WASHERS.................................................139 A14-CORK WASHERS...............................................139 A15-CORK WASHERS...............................................139 A16-CORK WASHERS...............................................139 A17-CORK WASHERS...............................................139 A18A-FRENCH HORN CORKS................................139 A18B-FRENCH HORN CORKS................................139 A18C-FRENCH HORN CORKS................................139 A18D-FRENCH HORN CORKS................................139 A19W-WHITE FELT SQUARE.................................143 A20-NEOPRENE BUMPERS.....................................140 A21-BUMPER RUBBERS FOR TUBA.....................140 A26-FLUTE KEY CORKS..........................................139 A27-STRAIGHT WATER KEY CORKS..................139 A28-STRAIGHT WATER KEY CORKS..................139 A29-STRAIGHT WATER KEY CORKS..................139 A33-TAPERED WATER KEY CORKS....................139 A34-TAPERED WATER KEY CORKS....................139 A35-TAPERED WATER KEY CORKS....................139 A36-TAPERED WATER KEY CORKS....................139 A40-SLOTTED TUBE CORKS..................................140 A41-PICCOLO HEAD CORKS..................................140 A42-FLUTE HEAD CORKS.......................................140 A42A-ALTO FLUTE HEAD CORKS........................140 A43-BASSOON BOCAL TUBE CORKS...................140 A44-SAX & TROMBONE SLIDE BUMPER CORKS..........................................................................140 A45-SMALL ALTO SAX TUBE CORKS.................140 A46-REG. ALTO, C-MEL, TENOR TUBE CORKS..........................................................................140 A47-TENOR, BARI SAX TUBE CORKS..................140 A48-ALTO, C-MELODY TAPERED TUBE CORKS..........................................................................140 A49-TENOR, BARI TAPERED TUBE CORKS.......140 A50-WATER KEY CORK ASSORTMENT.............139 A51-CORK WASHER ASSORTMENT....................139 A52-FRENCH PLUG SET (METAL W/CORK)......136 A52P-FRENCH PLUG SET (PLASTIC)...................136 A54-CORK PADS.........................................................141 A54A-ASSORTMENT OF 100 CORK PADS...........141 A54-ALL-CORK PAD ASST. (SIZES 6-13)..............141 A55-1/64” SHEET CORK............................................141 A56-1/32” SHEET CORK............................................141 A56A-REALCORK 1/32”............................................141 A57-1/16” SHEET CORK............................................141 A57A-REALCORK 1/16”............................................141 A58-3/32” SHEET CORK............................................141 A58A-REALCORK 3/32”............................................141 A59-1/8” SHEET CORK..............................................141 A59A-REALCORK 1/8”..............................................141 A60-3/16” S HEET CORK...........................................141 A60A-REALCORK 3/16”............................................141

~A cont.~

A61-1/4” SHEET CORK..............................................141 A61A-REALCORK 1/4”..............................................141 A62-3/64” SHEET CORK............................................141 A62A-REALCORK 3/64”............................................141 A63-VERY THIN SHEET CORK..............................141 A64A-REALCORK 7/32”............................................141 A65A-REALCORK ASSORTMENT.........................141 A66-SMALL MUTE CORKS......................................141 A67-LARGE MUTE CORKS......................................141 A70-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142 A71-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142 A72-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142 A73-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142 A74-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142 A75-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142 A76-FELT BUMPERS.................................................142 A77-SAX KEY FELTS.................................................143 A78-SAX KEY FELTS.................................................143 A79-SAX KEY FELTS.................................................143 A80-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A81-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A82-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A83-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A84-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A85-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A86-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A88-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A89-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A90-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A91-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A92-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A93-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A95-VALVE WASHER, FELT ASSORTMENT......143 A96-WHITE FELT BUMPER ASSORTMENT.......142 A97-WHITE SAX FELT ASSTORTMENT..............143 A99-VALVE WASHERS, FELT.................................143 A110-METAL FLUTE PAD WASHERS (16-18.5)...112 A110A-100 METAL FLUTE WASHER ASST.........112 A112EEF-E FLAT KEY CORKS...............................139 A112ETR-TRILL KEY CORKS.................................139 A112GEF-E FLAT KEY CORKS...............................139 A112GTR-TRILL KEY CORKS................................139 A112UEF-E FLAT KEY CORKS...............................139 A112UTR-TRILL KEY CORKS................................139 A112YEF-E FLAT KEY CORKS...............................139 A112YTR-TRILL KEY CORKS................................139 A120-BL-BLACK SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS.....143 A120-BR-BROWN SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS...143 A120-WH-WHITE SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS...143 A121-BL-BLACK SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS.....143 A121-BR-BROWN SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS...143 A121-WH-WHITE SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS...143 A122-BL-BLACK SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS.....143 A122-BR-BROWN SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS...143

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number

205

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

206

Index by item number ~A cont.~

A122-WH-WHITE SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS...143 A123-BL-BLACK SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS.....143 A123-BR-BROWN SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS...143 A123-WH-WHITE SYNTHETIC FELT SHEETS...143 APRON-FERREE’S SHOP APRON.............................191

~B~

B3-BUFFET WHITE LEATHER PAD SET……….…116 B4-PRO FLUTE PAD SETS…………………………..116 B5-DELUXE WHITE FLUTE PADS………………116 B6-DELUXE YELLOW FLUTE PADS………...…116 B7-WHITE FLUTE PADS, NEEDLE FELT.............115 B7B-FLUTE PAD SET.................................................115 B71-100 FLUTE PAD ASSORTMENT......................115 B8-YELLOW FLUTE PADS, NEEDLE FELT.........115 B8B-FLUTE PAD SET.................................................115 B81-100 FLUTE PAD ASSORTMENT......................115 B9-NORBECK CLARINET PADS (MED)................114 B9A-NORBECK CLARINET PADS (MED THK)...114 B9AB-NORBECK CLARINET PAD SET.................114 B9B-NORBECK CLARINET PAD SET....................114 B91-100 NORBECK CLARINET PAD ASST...........114 B95-500 NORBECK CLARINET PAD ASST...........114 B95C-500 NORBECK CL PAD ASST W/ CABINET.......................................................................114 B10-CLARINET PADS, SINGLE SKIN....................114 B10B-CLARINET PAD SET.......................................114 B101-100 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B105-500 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B105C-500 CL PAD ASST W/CABINET..................114 B11-CLARINET PADS, DOUBLE SKIN..................114 B11B-CLARINET PAD SET.......................................114 B111-100 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B115-500 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B115C-500 CL PAD ASST W/CABINET..................114 B12-WHITE SYNTHETIC CLARINT PADS………...116 B13-BLISS BLACK SYNTHETIC CLARINET PAD SET………………………………………………….....116 B17-CLARINET PADS, DEJUR, DOUBLE SKIN......114 B17B-CLARINET PAD SET.......................................114 B171-100 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B175-500 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B175C-500 CL PAD ASST W/CABINET..................114 B20-CLARINET PADS, SINGLE SKIN....................114 B20B-CLARINET PAD SET.......................................114 B201-100 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B205-500 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B205C-500 CL PAD ASST W/CABINET..................114 B21-CLARINET PADS, DOUBLE SKIN..................114 B21B-CLARINET PAD SET.......................................114 B211-100 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B215-500 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B215C-500 CL PAD ASST W/CABINET..................114 B24-CLARINET PADS, SINGLE SKIN....................114 B24B-CLARINET PAD SET.......................................114 B241-100 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B245-500 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B245C-500 CL PAD ASST W/CABINET..................114 B25-CLARINET PADS, DOUBLE SKIN..................114 B25B-CLARINET PAD SET.......................................114 B251-100 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114

~B cont.~

B255-500 CLARINET PAD ASSORTMENT............114 B255C-500 CL PAD ASST W/CABINET..................114 B26-FLUTE PADS, YELLOW, DBL SKIN...............115 B26B-FLUTE PAD SET...............................................115 B261-100 FLUTE PAD ASSORTMENT....................115 B28-PICCOLO PADS, YELLOW, DBL SKIN.........115 B28B-PICCOLO PAD SET.........................................115 B281-100 PICCOLO PAD ASSORTMENT...............115 B29-FLUTE PADS, DBL SKIN, THIN......................115 B29B-FLUTE PAD SET...............................................115 B291-100 FLUTE PAD ASSORTMENT....................115 B30-FLUTE PADS, DBL SKIN, WOVEN FELT......115 B30B-FLUTE PAD SET...............................................115 B301-100 FLUTE PAD ASSORTMENT....................115 B30H-HARMONY FLUTE PADS, DBL SKIN.........115 B30HB-FLUTE PAD SET............................................115 B31-FLUTE PADS, DBL SKIN, NEEDLE FELT.....115 B31B-FLUTE PAD SET...............................................115 B311-100 FLUTE PAD ASSORTMENT....................115 B32-TAN KID PADS....................................................115 B32A-SOPRANO CLARINET PAD SET..................115 B32B-ALTO CLARINET PAD SET..........................115 B32C-BASS CLARINET PAD SET............................115 B32D-BASSOON PAD SET.........................................115 B321-100 TAN KID PAD ASSORTMENT................115 B33-WHITE KID PADS..............................................115 B33A-SOPRANO CLARINET PAD SET..................115 B33B-ALTO CLARINET PAD SET..........................115 B33C-BASS CLARINET PAD SET............................115 B33D-BASSOON PAD SET.........................................115 B331-100 WHITE KID PAD ASSORTMENT...........115 B33OWP-OVAL WHISPER KEY PADS..................115 B35-OBOE PADS, DBL SKIN....................................115 B35B-OBOE PAD SET................................................115 B351-100 OBOE PAD ASSORTMENT..............115 B37-PICCOLO PADS, DBL SKIN.............................115 B37B-PICCOLO PAD SET.........................................115 B371-100 PICCOLO PAD ASSORTMENT...............115 B38-FLUTE PADS, YELLOW, DBL SKIN...............115 B38B-FLUTE PAD SET...............................................115 B381-100 FLUTE PAD ASSORTMENT....................115 B39LA-LEBLANC ALTO CL SET............................113 B39LB-LEBLANC BASS CL SET..............................113 B40-PLAIN SAX PADS................................................120 B42-RIVET SAX PADS...............................................120 B43-FLAT METAL RESONATOR SAX PADS.......121 B44-FLAT METAL RESONATOR SAX PADS.......121 B46-DOMED METAL RESO SAX PADS.................122 B47-DOMED METAL RESO SAX PADS.................122 B50-CONN RESO-PADS.............................................123 B52-THIN PAD W/PLASTIC RESO..........................124 B53-STANDARD PAD W/PLASTIC RESO..............124 B56-STANDARD PAD W/CONE RESO...................127 B58-THIN PAD W/HOLE...........................................125 B59-STANDARD PAD W/HOLE...............................125

~B cont.~

B60-BUESCHER SNAP-ON SAX PADS...................123 B62-THIN SAX PADS W/CONE RESO....................127 B64M-THIN DE’JUR SAX PADS W/HOLE.............126 B66M-STD DE’JUR SAX PADS W/HOLE...............126 B64V-THIN DE’JUR SAX PADS W/RIVET............126 B66V-STD DE’JUR SAX PADS W/RIVET...............126 B64R-THIN DE’JUR SAX PADS W/PLASTIC RESO..............................................................................126 B66R-STD DE’JUR SAX PADS W/PLASTIC RESO..............................................................................126 B64D-THIN DE’JUR SAX PADS W/DOMED METAL RESO..............................................................................126 B66D-STD DE’JUR SAX PADS W/DOMED METAL RESO..............................................................................126 B45R-SELMER TYPE DOMED METAL RESOS...129 B53R-SELMER TYPE PLASTIC RESOS................129 B56R-PLASTIC CONE RESONATORS...................128 B220-METAL RESONATORS 3/8”...........................129 B221-METAL RESONATORS 1/2”...........................129 B222-METAL RESONATORS 3/4”...........................129 B223-METAL RESONATORS 7/8”...........................129 B230-METAL RIVETS, REGULAR 7/32”................130 B235-METAL RIVETS, EXTRA LONG...................130 B260-ECONOMY UNIVERSAL RESO KIT............128 B265-DELUXE UNIVERSAL RESO KIT.................128 BA100-PAPER FLUTE WASHERS .003” THK.......112 BA101-PAPER FLUTE WASHERS .006” THK.......112 BA102-PAPER FLUTE WASHERS .012” THK.......112 BA103-PAPER FLUTE WASHERS .014” THK.......112 BA105-100 PAPER FLUTE WASHER ASST...........112 BR5A-CHAMOIS BUFF, 4”........................................147 BR5B-CHAMOIS BUFF, 5”........................................147 BR5C-CHAMOIS BUFF, 4”........................................147 BR5D-CHAMOIS BUFF, 5”........................................147

~C~

C1CF5-ARMSTRONG FLAT SPRING SCREWS...134 C1F1-ARMSTRONG FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS.....134 C1F4-ARMSTRONG FLUTE ADJ SCREWS..........134 C1F6-ARMSTRONG FLUTE PAD SCREWS..........134 C1F7-ARMSTRONG FLUTE PAD WASHERS.......134 C1F8-ARMSTRONG FLUTE PAD SPUDS..............134 C1F9-ARMSTRONG FLUTE GROMMETS............134 C1F10-ARMSTRONG SILVER PLATE FLUTE CROWN.........................................................................134 C1F11-ARMSTRONG NICKEL FLUTE CROWN.........................................................................134 C1SA2-ARMSTRONG KEY GUARD SCREWS.....134 C2C1-ARTLEY CLAR PIVOT SCREWS.................134 C2CF5-ARTLEY CLAR/FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS………………………………………………134 C2F1-ARTLEY FL PIVOT SCREWS.........................134

~C cont.~

C2F4-ARTLEY FLUTE ADJ SCREWS....................134 C2F6-ARLTEY FLUTE PAD SCREWS....................134 C2F7-ARTLEY FLUTE PAD WASHERS.................134 C2F8-ARTLEY FLUTE PAD SPUDS........................134 C2F9-ARTLEY FLUTE GROMMETS......................134 C2F10-ARTLEY SILVER PLATE FLUTE CROWN.........................................................................134 C2F11-ARTLEY NICKEL FLUTE CROWN...........134 C3AC1-BUESCHER ALTO CL PIVOT SCRWS.....134 C3ARC1-BUESCHER/BUNDY ALTO CL ADJ SCREWS........................................................................134 C3B1-BUNDY BASSOON PIVOT SCREWS............134 C3BC1-BUNDY/BUESCHER BASS CL PIVOT SCREWS........................................................................134 C3C1-BUNDY CLARINET PIVOT SCREWS.........134 C3C3-BUNDY/BUESCHER G# ADJ SCREW.........134 C3C5-BUNDY/BUESCHER CL/FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS........................................................................134 C3F1-BUNDY FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS..................134 C3F4-BUNDY/BUESCHER FL ADJ SCREWS........134 C3F5-BUNDY/BUESCHER FL FLAT SPR SCREWS........................................................................134 C3F6-BUNDY/BUESCHER FL PAD SCREWS.......134 C3F7-BUNDY/BUESCHER FL PAD WASHERS....134 C3F8-BUNDY FLUTE PAD SPUDS..........................134 C3F9-BUNDY FLUTE GROMMETS........................134 C3F10-BUNDY SILVER PLATE FL CROWN........134 C3OB1-BUNDY OBOE PIVOT SCREWS................134 C3SA5-BUNDY SAX FLAT SPR SCREWS..............134 C4B1A-SCHREIBER HEADLESS PVT SCRWS....134 C4NC1-BUFFET, NEW MODEL, CL PIVOT SCREWS........................................................................134 C4OC1-BUFFET,E&S,SCHREIBER PIVOT SCREWS........................................................................134 C4SA1-DISCONTINUED C4SA2S-SM BUFFET KEY GUARD SCREWS……..134 C4SA2L-LG BUFFET KEY GUARD SCRWS.........134 C5CF5-CONN,P.A.,CL/FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS........................................................................134 C5F1-NEW CONN, P.A. FL PIVOT SCREWS........134 C5F6-CONN, P.A. FLUTE PAD SCREWS...............134 C5F7-CONN, P.A. FLUTE PAD WASHERS............134 C5F8-FLUTE CUP PAD SPUDS................................134 C5F10-CONN SILVER PLATE FL CROWN...........134 C5F11-CONN NICKEL FLUTE CROWN................134 C5NC1-CONN, P.A., CL PIVOT SCREWS..............134 C5OC1-OLD CONN CL PIVOT SCREWS...............134

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number

207

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

208

Index by item number ~C cont.~

C5SA2-CONN KEY GUARD SCREWS....................134 C5SA5-CONN SAX FLAT SPRING SCREWS.........134 C6F1-DEFORD FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS...............134 C6F4-DEFORD FLUTE ADJ SCREWS...................134 C6F5-DEFORD FL FLAT SPRINGS SCREWS.......134 C6F6-DEFORD FLUTE PAD SCREWS...................134 C6F7-DEFORD FLUTE PAD WASHERS................134 C6F8-DEFORD FLUTE PAD SPUDS........................134 C6F9-DEFORD FLUTE GROMMETS.....................134 C6F10-DEFORD SILVER PLATE FL CROWN......134 C6F11-DEFORD NICKEL FLUTE CROWN...........134 C7B1-FOX BASSOON PIVOT SCREWS.................135 C7OB1-FOX OBOE PIVOT SCREWS......................135 C8F1-GEMEINHARDT FL PIVOT SCREWS.........135 C8F4-GEMEINHARDT FL ADJ SCREWS.............135 C8F5-GEMEINHARDT FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS........................................................................135 C8F6-GEMEINHARDT FLUTE PAD SCREWS.....135 C8F7-GEMEINHARDT FL PAD WASHERS..........135 C8F8-GEMEINHARDT FLUT PAD SPUDS............135 C8F9-GEMEINHARDT FLUTE GROMMETS.......135 C8F10-GEMEINHARDT SILVER PLATE FL CROWN.........................................................................135 C8F11-GEMEINHARDT NICKEL FL CROWN.....135 C9F1-HAYNES FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS...............135 C9F6-HAYNES FLUTE PAD SCREWS....................135 C9F7-HAYNES FLUTE PAD WASHERS.................135 C11C1-JUPITER CL PIVOT SCREWS....................135 C11C3-JUPITER CL G# ADJ SCREWS...................135 C11C5-JUPITER CL FLAT SPRING SCREWS......135 C11F4-JUPITER FL ADJ SCREWS..........................135 C11F5-JUPITER FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS.......135 C11F6-JUPITER FLUTE PAD SCREWS.................135 C11F7-JUPITER PAD WASHERS............................135 C11F9-JUPITER SAX PIVOT SCREWS..................135 C11F10-JUPITER SILVER PLATE FL CROWN....135 C11F11-JUPITER NICKEL FL CROWN.................135 C11SA1-JUPITER SAX PIVOT SCREWS...............135 C11SA2L-JUPITER LG KEY GUARD SCREWS...135 C11SA2S -JUPITER SM KEY GUARD SCREWS. ..135 C11SA5-JUPITER SAX FLAT SPRG SCREWS......135 C12B1-KING, CLEVELAND BASSOON PIVOT SCREWS........................................................................135 C12C1-KING,CLEVELAND CL PIVT SCREWS...135 C12F1-CLEVELAND FL PIVOT SCREWS.............135 C12F10-KING SILVER PLATE FL CROWN..........135 C12F11-KING NICKEL FLUTE CROWN...............135 C12SA2-KING KEY GUARD SCREWS...................135 C13AC4-LEBLANC,NOBLET,VITO ALTO CL ADJ SCREWS........................................................................135 C13C1-LEBLANC,NOBLET,OLD NORMANDY PIVOT SCREWS..........................................................135 C13C12-LEBLANC,NOBLET,VITO THUMB REST SCREWS........................................................................135

~C cont.~

C13C14-DISCONTINUED C13F1-NOBLET,NORMANDY FL/OBOE PIVOT SCREWS........................................................................135 C13F4-NOBLET,NORMANDY FL ADJ SCRWS....135 C13F6-NOBLET,NORMANDY FL PAD SCRWS...135 C13NC1-LEBLANC,NOBLET NEW STYLE HEADLESS CL PIVOT SCREWS.............................135 C14B1-LINTON,SCHREIBER BASSOON PIVOT SCREWS........................................................................135 C14OB1-LINTON OBOE PIVOT SCREWS............135 C16B1-BASSOON PIVOT SCREW.............................135 C16C5-SELMER CL FLAT SPRING SCREWS......135 C16F1-SELMER FL NEW MODEL PIVOT SCREWS........................................................................135 C16F4-SELMER FL ADJ SCREWS..........................135 C16F5-SELMER FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS.......135 C16F6-SELMER FL NEW MODEL PAD SCRWS..135 C16F7-SELMER FL NEW MDL PAD WASHERS..135 C16F8-SELMER FL PAD CUP SPUDS.....................135 C16F9-SELMER FLUTE GROMMETS...................135 C16OB1-SELMER OBOE NEW MODEL PIVOTS SCREWS........................................................................135 C16OB4-SELMER OBOE NEW MODEL ADJ SCREWS…………………………………………….135 C16SA1-SELMER SAX NEW MODEL PIVOT SCREWS........................................................................135 C16SA2-SELMER KEY GUARD SCREWS.............135 C16SA5-SELMER SAX NEW MODEL FLAT SPRING SCREWS.......................................................135 C17AC4-VITO ALTO/BASS CL ADJ SCREWS.....136 C17AS1-VITO ALTO SAX PIVOT SCREWS..........136 C17BC1N-VITO BASS CL NEW PIVT SCREWS...136

~C cont.~

C17BS2-VITO, HOLTON, MARTIN BARI SAX KEY GUARD SCREWS................................................135, 136 C17C4-VITO CL ADJ SCFREWS.....................135, 136 C17NC1-VITO CL PIVOT SCREWS................135, 136 C18B1-YAMAHA BASSOON PIVOT SCREWS.....136 C18C1-YAMAHA CL PIVOT SCREWS.....................136 C18C3-YAMAHA CL G# ADJ SCREWS..................136 C18F1-YAMAHA FLUTE PIVOT SCREWS...........136 C18F4-YAMAHA FLUTE ADJ SCREWS................136 C18F5-YAMAHA FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS......136 C18F6-YAMAHA FLUTE PAD SCREWS................136 C18F7-YAMAHA FL PAD WASHERS(ST OF 13)..136 C18F10-YAMAHA SILVER PLATE FL CROWN..136 C18F11-YAMAHA NICKEL FLUTE CROWN.......136 C18NS2-YAMAHA NECK SCRW 4MM X .70.........136 C18OB1-YAMAHA OBOE PIVOT SCREWS..........136 C18SA1-YAMAHA SAX PIVOT SCREWS..............136 C18SA2-YAMAHA KEY GUARD SCREWS...........136 C19F1-EMERSON FL PIVOT SCREWS..................134 C19F4-EMERSON FL ADJ SCREWS.......................134 C19F5-EMERSON FL FLAT SPRING SCREWS....134 C19F6-EMERSON FLUTE PAD SCREWS..............134 C19F7-EMERSON FLUTE PAD WASHER.............134 C19F9-EMERSON FLUTE GROMMET..................134 C20SA1-BLESSING SAX PIVOT SCREW...............134 C30-100 CLARINET PIVOT SCREW ASST............136 C31-100 SAX PIVOT SCREW ASST.........................136 C32-100 FLUTE PIVOT SCREW ASST...................136 C35-100 SCRWS FOR ALL INSTRUM. ASST........136 C46-FRENCH CL FLAT SPRING SCREWS...........136 C47-CONN SAX TOOL STEEL SCRW SM.............134 C49-SAX FLAT SPRING SCREW.............................136 C50-THUMB REST SCREWS, NICKEL SILVER..136 C50T-WOOD SCREW TAP........................................136 C51-THUMB REST SCREWS, NICKEL SILVER..136 C60-NYLON BOOSTERS...........................................136 C70-100 SCREWS IN A KIT.......................................133 C70AB/AN-6-32 LYRE SCREWS..............................133 C70BB/BN-6-36 LYRE SCREWS...............................133 C70CB/CN-6-40 LYRE SCREWS..............................133 C70DB/DN-8-32 LYRE SCREWS..............................133 C70EB/EN-8-36 LYRE SCREWS...............................133 C71AB/AN-6-32 LIGATURE SCREWS....................133 C71BB/BN-6-36 LIGATURE SCREWS.....................133 C71DB/DN-8-32 LIGATURE SCREWS....................133 C71EB/EN-8-36 LIGATURE SCREWS.....................133 C71FB/FN-4-.75 LIGATURE SCREWS....................133 C72DB/DN-8-32 BARITONE BELL SCREWS........133 C72GB/GN-10-32 BARITONE BELL SCREWS......133 C73DB/DN-8-32 SAX/SOUSA NECK SCREWS......133

~C cont.~

C73EB/EN-8-36 SAX/SOUSA NECK SCREWS.......133 C73GB/GN-10-32 SAX/SOUSA NECK SCREWS....133 C74FB/FN-4-.75 SAX NECK SCREWS.....................133 C75HB/HN-1/4-20 SOUSA BELL SCREWS.............133 C75JB/JN-5/16-24 SOUSA BELL SCREWS.............133 C75KB/KN-1/4-28 SOUSA BELL SCREWS.............133 C75LB/LN-1/4-24 SOUSA BELL SCREWS..............133 C76DB-8-32 BARITONE BELL NUT........................133 C76GB-10-32 BARITONE BELL NUT......................133 C77HB-1/4-20 SOUSA BELL NUT.............................133 C77JB-5/16-24 SOUSA BELL NUT............................133 C77KB-1/4-28 SOUSA BELL NUT.............................133 C77LB-1/4-24 SOUSA BELL NUT.............................133

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number

~D~

D1A-SPRING HOOK, MEDIUM.................................67 D1B-SPRING HOOK, LARGE.....................................67 D2-CORK KNIFE...........................................................86 D2A-CORK KNIFE BLADE.........................................86 D3-MOUTH BLOW PIPE FOR GAS..........................94 D4-MOUTH BLOW PIPE FOR ALCOHOL LAMP...94 D5-ADAPTOR CHUCK 0 TO 90..................................64 D6/D6A/D6B-BENCH PEGS.........................................86 D12A-CORK STRIP CUTTING GAUGE 4”............142 D12B-CORK STRIP CUTTING GAUGE 12”..........142 D13-SAX PAD CUP HEIGHT GAUGE SET..............67 D14-SAX NECK SCREW EXTRACTOR...................67 D14A-REPLACEMENT BLADE FOR D14................67 D15S-COUNTERSINKS, SET OF 11...........................78 D20/D20H-SM SOLID HINGE TUBE SHORT..........76 D21/D21H-LG SOLID HINGE TUBE SHORT...........76 D22-BENCH MOTOR ADAPTOR...............................63 D23-STRAIGHT BURNISHER, SMALL....................30 D24-CURVED BURNISHER, SMALL........................30 D25-STRAIGHT BURNISHER, SMALL....................30 D26-CURVED BURNISHER, EXTRA SLIM.............30 D27-0,2,4,6-JEWLERS SAW BLADES......................181 D28-PAD RIVET PUNCH.............................................130 D29A-E-TUBULAR HINGE TUBE SHORTENERS...76 D29AH-EH-SHORTENERS W/HANDLES................76 D29S-SET OF 5 TUBULAR HINGE TUBE SHORT...76 D29SH-SET OF 5 SHORTENERS W/HANDLES......76 D30-SINGLE EDGE RAZOR BLADES......................86 D31-HOLLOW HINGE TUBE SHORT. KIT..............81 D32A/B-PENTAGON BROACHES.............................78 D33-BENCH KNIFE......................................................86 D34R/L-SHAFT ARBORS.............................................91 D35-TESTING FEELER HOLDER.............................67 D35A-FEELER GAUGE/SCREWDRIVER……………67 D36R/L-SHAFT ARBORS.............................................91 D38-SPRING PUNCHES...............................................67 D40A/B/AH/BH-FRENCH HORN CORD...................28 D41-HEAT STAKING TOOL.....................................129 D42-DELUXE REVERSIBLE SCRAPER.................167 D42A-REPLACEMENT BLADES.............................167 D43-ACCORDION BASS BUTTON ADJ TOOL.....137

209

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

210

Index by item number ~D cont.~

D44-PIN VISE.................................................................67 D45-UTILITY KNIFE....................................................86 D45A-EXTRA BLADES................................................86 D46-SHELLAC SPATULA SOP CL-MED.................88 D47-SHELLAC SPATULA BASS/ALTO CL-LG......88 D48-GOLD TRADEMARK CRAYON......................102 D48B-BRONZE TRADEMARK CRAYON………..102 D48S-SILVER TRADEMARK CRAYON………..102 D49-WATER KEY INSTALLING JIG........................54 D50-VALVE PORT MEASURING TOOL...............32 D54B-OBOE TENON CAP, BELL LG........................78 D55A-CLARINET TENON CAP, BELL.....................78 D55B-CLARINET TENON CAP, BARREL JOINT....78 D55C-CLARINET TENON CAP, CENTER JOINT....78 D55D-CL TENON CAP, CENTER JOINT W/G#......78 D57-SILICONE CARBIDE WHEEL...........................64 D57A-SILICONE CARBIDE WHEEL ONLY............64 D57B-ARBOR.................................................................64 D60-NORTON SPRINGS............................................131 D60B-NORTON SPRING BUSHINGS......................131 D61A/B-BLUED NEEDLE SPRINGS........................131 D61C/D/E-BLUED NEEDLE SPRING ASSTS.........131 D61W-WOOD BLOCK................................................131 D62-BERYLLIUM COPPER SPRINGS....................132 D63-BLUED STEEL SPRINGS..................................132 D70-FLAT CLARINET SPRINGS.............................132 D70A-ASST OF 100 FLAT CLARINET SPRINGS....132 D70B-ASST OF 500 FLAT SPRINGS........................132 D70C-ASST OF 350 FLAT SPRINGS........................132 D70VS-SMALL VIALS FOR FLAT SPRIGNS........132 D70VL-LARGE VIALS FOR FLAT SPRINGS........132 D70W-WOOD BLOCK................................................132 D71-FLAT SPRINGS FOR SAX.................................132 D71A-100 FLAT SAX SPRING ASST........................132 D72-FLUTE/PICCOLO SPRING WIRE...................132 D73A/B/C/D-PHOSPHOR BRONZE FLAT SPRINGS.......................................................................130 D73E/F-PHOSPHOR BRONZE FLAT SPRING ASSTS............................................................................130 D73W-WOOD BLOCK................................................130 D74-FLUTE/PICCOLO SPRING WIRE PHOSPHOR/ BRONZE........................................................................132 D80A/B-STAINLESS STEEL ROUND SPRINGS....131 D80C/D/E-STAINLESS STL RND SPRG ASSTS....131 D80VS-SMALL VIALS FOR ROUND SPRINGS....131 D80VL-LG VIALS FOR ROUND SPRINGS............131 D80W-WOOD BLOCK................................................131 D100/101/102-DRILL SETS...........................................89 D103/104-DRILL GAUGES...........................................89 D108/108A-TAP WRENCHES....................................179 D109/109A-DIE STOCKS............................................179 D110A/B-SCREW EXTRACTORS............................174 D113A-CONCAVE PEARL FINGER BUTTONS....102 D113B-CONVEX PEARL FINGER BUTTONS.......102 D116A/B-PEARL HOLDERS.....................................102 D118-DRILLS NO. 61 THRU 80...................................89 D120A/B-METRIC TAP & DIE SETS.......................179

~D cont.~

D120D-METRIC DIES.................................................179 D120T-METRIC TAPS................................................179 D200D-DOMESTIC TAP & DIE SET........................179 D200-TAPS....................................................................179 D210-DIES.....................................................................179 D220W-DRILL BITS.....................................................89 D220F-FRACTIONAL SIZE DRILL BITS.................89 D220L-L HAND FRACTIONAL SIZE DRILL BIT....89

~E~

E1-HOOK NOSE KEY LEVER PLIERS....................68 E2A-COMPOUND LEVERAGE PLIERS...................64 E3-SPRING REPLACEMENT PLIERS......................68 E4-SPRING PUNCHING PLIERS...............................68 E4P-REPLACEMENT PUNCH FOR E4.....................68 E5-WHOLE SPRING REMOVING PLIERS.............68 E6-HOSE CONNECTION FEMALE.........................159 E7AL/AR/BL/BR-TAPERED SPINDLES...................91 E8-ALTO SAX NECK HOLDER.................................67 E8A-TENOR SAX NECK HOLDER...........................67 E9-LARGE FLUTE PAD IRONING TOOL...............68 E10-FLUTE KEY LEVELING TOOL.........................68 E11-FLUTE PAD LEVELING TOOLS (3).................71 E12-BRASS JAW PLIERS............................................90 E13-ACCORDION PLIERS, 3 WAY.........................137 E14-FLUTE BOOSTER PLIERS.................................70 E15A/B/C/D-SWEDGING PLIERS..............................64 E16A/C-CRACK PINNING WIRE..............................69 E17-VALVE MIRROR..........................................38, 143 E18-SWISS PATTERN FILE SET (12).......................76 E19-FILE, 8” ROUND STRAIGHT “O” CUT..........181 E20-FILE, 10” ROUND SMOOTH............................181 E21-FILE, 10” FLAT BASTARD CUT......................181 E22-FILE, 8” WARDING, SECOND CUT................181 E23-FILE, 10” FLAT, SMOOTH CUT......................181 E24-FILE, 8” CANTSAW, SINGLE CUT.................181 E25-FILE, 10” PILLAR, SMOOTH CUT..................181 E26-FILE, 6” DBL SLIM TAPER, 3 CORNER........181 E28A-FILE, 1/16” CYLINDRICAL HINGE TUBING.........................................................................181 E28B-FILE, 3/32” CYLINDRICAL HINGE TUBING.........................................................................181 E29-TONE HOLE FILE, 1/8” THK, 1-1/2” WIDE, 5” LONG...............................................................................76 E29A-TONE HOLE FILE, NARROW, 3/16” THK, 29/32” WIDE, 8”LONG.................................................76 E29B-TONE HOLE FILE, 1/8” THK, 1-1/4” WIDE, 5” LONG...............................................................................76 E30-COMBINATION FILE CLEANER....................181 E31-BORING BAR, NEW MODEL.............................78 E31A-REPLACEMENT CUTTER...............................78 E32A-#1 MORSE TAPER WIDE ANGLE WOOWDIND LIVE CENTER.................................................................91 E32B-#2 MORSE TAPER WIDE ANGLE WOODWIND LIVE CENTER........................................91

~E cont.~

E33-CLARINET PAD LEVELING TOOL.........71, 116 E34-FLUTE PAD IRONING TOOL............................71 E35B-QUICK DETACHABLE HOSE STEMS............159 E36-FLUTE GROMMET & BOOSTER REMOVER PLIERS.............................................................................70 E38-TRIANGULAR SOLDER SCRAPER, SOLID STRAIGHT EDGE.......................................................163 E40-TRIANGULAR SOLDER SCRAPER, STRAIGHT EDGES............................................................................163 E41-FLAT SPRING HOLE PUNCH............................71 E42-SAX PAD SLICKS (9)............................................73 E45A-SPRING CLIP-SMALL....................................167 E45B-SPRING CLIP-LARGE.....................................167 E46-VERNIER GAUGE..............................................174 E47-PIVOT SCREW REAMERS (3)...........................78 E47H-PIVOT SCREW REAMES W/HANDLES.......78 E48-1/2” AIR VALVE..................................................159 E49-SOLDER TWEEZER 6”......................................175 E50-SLIDE LOCK TWEEZER 6-1/2”.......................175 E51-MED SHARP POINT TWEEZER 4-1/2”..........175 E52-EXTRA LONG CRVD PNT TWEEZER 6-1/2”...175 E53-OCVTAVE TUBE REMOVER FOR CL.............71 E54-OCTAVE TUBE REMOVER FOR OBOE..........71 E55-THUMB TUBE REMOVER..................................90 E56-WAX ACCORDIAN SPOON..............................137 E57A-POST BODY LOCK COUNTERSINK, SM.....62 E57B-POST BODY LOCK COUNTERSINK, LG.....62 E58A-SAX KEY SWEDGING DIE-SM.......................90 E58B-SAX KEY SWEDGING DIE-REG....................90 E59-PEARL PROTECTOR.........................................102 E60-CRACK SLICK SPATULA...................................88 E61-FLUTE GAUGE.............................................62, 112 E62-80 GRIT BANDSANDER BELTS......................144 E63-120 GRIT BANDSANDER BELTS....................144 E64-150 GRIT BANDSANDER BELTS....................144 E65-240 GRIT BANDSANDER BELTS....................144 E66-320 GRIT BANDSANDER BELTS....................144 E67-POST LOCK SCREW COUNTERSINK.............62 E68-POST COUNTERSINK 5.8MM............................62 E69-POST COUNTERSINK 6.5MM............................62 E70-CORK PROTECTOR..........................................142 E71-NEW STYLE-CLAMP-WOOD DELUXE.........104 E74-COMBINATION SCRWDRVR/FL CLN ROD....62 E81-TONE HOLE PAD SEAT FILE 1/4”.................100 E82-TONE HOLE PAD SEAT FILE 1/2”.................100 E83-TONE HOLE PAD SEAT FILE 5/8”.................100 E84-TONE HOLE PAD SEAT FILE 3/4”.................100 E85-TONE HOLE PAD SEAT FILE 1”....................100 E87A/B/C-MINI TONE HOLE FILES........................76 E89-6” END CUT NIPPERS.......................................108 E90-CORNET/TRPT TUNDING SL PLIERS............34 E92-BARITONE TUNING SLIDE PLIERS................11 E94-SOUSAPHONE TUNING SLIDE PLIERS.........11 E97-4-REFACING TOOL, 400 GRIT DIAMOND.....77 E97-8-REFACING TOOL, 800 GRIT DIAMOND.....77

~E cont.~

E97D4/D8-1 THRU 5-DIAMOND DISCS....................77 E97P-1 THRU 9-INDV PILOTS...................................77 E97R-1 THRU 5-BRASS ROUNDS..............................77 E97W-UNIVERSAL WRENCH...................................77 E98-FLUTE TONE HOLE LEVELING TOOL.........77 E99A-SPECIAL ADJ “WIDGET”................................90 E100-FLUTE KEY ARM BENDING SET...................72 E197-PAD SEAT REAMER (3)..................................100 E198-LARGE PAD SEAT REAMER (2)...................100 EB3-ERICK BRAND REPAIR MANUAL..................57 ERV-STRING REP BOOK FOR THE BAND INST REPAIRMAN...................................................................58

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number

~F~

F1-RECOILING AIR HOSE.......................................159 F2-DELUXE DOUBLE END SPRING HOOK...........70 F3-ADJ OBOE OCTAVE INSERT REMOVER........71 F5-SM RAWHIDE MALLET.......................................37 F5A-MED RAWHIDE MALLET.................................37 F5B-JUMBO RAWHIDE MALLET............................37 F6-UTILITY BENCH HAMMER, 2 OZ HEAD.......130 F7-MULTI-USE METAL POLISH, 12 OZ…………...156 F8-NATIONAL TORCH.............................................165 F8A-SM GAS AND AIR TIP FOR F8........................165 F8B-LG GAS AND AIR TIP FOR F8........................165 F8C-OXYGEN TIP FOR F8........................................165 F9-BRASS HEAD HAMMER.......................................44 F10S-DENT HAMMERS (5).........................................12 F10H-DENT HAMMER HANDLE..............................12 F11-CANVAS HAMMER..............................................44 F11A-CANVAS HAMMER, 1-14”................................44 F12-CORK STRIPPER................................................142 F13-CURVED SOLDER SCRAPER-NARROW......163 F14-CURVED SOLDER SCRAPER-MEDIUM.......163 F15-CURVED SOLDER SCRAPER-LARGE...........163 F16-1/2” ROUND SCRAPER W/HANDLE...............163 F17-ACCORDION TREBLE ADJ TOOLS (2).........137 F20-KEY PIN REMOVING TOOL............................111 F20A-BRASS ANVIL (SHORT OR TALL)..............111 F20P-PUNCH (POINTED,FLAT OR HOLLOW)....111 F20LB-LEAD ANVIL..................................................111 F21A/B-SHORT/LONG PINNING NEEDLES............111 F24-ACCORDION STRAP HOLE PUNCH..............185 F26-ALUMINUM HAND VISE..................................173 F27-SAX KEY BENDING LEVERS (7).......................72 F28-CLARINET MOUTHPIECE MANDREL...........70 F28A-BASS/ALTO CL MOUTHPIECE MANDRL....70 F30-1/4” HOSE, 2” OD................................................159 F31A-SILVER SOLDER, .5 OZ..................................164 F31B-SILVER SOLDER, 1 OZ...................................164 F32-SPARK LIGHTER...............................................163 F32A-EXTRA FLINTS (5)...........................................163 F33-HI HEAT TORCH................................................165

211

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

212

Index by item number ~F cont.~

F33A-OXYGEN TIP.....................................................165 F33B/C-REPLACEMENT TIPS.................................165 F38-LARGE SPRAY GUN..........................................160 F39-LARGE GUN CUP ATTACHMENT.................160 F40-EXTRA CUP FOR LARGE FUN........................160 F41-SILVER SOLDER FLUX– .7 OZ..........................164 F42-SOFT SOLDER SPOOL......................................166 F43-DUSTING GUN.....................................................160 F44-LEAD FREE SOLDER .062” 1 LB.....................166 F45-SOFT SOLDER, 60-40, .062” OD.......................166 F46A/B-SOFT SOLDER FLUX..................................166 F47/F48-HEAVY DUTY SLIP JOINT PLIERS........107 F49-TIX ANTI-FLUX..................................................166 F50-SLIDE REMOVAL PLIERS.................................37 F51-CURVED NOSE PLIERS....................................107 F52-ROUND NOSE PLIERS, 4-1/2”............................69 F54A/B-CHAIN NOSE PLIERS, 5”...........................109 F55A/B-CHAIN NOSE PLIERS, 6”...........................109 F56B-PARALLEL ACTION PLIERS, 6-1/2”............107 F57-REGULAR MODE CUTTERS...........................108 F58A-SMOOTH JAW PLIERS, 6-1/2”......................107 F58B-SCORED JAW PLIERS, 6-1/2”........................107 F58C-SMOOTH JAW PLIERS, 5”, FLAT NOSE....107 F60-SWIVEL TOP SCREWDRIVER..........................66 F60A-EXTRA BLADE, SHORT FOR F60..................66 F61A/B-PARALLEL ACTION PLIERS, 5”..............107 F62-LONG FLAT NOSE PLIERS..............................109 F63-HEAVY DUTY SHOP SCISSORS......................108 F64-COMPOUND LEVERAGE TIN SNIPS.............108 F65-HAND TUBING SHRINKER................................28 F65A-LG. HAND TUBING SHRINKER..................28 F66-SCREWDRIVER W/BLADE................................66 F66A-BLADE FOR F66, 1-1/2” LNG W/.062” TIP....66 F66S-SET SCREW FOR SCREWDRIVERS..............66 F66W-SM ALLEN WRENCH FOR F66S...................66 F67-SCREWDRIVER W/BLADE................................66 F67A-BLADE FOR F67, 3” LONG W/.085” TIP........66 F68-SCREWDRIVER W/BLADE................................66 F68A-BLADE FOR F68, 6” LONG W/.125” TIP........66 F69-COMBO SCREWDRIVER/SPRINGHOOK.......66 F70-SCREW HOLDING SCREWDRIVER................66 F70A-BLADE FOR F70.................................................66 F72-SUPER SCREWDRIVER......................................66 F74-SCREWDRIVER BLADE MAGNETIZER.........66 F75-SAX BUMPER ADJUSTER..................................90 F76-MUSIC WIRE CUTTERS...................................108 F77-0 THRU 5-POWERDRIVER SCRWDRIVERS....65 F77B-0 THRU 5.....BLADE ONLY...............................65 F77S/SL-POWERDRIVER SETS.................................65 F80-SWEDGING TOOL W/3 COLLETS....................69 F80B-BODY & KNOB ONLY FOR F80......................69 F80C-106/149/187-COLLETS FOR F80......................69 F95-RIBBON SOLDER, FLAT THIN 60/40.............166

~F cont.~

F96-T15-T15 X 80MM TORX DRIVER......................90 F97-DUCK BILL PLIERS...........................................109 F97A-THIN TIP DUCK BILL PLIERS.....................109 F98/F98A NUT DRIVERS…………………….102 F99-NUT DRIVERS .....................................................102

~G~

G2C-ECONOMY BUNSEN BURNER (PROPANE)....94 G2N-ECONOMY BUNSEN BURNER (NATURAL)....94 G3A/C-STORAGE BOXES, PLASTIC......................172 G7-MAGNETIC SCRIBER W/CARBIDE POINT.....13 G7A-EXTRA POINT FOR G7......................................13 G8-CALIPER, MM & .001 INCHES............................55 G11-THREAD GAUGE, METRIC.............................179 G12-SPRING DIVIDERS, 4”......................................175 G13-OUTSIDE CALIPERS, 4”...................................175 G14-INSIDE CALIPERS, 4”.......................................175 G15-SCREW PITCH THREAD GAUGE..................179 G16/16A-CENTER PUNCHES.....................................93 G17/17A-DRIVE TAPER PUNCHES..........................93 G18-AUTOMATIC CENTER PUNCH........................93 G18A-EXTRA POINTS FOR G18................................93 G19-CLEAR MAGIC.....................................................75 G20-JET MAGIC...........................................................75 G21-SET OF 7 KEY LEVELING TOOLS..................72 G22-BLACK PIGMENT................................................75 G23-BENCH OILER......................................................82 G25-DIGITAL CALIPERS…………………….……...175 G26/26S-FLUTE CLIPS..................................................85 G30-SET OF 2 TROMBONE SL SPACING TLS.......25 G32A/B-ST OF 3 TRMBONE JOINT SPACERS.......18 G35-ST OF 3 TRMB CORK BARREL SPACERS.....18 G37A/B/C-RUBBER WEDGES....................................85 G38A/B-WOOD WEDGES............................................85 G39-VALVE GUIDE FITTING TOOL.......................38 G39B-BRASS VALVE GUIDES...................................38 G40-SLIDE SOLDER ROD...........................................53 G40A-S-BRASS PLUGS................................................53 G41A/B-TROMBONE BUMPER REMOVERS.........18 G42-ADJ SCREW DRILLING JIG..............................83 G42A-POLYTETRAFLOURETHYLENE BEADING.…83 G43-SOLDER JIG........................................................163 G43CL/CR/CS-CLAMPS FOR G43...........................163 G44-SCREW SLOTTING TOOL.................................82 G44A/B-REPLACEMENT BLADES FOR G44.............82 G44H-HANDLE REST FOR G44...........................82 G45A/B-TROMBONE CORK BARREL DENT REMOVERS.....................................................................34 G50-BASSOON TENON TOOL...................................97 G50RC-REPLACEMENT CUTTER FOR G50..........97 G50B/C-REPLCEMENT TENONS..............................97 G51-BASSOON TENON TOOLS.................................97 G51A/C-TENON PLUGS...............................................97 G52-BASSOON TENON TOOLS.................................97 G52A/C-TENON PLUGS...............................................97

~G cont.~

G53-CLARINET TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTERS......79 G54-BASS CL TONE HOLE UNDERCUTTERS..........79 G54A/B-INDV HANDLES FOR G54.............................79 G54C-INSERTION ROD FOR G54................................79 G55-INSERTION ROD/ALTO CLARINET...................79 G56-BORE MEASURING TOOL.................................110 G60-ADJUSTABLE JEWELERS SAW FRAME.........181 G61-FLAKE SHELLAC..................................................88 G62-METAL BACK SAW............................................108 G63-ADJUSTABLE HACKSAW FRAME...................108 G63A/B/C-BLADES FOR G63.....................................108 G64-HAND DRILL........................................................107 G65A/B-CLEAR STICK SHELLAC...............................88 G66-LOWER TENON PLUG HOLDER.........................97 G67A/B-AMBER STICK SHELLAC..............................88 G69A/B-FRENCH CEMENT......................................87 G70-CLARINET BARREL CENTERING TOOL..........62 G71B-BELL TENON SET FOR Bb CLARINET...........98 G71C-CUTTER FOR G71B............................................98 G71E-BELL TENON SET FOR Eb CLARINET............98 G71F-CUTTER FOR G71E.............................................98 G72A/B/C/D/E/F-REPAIR TENON...............................98 G73A/B/C/D-LOWER JOINT REPL TENON................98 G74A/S-RAISED TONE HOLE JIGS...........................103 G74F-FLY CUTTER.....................................................103 G75A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H-DELRIN, BLACK...................110 G76-SPECIAL OBOE ARBOR.......................................99 G77-SPECIAL BASS CL ARBOR KIT..........................99 G78-CLARIENT SOCKET GRAFTING KIT.................99 G78A/B-FLY CUTTERS ONLY.....................................99 G78U-CONVERSION KIT..............................................99 G79A-WOOD GRAFT FOR G78....................................99 G79B-ABS GRAFT FOR G78.........................................99 G80-SET OF 6 ACCORDIAN BASS ADJ TOOLS......137 G81-SET OF 3 REED TESTING & TUNING TLS......137 G82-/82S-FLUTE PAD SEATING CLIPS......................85 G83-ADJUSTABLE SOCKET REAMER....................100 G83A/B-REPLACEMENT BLADES............................100 G83C-OVERSIZE BLADE & SLEEVE.......................100 G83S-1/G83S-2-SLEEVES............................................100 G84-TENON SET (SM)...................................................98 G84A/B-INDVIDUAL CUTTERS..................................98 G84BA/BB/BS-UNCUT PILOTS....................................98 G84C-BASS CLARINET CUTTER................................98 G84D-BAR ONLY FROM G84 SET..............................98 G84F/T-INDIVIDUAL CUTTERS.................................98 G85-OBOE MIDDLE JOINT TENON TOOL................97 G86-CLARINET TONE HOLE CUTTERS..................101 G87-TAPERED TONE HOLE CUTTERS (3)..............103 G87A/B/C-TAPERED TONE HOLE CUTTER...........103 G87P-BLANK PILOTS ONLY..............................101,103 G88-MOUTHPIECE PULLER........................................25 G88C-CRADLE REPLACEMENT FOR G88................25 G89-AUTO LOCKING LUG FOR G88..........................25

~G cont.~

G90R-RIGHT HAND TAPERED SPINDLE................146 G90L-LEFT HAND TAPERED SPINDLE...................146 G91R-ALUMINUM BUSHING, RIGHT HAND.........148 G91L-ALUMINUM BUSHING, LEFT HAND............148 G93A/B-BEESWAX......................................................137 G97-STIFF FRACTION RULER, 6”.............................174 G97M-METRIC RIGID RULER...................................174 G98-STIFF FRACTION RULER, 12”...........................174 G99-FLEXIBLE COMBO RULER...............................174 G100-SET OF OBOE TONE HOLE CUTTERS...........101 G104-BASS CLARINET TONE HOLE CUTTER.......103 G104P-PILOT FOR G104..............................................103 G106-BELL TENON REAMER......................................97 G106C-BLADES FOR BELL TENON REAMER..........97 G107-CLARINET BARREL REAMER........................110

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number

~H~

H1-ASSEMBLY GLOVES............................................148 H3/H4-CYLINDRICAL SCRATCH BRUSHES..........151 H5/H7-GOBLET SCRATCH BRUSHES.....................151 H11/12/13/14-CRIMPED BRASS SCRATCH BRUSHES......................................................................151 H20-POST DRILLING JIG & ACCESSORIES..............82 H20A/B/C/D-EXTRA DRILLS FOR H20......................82 H21-BENCH DUSTER BRUSH....................................168 H22-LONG HANDLED PLATERS BRUSH................168 H23-GLUE BRUSH.......................................................168 H24-KEY BRUSH.........................................................168 H25-CLARINET BORE CLEANING BRUSH.............170 H26-SAX BORE CLEANING BRUSH.........................170 H26A/B-BRUSH WITH EXTENSION HANDLE........170 H27-FOOT SWITCH.......................................................63 H28A/B/C/D/E/G/F-ABS PLASTIC ROD, BLK.........110 H29-WELD-ON #16 GLUE...........................................110 H34-PEARL HOLDER CLOSING DIE........................102 H35-JOINT BARREL RING SHRINKING DIE...........104 H40-LEAD LADLE.........................................................17 H41/42/43/44-INTERNAL FERRULE BRUSHES.......164 H45/46/47/48-EXTERNAL TUBE BRUSHES.............164 H53-ALCOHOL LAMP,CHROME, ADJ WICK............95 H53A-WICK FOR H53....................................................95 H55-HEAVY DUTY TUBING BENDING VISE...........32 H56-PIN VISE HOLDER..............................................137 H58-SAX NECK SWEDGING TOOL............................80 H58A-COLLETS FOR SAX NECK SWEDG TL...........80 H58FC-780/790-FLUTE COLLETS FOR H58...............80 H59-EXPANDER.............................................................80 H59A-TRIPLE KEY EXTRUDER..................................80 H59B-SOP. SAX/PICC ROLLER (ONLINE).................80 H60-GOOSENECK EXPANDER...................................81 H60H-T HANDLE FOR H60..........................................81 H61-GOOSENECK EXPANDER...................................81 H61A-GOOSENECKEXPANDER..................................81 H61H-T HANDLE FOR H61..........................................81 H62-FLUTE JOINT EXPANDER...................................81 H62H-T HANDLE FOR H62..........................................81 H63-PICCOLO JOINT EXPANDER..............................81

213

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number ~H cont.~

H64-PICCOLO HEAD SWEDGING DIE...................74 H65-PICCOLO HEAD MANDREL.............................92 H66-PICCOLO BODY MANDREL.............................92 H68-FLUTE TENON SLEEVE...................................100 H70-FERREE’S QUICK-DRY CEMENT...................87 H70S-SOLVENT FOR H70...........................................87 H72-4 OZ CAN W/BRUSH IN TOP.............................87 H75-HOT STUFF GLUE & CHIP KIT.......................75 H75A- 1 OZ HOT STUFF GLUE...............................75 H75B-1/3 CUP GRENADILLA CHIPS........................75 H75C-HOT SHOT ACCELERATOR SPRAY............75 H75D-ULTRA SOLVENT.............................................75 H75E-EXTRA TUBING.................................................75 H76-TAPERED GLUE PLUGS..................................105 H77/H78-CRYSTOLON OILSTONE........................176 H80/80A/81/81A-ABRASIVE TAPE & CORD.........176 H83-WET & DRY PAPER SHEETS..........................176 H90-PUMICE, 1 LB.......................................................12 H101/102/103-FABRICUT ROLL...............................176 H101A/102A/103A-FABRICUT, 15” STRIPS...........176 H110/111/112/113/114/115-EMERY ROLL...............176 H110A/111A/112A/113A/114A/115A-EM STRIPS....176 H116/120/121/122/123-EMERY ROLL......................176 H125/126/127-REPLACEMENT DISKS....................144 H200-POLISHING WHEEL.......................................148 H200P-REPLACEMENT BUSHING……...148 ONLINE

~J~

J1-OPTIVISOR.............................................186 ONLINE J2-1/2 FRAME MAGNIFIERS...................................186 J8/J9-PRESSURE SENSITIVE PTFE SHEETS...73 J11-PATCHING MATERIAL NICKEL/SILVER......52 J14A-J-ROUND SOLID BRASS ROD.......................107 J14K/J14L-SQUARE SOLID BRASS ROD..............107 J15/J16-PATCHING BRASS.........................................52 J17-PATCHING BRASS ASST.....................................52 J20SS-ROUND NOSE PLIER...............................38, 105 J21SS-CHAIN NOSE SWEDISH TYPE PLIER.......................................................................38, 105 J22SS-SMALL DUCK BILL PLIER....................38, 105 J31-WENOL POLISH....................................................155 J34-RED BEAR POLISH............................................156 J45/J48-MILLBOARD.................................................167 J60-LOW MELTING SILVER SOLDER KIT.........164 J61-LOW MELTING SILVER SOLDER ONLY.....164 J85-RUST INHIBITOR, SPRAY CAN......................154 J88A/J88B-CORROSION CRACKER OIL..........11, 94 J90/91/92/93/94-ASSEMBLY BOARDS.....................106 J96-SAX BODY WHEEL..............................................83 J99-HI-HEAT BLOW GUN..........................................86

~L~

L1-BERNZ-O-MATIC BRAZING TORCH KIT.....162 L2-BERNZ-O-MATIC PROPANE TORCH.............165 L2A-REFILL TANK....................................................165

214

~L cont.~

L3-TRUMPET/CORNET BELL IRON.......................31 L4-FRENCH HORN/TROMBONE BELL IRON ..........31 L5-UNIVERSAL BELL IRON..................................31 L6A/L6B-MORSE TAPERS..........................................90 L7-CHUCKS FOR MOTOR SPINDLE..........................63 L8-BENCH MOTOR SPINDLE...................................63 L9-JACOBS 0-1/2” CHUCK.........................................63 L10-BINDING WIRE...................................................167 L11-PATCH MAKING TOOL-SMALL......................52 L11A-PATCH MAKING TOOL-LARGER SIZE......52 L12-HEAVY DUTY POST PUSHER/DENT PULLER………………………………………………….........23 L13-TUNING SLIDE REMOVING TOOL.................55 L13A-HOOK FOR L13..................................................55 L13B-RAWHIDE STRIP FOR L13..............................55 L14-ORIGINAL V-BLOCK..................................29, 173 L14A-V BLOCK W/LOCKING SCREWS..........29, 173 L15A-INDIVIDUAL DRAWRINGS.............................37 L15AS-DRAWRINGS (29)............................................37 L15B-INDIVIDUAL DRAWRINGS.............................37 L15BS-DRAWRINGS (18).............................................37 L16 INDIVIDUAL DRAWRINGS........................35 L17-LG BURNISHING RING-CORNET/TRPT........35 L18-LG BURNISHING RING-TROMBONE.............35 L19-HANDLE FOR L17, L18........................................35 L20-LEVELING BLOCK/BENCH ANVIL...............109 L22-LEAD JAWS (2)....................................................173 L24-LEAD BLOCK, 4” X 12”.......................................52 L26-LEAD PIGS.............................................................52 L28A-F-FLUSH BAND DIES......................................106 L29-4 FLUSH BAND DIES FOR OBOE......................106 L30-FLUSH BAND FOR CLARINET..........................106 L30A-FLUSH BAND FOR CL 1.185” X .240”............106 L30B-FLUSH BAND FOR CL 1.185” X .316”............106 L31-FLUSH BAND FOR ALTO CLARINET..............106 L32-FLUSH BAND FOR BASS CLARIENT...............106 L33/A-FLUSH BAND FOR OBOE...............................106 L34-OBOE BELL RING DIE, PLUNGER....................106 L36-ASST OF SHIM STOCK.......................................106 L37-MORGAN REFACING KIT........................105,185 L40-BENCH VISE W/4” JAW......................................173 L41-HEAVY DUTY VISE STAND..............................173 L42-DENT ROD HOLDING VISE.................................25 L52-WOODWIND HOLDER.........................................70 L50B-BASE ONLY FOR W/W REP. HOLDER............70 L50P-4-5-TAPERED PLUGS..........................................70 L50S-1-3-SHAFTS...........................................................70 L50T-”T” LEAK LIGHT ADAPTOR.............................70 L54-TORCH KIT...........................................................162 L54-1-TIP FOR L54 TORCH........................................162 L56-MICRO TORCH.......................................................95 L56E-STINGRAY TORCH.............................................95 L57-BUTANE REFILL....................................................95

~L cont.~

L58-LAPPING COMPOUND 4 OZ................................12 L60-MICRO TORCH.......................................................95 L62-PORTABLE BUTANE BUNSEN............................95 L63-PENCIL TORCH....................................................162 L65-ECONOMY BUTANE BUNSEN BURNER...........95 L71-CONCENTRATED STERISOL 2OZ....................171 L72-CONCENTRATED STERISOL 8OZ....................171 L73-SANIMIST 2OZ.....................................................171 L74-SANIMIST 8OZ.....................................................171 L100-GLUE GUN KIT COMPLETE..............................88 L104/106-CLEAR, 4” GLUE STICKS.........................88

~M~

M19-FISH SKIN............................................................102 M49-BASSOON BELL RING-STANDARD..................79 M49A-BASSOON BELL RING-CUSTOM MADE.......79 M56-BASSOON BODY LOCK....................................168 M56A-REPLACEMENT PIN AND SPRING...............168 M57-BASSOON CRUTCH ASSEMBLY.....................168 M57A-BASSOON CRUTCH ONLY............................168 M57B-BASSOON HOLDER ONLY.............................168 M70D-LEBLANC ROD HOLDER...............................185 M70F-LEBLANC WING SCREW................................185 M70H-LEBLANC WING NUT.....................................185 M70K-LEBLANC FLOOR PEG ONLY.......................185 M70S-SELMER FLOOR PEG COMPL........................185 M71-CLARINET THUMB REST W/SCREWS...........171 ML170-CLARINET/OBOE THUMB REST.................171 M75A-UNIVERSAL ROD HOLDER...........................185 M75B-UNIVERSAL LOCK PIN..................................185 M75C-UNIVERSAL KNURLED NUT........................185 M75D-UNIVERSAL FL. PEG ROD W/BUMPER…..185 M75E-UNIVERSAL FLOOR PEG COMPLETE.........185

~N~

N1-6” BURNISHER.........................................................30 N2-8” BURNISHER.........................................................30 N2A-WOOD HANDLES TO FIT N2,3,5,6,7..................30 N3-10” LONG STRAIGHT BURNISHER..................30 N4-YAMAHA TUNING SLIDE DENT KIT..................50 N5/6/7-EXTRA LNG R ANGLE EXPANDERS.............26 N5A-.468 RIGHT ANGLE EXP 12”...........................26 N5RP-N7RP--REPLATE FOR EXPANDERS……..26 N8/9-DOUBLE END BURNISHERS..............................30 N10-EXPANDABLE TRMB DENT REMOVER...........50 N11-EXPANDABLE TRMB DENT REMOVER...........50 N11A-EXPANDABLE BASS TRMB DENT REMVR..50 N12-BURNISHING RING...............................................49 N13-BELL MOUNTING JIG-CORNET/TRPT............167 N14A/B/C-MANDRELS..................................................36 N15-MTHPIECE SHANK STRAIGHTENING TL........18 N16S-SET OF SAX DENT TOOLS (3)...........................57 N16A/B/C-SAX DENT TOOLS......................................57 N17-BASSOON BOCAL CABLE.................................104

~N cont.~

N19-SOLDERING CLAMP...........................................167 N20-24-VALVE LAPPING BLOCKS.............................12 N28A/C/D-GROUND VALVE SLEEVES......................45 N29S-DENT BALLS (6)..................................................22 N29A-F-INDIVIDUAL DENT BALLS..........................22 N30-SOUSAPHONE BELL JACK..................................27 N31/A/B-DENT RODS....................................................27 N32/N33-DENT ROD.....................................................27 N34-DENT ROD..............................................................27 N35/36/37-RIGHT ANGLE EXPANDERS.....................26 N35A-.468 RIGHT ANGLE EXP 3”.............................26 N35RP- N46RP-REPLATE FOR EXPANDERS……26 N40/42/44/46-EXPANDABLE SL DENT TOOLS.........25 N47-BELL STEM MANDREL........................................32 N48A/48B-VENTURI RODS..........................................22 N49-TRUMPET MOUTHPIPE DENT ROD...................24 N50/50A/50B-DRILL ROD.............................................74 N51A/B/C/S-MOUTHPIECE ARBORS.........................18 N52A-C-METRIC SLIDE MANDRELS.........................49 N53A-S-SLIDE MANDRELS FOR TROMBONE.........49 N53D-E-MESH SLEEVES..............................................49 N54A-S-KNUCKLE DENT TOOLS (5).........................29 N55A-S-KNUCKLE DENT TOOLS (5).........................29 N56-MOUTHPIPE CABLE KIT......................................24 N56A/B-EXTENSIONS FOR N56..................................24 N57AG/N57AGH-INDIVIDUAL DENT BALLS..........13 N57C-CASE ONLY FOR N57 BALLS...........................13 N57CD-DOUBLE CASE ONLY FOR N57 BALLS......13 N57D-SET OF 5 DRIVERS.............................................13 N57G-101 DENT BALLS, 5 DRIVERS..........................13 N57GDBL-202 DENT BALLS W/DOUBLE CASE...13 N57GH-101 DENT BALLS, 1/2 SIZES..........................13 N57GL-BALLS, 25 SIZES..............................................13 N57X-SET OF 4 BARREL DENT BALLS.....................13 N58A/C/D-GROUND CASING MANDRELS..............45 N59-PENCIL MAGNET..................................................13 N60-SAX POST RAISING TOOL...................................55 N60B-SAX POST RAISING TOOL-BARI.....................55 N61-SAX BODY STRAIGHTENING TOOL.................56 N62A/AS-20 DRILLED DENT BALLS..........................15 N62B/BS-DRILLED DENT BALLS IN 1/2 SIZES........15 N63A/AS-INDIVIDUAL DENT BALLS........................15 N63B/BS-DRILLED DENT BALLS IN 1/2 SIZES........15 N64A/AS-DRILLED DENT BALLS...............................15 N64B/BS-INDIVIDUAL DRILLED DENT BALLS......15 N65A/S-LG BARREL SHAPED DENT BALLS............13 N65H-BALL HOLDER (ONLINE)...............13 N66A/B/C/D-MOUTHPIECE REC REAMERS.............36 N67-DENT ROD FOR BASS/BARI................................27 N68-RIGHT ANGLE MANDREL...................................38 N69-CURVED ROD, BASS/BARITONE.......................27 N70-CURVED ROD, FRENCH HORN..........................28 N71-”S” CURVED ROD-FRENCH HORN....................28 N72-BODY BOW DENT REMOVER............................56 N73-GOOSENECK DENT ROD.....................................56 N73A-TENOR NECK ROD (ONLINE)..........................56 N74-STRAIGHT ROD.....................................................27

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number

215

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number ~N cont.~

N74A-4 FT STRAIGHT ROD (ONLINE).......................27 N75/N75-JP-FLUTE HEAD MANDREL.......................92 N75A-ALTO FLUTE HEAD MANDREL......................92 N76-FLUTE BODY MANDREL.....................................92 N76A-ALTO FLUTE BODY MANDREL, .937.............92 N76B-ALTO FLUTE BODY MANDREL, .984.............92 N77A-F-FLUTE HEAD SWEDGING DIE.....................74 N78-FLUTE PAD CUP TOOL......................................105 N79-FLUTE PAD HOLE PUNCH SET..........................93 N79P-PUNCH ONLY.....................................................93 N79Y-YAMAHA PUNCH ONLY...................................93 N80A/AS/B/BS/C/CS/D/DS/E/ES-DENT BALLS.........14 N80F/FS/G/GS-UNDRILLED DENT BALLS...............35 N81A/N81B/N81S-SAX DENT BALLS.........................57 N82-DENT BALL HOLDER...........................................14 N83A/B/C/D/S-ROLLER DENT BALLS.......................22 N84H-MOUNTING PLATE FOR N84S.........................14 N84S-DENT BALLS, SET OF 6.....................................14 N85-SAX BODY DENT REMOVER..............................58 N86-TRPT MOUTHPIPE DENT ROLLER KIT.............24 N87A-TROMBONE SLIDE DENT ROLLER................49 N87U-UPGRADE N87 TO N87A...................................49 N88-SOUSA DENT ROD , SHORT................................27 N89A/N89B-ROD THREAD ADAPTORS.....................15 N90-UNIVERSAL TAPERED MANDREL....................32 N91A-J/N91S-TAPERED MANDRELS.........................33 N93-SAX BODY MANDREL.........................................56 N94-UNIVERSAL TAPERED MANDREL....................32 N95/N95B/N96-DENT REMOVING RINGS.................34 N97-COMPACT BENCH MOTOR.................................63 N98-VALVE LAPPING MOTOR...................................12 N99A/N99B-BENCH MOTORS.....................................63 N100-ALUMINUM HAND BRAKE...............................63 N105/N106/N107-HOOK BURNISHERS.......................30 N115-CLARINET BODY CENTERING CLAMP..........94 N124A-D/N124S-FRENCH HORN DENT RODS.........28 N130-SANDING RODS (3).............................................64 N131-N140-ADJUSTABLE REAMERS.........................36 N131A-N140A-REPLACEMENT BLADES...................36

~O~

O4-WOOD LACQUER MANDREL.............................154 O5-WOOD LACQUER MANDREL FOR TRMB........154 O6-600 TUBING CLEANER BALLS...........................157 O7A-FRENCH HORN CLEANER................................170 O7B-BASSOON BOCAL CLEANER...........................170 O8-FRENCH HORN HOLDER.......................................26 O9A/O9B-WIRE BRUSHES.........................................170 O10-CORNET/TRUMPET POLISHING JIG.................53 O11/O12-FILE HANDLES............................................181 O14-CLARINET SWAB................................................170 O15-FLUTE SWAB.......................................................170 O16-PICCOLO SWAB..................................................170 O17-OBOE DOUBLE END WOOL SWAB.................170 O19-BASSOON SWABS..............................................170

216

~O cont.~

O20-FELT CLARINET SWAB.....................................170 O21-MOUTHPIECE BRUSH FOR REED INST..........168 O22-MOUTHPIECE BRUSH FOR BRASS INST.......168 O23-VALVE BRUSH FOR BRASS INST....................168 O24-ALTO CLARINET SWAB....................................170 O25-BASS CLARINET SWAB.....................................170 O26-SOUSAPHONE GRILL.........................................171 O27-SOUSAPHONE HOLDER....................................171 O28-ADJUSTABLE FR HORN HOLDING JIG............53 O28U-UPDATE FOR O28...............................................53 O29-ADJ VALVE INST HOLDING JIG........................53 O30-CELLO SET...........................................................186 O34-CLARINET STRAP, BLK, ALTO/BASS.............185 O36-SAX STRAP...........................................185 O38-OCTAVE KEY LEVER TUBING...........................73 O41-O45-HEAT SHRINK TUBING...............................73 O50-54-FLEXIBLE VINYL TUBING, CLEAR.............73 O60/O61-FLEXIBLE VINYL TUBING.......................177 O70A-E/O70S-WOOD ASSEMBLY MANDRELS.......53

~P~

P1-PRECISION FLUTE ROLLER..................................92 P1A-DBL HANDLE ROLLER (ONLINE)..................22 P2/3/4/5/6/7-DOUBLE HANDLE ROLLERS.................23 P8/9/10-CONE SHAPED ROLLERS..............................23 P11-7” ROLLER..............................................................23 P12-12” ROLLER............................................................23 P14/15/16-CONTOURED BELL ROLLERS..................23 P18/19/20-MICROMETERS..........................................175 P24-TELESCOPING GAUGES.....................................174 P28-2-1/2” CUTTING PAD.............................................93 P30-CORK PAD CUTTERS 6 THRU 16........................93 P32-OBOE CORK PAD HOLE CUTTER....................142 P40/41/42-HANGERS....................................................186 P50-TRUMPET DENT BALL DRIVER.........................21 P50A-REPLACEMENT CABLE.....................................21 P50B-POLY VINYL SLEEVE........................................21 P51-TUBA MOUTHPIPE DENT BALL DRIVER.........20 P52-CYLINDRICAL TUBING SL DENT BALL HAMMER........................................................................21 P52A-REPLACEMENT CABLE.....................................21 P53-TROMBONE DENT BALL RETRIEVER..............19 P53A-REPLACEMENT CABLE.....................................19 P54-TROMBONE HAMMER.........................................20 P54A-REPLACEMENT CABLE.....................................20 P55-CORNET/TRPT TUNING SL DENT BALL HAMMER........................................................................20 P55A-REPLACEMENT CABLE.....................................20 P56-FRENCH HORN BELL DRIVER............................19 P56A-HANDLE W/2 STROKE CABLES & BRASS BALLS..............................................................................19 P56B-H-BALL SEGMENTS...........................................19 P56J-REPLACEMENT CABLE.....................................19 P56X-EXTENSION HANDLE........................................19 P56-LG-LARGE STROKE CABLE................................19

~P cont.~

P56-SM-SMALL STROKE CABLE...............................19 P56U-UPDATE FOR P56U.............................................19 P57-FR HORN HOOK-BACK DRIV/RETR..................19 P57A-HANDLE ONLY FOR P57...................................19 P58-SAX NECK DRIVER/RETRIEVER........................20 P58C/P58D-BALLS FOR P58 (ONLINE)......................20 P60-ROTARY VALVE BEARING TOOL.....................51 P60B-BODY & HANDLE ONLY FOR P60..............51,69 P60C-0-3-INDIVIDUAL COLLETS...............................51 P60C-5-7-INDIVIDUAL COLLETS..........................51,69 P60W-SWEDGING TOOL FOR W/W’S...................51,69 P61-ROTAR BEARING PLATE EXPANDER..........51,58 P71-CORNET/TRPT BELL MANDREL........................31 P72-TROMBONE BELL MANDREL............................31 P74-FRENCH HORN BELL MANDREL (ONLINE)...31 P80-ROCKET ROLLER..................................................51 P81-INDIVIDUAL BALLS.............................................15 P81S-SET OF 9 STEEL DENT BALLS..........................15 P82A-F/P82S-TUBA DENT BALLS..............................16 P82S-ALL 73 TUBA DENT BALLS..............................16 P83S-ROD TAYLOR CABLE SET.................................17 P83-6/7/8/9-CABLES.......................................................17 P83R-CABLE END BALL..............................................17 P84-TUBA CABLE SYSTEM.........................................17 P86-PRITCHARD CABLE SYSTEM.............................15 P87-SLUGS & HANDLES (ONLINE)..........................48 P88L/M/S-TUBING TRUE TOOLS...............................48 P89-TROMBONE SLIDE PLATE..................................50 P90-TROMBONE SLIDE STONE COMPLETE............48 P90B-STEEL BAR (SET OF 2).......................................48 P90M-MAGNETS ONLY (SOLD BY THE EA)............48 P90S-STONE ONLY.......................................................48 P91-STAND FOR P90.....................................................48 P100A-VALVE THREAD MANDRELS........................39 P100S-SET OF 10 VALVE THREAD MANDLRES.....39 P101/P102-THREAD RESTORING TOOLS..................52 PT-5/7-POWER TONE FLUTE PLUGS.......................189

~Q~

Q1-NICKOLAS CLEAR SPRAY LACQUER..............159 Q1G-NICKOLAS GOLD SPRAY LACQUER.............159 Q10B/Q10S-LYRES, TRPT/CORNET.........................184 Q11-LYRE, BARI/TUBA/SOUSA/EXTRA LONG.....184 Q12A/Q12B-LYRES, TROMBONE.............................184 Q13A/Q13B-LYRES, ADJUSTABLE TROMBONE...184 Q14-LYRE, SAXOPHONE...........................................184 Q15M-LYRE, CL MIDDLE JOINT WITH RING........184 Q16M-LYRE, CL MIDDLE JOINT, RING ONLY......184 Q16S-LYRE, CLARINET RING SCREWS ONLY......184 Q17-LYRE, Bb FOR METAL CLARINET...................184 Q19-LYRE, WRIST FOR FLUTE & PICCOLO...........184 Q21A-LYRE, ALTO CLARINET W/SOCKET............184 Q21B-LYRE, BASS CLARINET W/SOCKET.............184 Q29-DELUXE REPAIR KIT....................................59,193 Q30-STANDARD REPAIR KIT..............................59,193 Q31-ECONOMY REPAIR KIT................................59,193

~Q cont.~

Q65-1-LEAK LIGHT TESTING KIT..............................84 Q65-2-LEAK LIGHT TESTING KIT (220 VOLT)........84 Q65A-TRANSFORMER..................................................84 Q70A/B-SMALL BULBS................................................84 Q71A/B-LARGE BULBS................................................84 Q75-PICCOLO LEAK LIGHT........................................83 Q75-6-6” BULB ONLY...................................................83 Q80-FLOURESCENT LEAK LIGHT.............................84 Q80-2-FLOURESCENT LEAK LIGHT (220 VOLT)....84 Q82-CONTROL BOX ONLY..........................................84 Q82-2-CONTROL BOX ONLY (220 VOLT).................84 Q83-6” TUBE WITH CORK AND PLUG......................84 Q85-12” TUBE WITH CORD AND PLUG....................84 Q87-6” FLOURESCENT TUBE......................................84 Q89-12” FLOURESCENT TUBE FOR Q80/85..............84 Q94/Q95-SNEAKY LIGHTS..........................................83

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number

~R~

R1-BUFF, RAZOR EDGE 4”........................................147 R2/R3-BUFFS, TAPERED BELL.................................147 R6-BUFF, LEATHER CENTER, 6”..............................147 R7-BUFF, SOFT FLANNEL, 8”...................................147 R8A/R8B-BUFFS, LOOSE MUSLIN...........................147 R9-BUFF, MUSLIN SPIRAL STITCHED....................147 R10-BUFFS FOR Z35 STITCHED, 2”..........................150 R11-BUFFS, FLANNEL 8”…………………………147 R12-BUFFS, FLANNEL, 10”........................................147 R18-BUFF, MUSLIN, 11”.............................................147 R22-REVERSIBLE BUFFING GLOVES, COTTON...148 R25/26/27/28-RAGGING TAPE...................................148 R30-ULTRA THIN RRAGGING TAPE.......................148 R45A/B-EMERY CAKE, BLACK...............................149 R46A/B-TRIPOLI CAKE, ORANGE............................149 R47A/B-NUWHITE CAKE, OFF WHITE....................149 R48A/B-RED ROUGE...................................................149 R49-CLARINET KEY BUFFING COMPOUND.........149 R50-TESTING CORKS (5)..............................................83 R70-CORK GREASE.....................................................139 R71-CORK GREASE, 1 LB..........................................139 R72-CORK/TUNING SLIDE GREASE……….113,191 R75-SAX NECK CLEANER.........................................170 R76-PAD ADHESIVE………...………………………..87 R80-DBL BUFF RAKE COMPL W/HOLDER............148 R82-REPLACEMENT RAKE.......................................148 R88-WOOD FILING BLOCK.......................................181 REP-FERREE’S REPAIR MANUAL.............................57 RU1-USED BUFFS........................................................148

~S~

S2B-LYRE SOCKET, SOLDER ON, BRASS..............172 S3BA/BM-MOUTHPIECE TUNING BIT, BRASS......177 S3BT-MOUTHPIECE ADAPTOR, TRPT/CORNET...177 S3BTB-TROMBONE TO BASS TRMB ADAPTOR...177 S3SA/SM-MTHPIECE TUNING BITS, FR HORN.....177 S5B-FING RINGS, SOLDER ON TYPE, SILVER.......172 S13N-PEARL BUTTONS FOR TRPT/CORNET.........172

217

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number ~S cont.~

T23/24/25B/N-SPLIT RIVETS, BRASS/NICKEL.......188 T26-ASST OF 100 SPLIT RIVETS BRASS/NICKL....188 T27/28B/N-WASHERS, BRASS/NICKEL...................188 T29-ASST OF 100 WASHERS, BRASS/NICKEL.......188 T30BL/BR-LEATHER POST HANDLE, BLK/BR......190 T33BL/BR-HANDLE, END BUCKLE, BLK/BR........190 T34BL/BR-HANDLE, SIDE BUCKLE, BLK/BR........190 T37-HANDLE, HEAVY DUTY, BLACK VINYL.......190 T39-HEAVY, BLK LEATHER HNDL W/STEEL.......190 T42/44/46-FRET WIRE.................................................169 T50BR/BL/TN-HNDL, PLASTIC POST, BLK/BR/ TAN................................................................................189 T53-HANDLE, FLAT PLASTIC...................................189 T54-HANDLE, BLACK PLASTIC, 5”.........................189 T55-HANDLE, LONG, FLAT BLACK PLASTIC.......189 T56BL-HANDLE, LEATHER W/RINGS, BLACK.....189 T60A/61-ROCHE’-THOMAS, VALVE /SLIDE OIL ..191 T62-ROCHE’-THOMAS SLIDE OIL......................191 T64-ROCHE’-THOMAS SLIDE CREAM....................191 T66-ROCHE’-THOMAS BONE BOTTLE, PLASTIC SPRAYER......................................................................191 T67-ROCHE’-THOMAS BORE OIL............................191 T68-ROCHE’-THOMAS KEY OIL..............................191 T69-ALISYN VALVE, SLIDE/KEY OIL.....................191 T70-3M SILVER PROTECTOR STRIPS.....................183 T71-3M SILVER CLEANER........................................156 T72-COPPER AND BRASS CLEANER................156 T73-SILVERSMITH’S POLISH, 12 OZ.......................156 T74A-SILVERSMITH’S SPRAY POLISH 8 OZ.........156 T80-PAD PRESERVATIVE, 4 OZ................................191 T81-ALISYN BORE/WOOD CONDITIONER............191 T82-ALISYN CORK/TUNING SLIDE GREASE........191 T83-ALISYN SOLVENT/CLEANER...........................191 T84-ALISYN HEAVY DUTY KEY OIL......................191 T85/T85A-TUNE LUBE................................................183

T2-FLUTE CASE LATCH, BRASS..............................187 T5-LATCH W/LOCK, BRASS/NICKEL......................187 T7-LATCH WITHOUT LOCK, BRASS/NICKEL.......187 T8-DRAWBLT LATCH W/O LOCK, BRASS/NKL...187 T9-SUITCASE LOCK SET, BRASS.............................187 T10/T11-STOP HINGE, BRASS/NICKEL...................188 T12-SMALL CASE LATCH, NICKEL.........................187 T13-LARGE CASE LATCH, NICKEL.........................187 T14-FLUTE CASE LATCH, NICKEL..........................187 T15-HANDLE LOOP, BRASS/NICKEL......................188 T17-LARGE FLUSH LATCH SET, BRASS................187 T17C-HASP, 1-1/4”, CENTER TO CENTER...............187 T18-LATCH W/LOCK, NICKEL..................................187 T20-BLACK PLASTIC BOTTOM STUDS..................188 T21-CASE REINFORCEMENT ANGLE BRACE.......188

X14-26 DRAWER CABINET (ONLINE).....................169 X14AS/AL/X15-DRAWERS (ONLINE)......................169 X14BS/BL/X16-DIVIDERS (ONLINE)........................169 X18-44 DRAWER CABINET........................................169 X18AS/BS/AL/BL DRAWERS & DIVIDERS……..169 X19-EXTRA DRAWERS FOR X18..............................169 X20-EXTRA CROSS DIVIDERS FOR X18.................169 X21-DEEP COMPACT CABINET (ONLINE).............169 X22-EXTRA DRAWERS FOR X21 (ONLINE)...........169 X23-EXTRA CROSS DIVIDERS FOR X22 (OL)........169 X30/31/32/33-POLY TANKS/BARREL LINERS........157 X50-CHEESECLOTH, BOX OF 80 YDS.....................156 X51-CHEESECLOTH BY THE YARD........................156 X55-FLANNEL BOLT, 50 YARDS..............................156 X56-FLANNEL BY THE YARD..................................156 X57-MOLESKIN POLISH CLOTH………………….156

~T~

218

~T cont.~

S18P-TENOR SAX END PLUG, PLASTIC.................192 S19G-ALTO SAX END PLUG, GOLD LACQUER....192 S19P-ALTO SAX END PLUG, PLASTIC....................192 S20N/25N/30N-WATER KEYS COMPLETE................54 S35/35S-AMADO WATER KEY ASSEMBLIES...........54 S39-DRUM HEAD TUCKER........................................186 S50/51-LIGATURES, Bb CLARINET, NICKEL.........192 S52G/52N-LIGATURES, SOPRANO SAX..................192 S53G/53N-LIGATURES, ALTO SAX..........................192 S54G/54N-LIGATURES, C MELODY SAX................192 S55G/55N-LIGATURES, TENOR SAX.......................192 S56N-LIGATURE, BARITONE SAX, NICKEL..........192 S57G/57N-LIGATURE, BASS SAX.............................192 S58-LIGATURE, ALTO CLARINET, NICKEL...........192 S59-LIGATURE, BASS CLARINET, NICKEL...........192 S60-Eb CLARINET MOUTHPIECE CAP, NICKEL...192 S61-Bb CLARINET MOUTHPIECE CAP, NICKEL...192 S62G/62N-SOPRANO SAX MOUTHPIECE CAPS....192 S63G/63N-ALTO SAX MOUTHPIECE CAPS............192 S64G/64N-C MELODY SAX MOUTHPIECE CAPS..192 S65G/65N-TENOR SAX MOUTHPIECE CAPS..........192 S66G/66N-BARITONE SAX MOUTHPIECE CAPS...192 S68-ALTO CLARINET CAP, NICKEL........................192 S69-BASS CLARINET CAP, NICKEL.........................192 S70-VALVE CLEANING ROD, STEEL......................168 S71-TROMBONE CLEANING ROD, STEEL..............168 S72-FLUTE CLEANING ROD, ALUMINUM.............168 S73-TROMBONE CLEANING ROD W/HANDLE.....168 S74-TRUMPET CLEANING ROD W/HANDLE.........168 S75-TUBA/SOUSA CLEANING ROD, DELRIN........168 S76-PICCOLO CLEANING ROD.................................168 S78/S79-POLYGON SPRINGS.......................................54 S80-S89-VALVE SPRINGS............................................54 S90-93B-WATER KEY SPRINGS..................................54 S96-ROTARY VALVE SPRING.....................................54

~X~

~X cont.~

X68-ROUND WORK BASKET....................................154 X70A/B/C-CLEAR LACQUER.....................................158 X71A/B/C-THINNER....................................................158 X72A/B-RETARDER....................................................158 X73-CONCENTRATE, DYE, 2 OZ..............................158 X80A/B/C-PERMA LACQUER....................................161 X81A/B/C-REDUCER...................................................161 X82A/B-PERMA-LAQ DYE.........................................161 X83A/B-CATALYST.....................................................161 X100-FLUTE PAD OVEN.............................................112 X100A-FLUTE PAD OVEN (220 VOLT)....................112 X116A/B-SPECIAL BUFFING MOTORS.....................91 X183-CORK SANDING ACCESSORY.........................87 X195-DREMEL VARIABLE SPEED MOTO TOOL...177

~Z~

Z2-BELT/DISC SANDER.............................................144 Z4-TOOL CHEST..........................................................172 Z6/6A/6B-SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT............2,10,44,183 Z8/8A/8B-MONEL OIL ADDITIVE........................44,183 Z10A/B/C-COLD CLEANER.......................................160 Z15A/B-LACQUER REMOVER, SLVR CLEANER...157 Z19A/B/C-LIME & SCALE REMOVER, DELIMER..154 Z21A/B-IMMERSION TYPE COLD STRIP................160 Z22A/B/C-BRUSH ON TYPE COLD STRIP...............160 Z25A/B-TARNISH REMOVER....................................155 Z26A/B-SPRINGTIME COUNTERACTANT….159,192 Z26 C/D-SPRAY NOZZLE & PLASTIC BOTT..159,192 Z27-PLATIC FLUTE TRAY.........................................154 Z30/Z32-TOOL CHESTS..............................................172 Z35-AIR BUFFER W/4 BUFFS....................................150 Z35S-SHAFT ONLY.....................................................150 Z40-JET SAND BLASTER...........................................155 Z42A-AIR JET, 1/8”......................................................155 Z42S-SAND NOZZLE, 1/4”..........................................155 Z43A-AIR JET, 5/32”....................................................155 Z43S-SAND NOZZLE, 5/16”........................................155 Z46-COMPLETE BLOWER W/1 HP MOTOR............150 Z51A-BUFFING HOOD................................................150 Z51BL/BS-BRACKETS................................................150 Z52-FLEXIBLE TUBING.............................................150 Z54-Y TUBE..................................................................150 Z55-3 SPACERS............................................................146 Z56-SAFETY FLANGE NUTS W/WRENCH..............146 Z56W-WRENCH ONLY...............................................146 Z56L/R-NUTS...............................................................146 Z58-COLLECTOR ASSEMBLY...................................150 Z58B-BAG ONLY.........................................................150 Z60-DENT/BURNISHING MACHINE............................1 Z60M-MINI Z DENT MACHINE…………………...11 Z60S-BENCH MOUNT FOR Z60.....................................8 Z60-1-FRAME FOR Z60 W/SPEED ADJ.........................2 Z60-1U-SPEED ADJ UPDATE FOR Z60 FRAME..........1 Z60-2-PRESSURE ADJ WHEEL......................................2 Z60-3A/3B-CIRCULAR BURNISHING WHEELS.........2 Z60-4-LONG ROUND TUBE...........................................2 Z60-5A-LARGE BALL.....................................................2

~Z cont.~

Z60-6/7-SHOES.................................................................2 Z60-8-BOLT FOR LOCKING FORKED ARM................2 Z60-9A/9B-CURVED ARMS............................................2 Z60-10-FORKED ARM.....................................................2 Z60-11A/11B-ROLLERS...................................................2 Z60-12/13-MANDRELS....................................................2 Z60-14-STRAIGHT MANDREL....................................2,3 Z60-14A/14B/14C-SLUGS................................................3 Z60-14D-TRUMPET STEM MANDREL...................2,3,6 Z60-14U-UPDATE FOR Z60-14.......................................3 Z60-15-TAPERED TROMBONE MANDREL.................2 Z60-16A-SAX ROLLER....................................................2 Z60-16B-SAX ROLLER WHEEL..................................2 Z60-17-EX WIDE SOUSA BELL FLAIR ROLLER........2 Z60-17A-FORKED ARM..................................................2 Z60-17B-ROLLER ARM...................................................2 Z60-17C-CURVED TUBA ROLLER…………………...2 Z60-18-SM 1” RADIUS SOUSA BRANCH ROLLER....2 Z60-19-MED. 1-5/8” SOUSA BRANCH ROLLER..........2 Z60-20-GUARD ROLLER SET…………………………3 Z60-21-SOUSA BELL SHOE...........................................2 Z60-22-DENT ROD...........................................................3 Z60-22A-EXTENDED CURVED ARM...........................3 Z60-23-BURNISHING RING, 4-1/2”...............................3 Z60-24-POWER DISC, 1-1/4”...........................................4 Z60-25-POWER DISC, 3”.................................................4 Z60-25AL-LOW PROFILE POWER DISC, 2-1/2”..........4 Z60-25L-LOW PROFILE DISC, 3”..................................4 Z60-26-POWER DISC, 4”.................................................4 Z60-26L-LOW PROFILE DISC, 4”..................................4 Z60-27-POWER DISC, 5”.................................................4 Z60-28-ROLLER, 5”..........................................................5 Z60-29-TAPERED SLIM ROLLER..................................5 Z60-30-CONVEX ROLLER..............................................5 Z60-31-DENT MACHINE VISE.......................................4 Z60-32-30 DEGREE ARM................................................5 Z60-33-ROLLER, 7”..........................................................5 Z60-36-CURVED ROLLER, 1-1/4”..................................6 Z60-36A/36B-STEM ROLLERS.......................................6 Z60-37-TROMBONE SLIDE DENT ROLLER................6 Z60-38-FLUTE HEAD MANDREL..................................6 Z60-39-FLUTE BODY MANREL....................................6 Z60-40-STRUT..................................................................6 Z60-50-TONE HOLE/BODY BURNISHING SET...........7 Z60-50FP-FLUTE PIN…………………………………7 Z60-51-FLUTE BODY ROLLER……………………...7 Z61-BASE FOR Z60..........................................................9 Z61E-DENT MACHINE BASE (EUROPE).....................9 Z61S-DENT MACHINE STAND......................................8 Z61-1/2/3-CURVED RODS...............................................9 Z61-3C-SM BURNISHING WHEEL FOR Z61................9 Z61-4-BRAKE & 2 LOCKS..............................................9 Z61-5-MANDREL CLAMP...............................................9 Z61-5B-SMALL BALL.....................................................9 Z61-6-COUNTERWEIGHT..............................................9 Z61-7-STAND FOR Z61....................................................9 Z61-8-SETTING NUT..................................................9,10 Z61-9A/B/C/D-BALLS...................................................10 Z61-11-ADJUSTABLE ROD..........................................10

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

Index by item number

219

INDEX BY ITEM NUMBER

220

Index by item number ~Z cont.~

Z61-13A/B/C/D/S-ALUMINUM BALLS.......................10 Z61-16-BASE VISE.........................................................10 Z71-WALL MOUNT BUFFER.....................................145 Z73-WALL MOUNT BUFFER.....................................145 Z97L/R-SCRATCH BRUSH MACHINES...................151 Z100-Z105-FLOOR BUFFERS.....................................145 Z110-113-BELTSANDERS...........................................144 Z115A-C-BELTSANDER BELTS................................144 Z116A-C-BELTSANDER BELTS................................144 Z120-WOODWIND BENCH LATHE............................91